From 690faff6dc6be8b31e3eed27d858838a94335164 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: awssdkgo Date: Tue, 12 Mar 2024 18:21:27 +0000 Subject: [PATCH] Release v1.50.37 (2024-03-12) === ### Service Client Updates * `service/cloudformation`: Updates service documentation * CloudFormation documentation update for March, 2024 * `service/connect`: Updates service API and documentation * `service/ec2`: Updates service documentation * Documentation updates for Amazon EC2. * `service/kafka`: Updates service API and documentation * `service/ssm`: Updates service documentation * March 2024 doc-only updates for Systems Manager. --- CHANGELOG.md | 13 + aws/version.go | 2 +- .../cloudformation/2010-05-15/docs-2.json | 36 +- models/apis/connect/2017-08-08/api-2.json | 12 +- models/apis/connect/2017-08-08/docs-2.json | 37 +- models/apis/ec2/2016-11-15/docs-2.json | 226 +++--- models/apis/kafka/2018-11-14/api-2.json | 17 + models/apis/kafka/2018-11-14/docs-2.json | 12 + models/apis/ssm/2014-11-06/docs-2.json | 108 +-- service/cloudformation/api.go | 13 +- service/connect/api.go | 285 ++++++- service/ec2/api.go | 726 +++++++++--------- service/ec2/doc.go | 27 +- service/kafka/api.go | 60 ++ service/ssm/api.go | 332 ++++---- service/ssm/errors.go | 16 +- 16 files changed, 1147 insertions(+), 775 deletions(-) diff --git a/CHANGELOG.md b/CHANGELOG.md index 5a73746dd40..4b50c681fb2 100644 --- a/CHANGELOG.md +++ b/CHANGELOG.md @@ -1,3 +1,16 @@ +Release v1.50.37 (2024-03-12) +=== + +### Service Client Updates +* `service/cloudformation`: Updates service documentation + * CloudFormation documentation update for March, 2024 +* `service/connect`: Updates service API and documentation +* `service/ec2`: Updates service documentation + * Documentation updates for Amazon EC2. +* `service/kafka`: Updates service API and documentation +* `service/ssm`: Updates service documentation + * March 2024 doc-only updates for Systems Manager. + Release v1.50.36 (2024-03-11) === diff --git a/aws/version.go b/aws/version.go index 00d21e270f2..301eff20ee8 100644 --- a/aws/version.go +++ b/aws/version.go @@ -5,4 +5,4 @@ package aws const SDKName = "aws-sdk-go" // SDKVersion is the version of this SDK -const SDKVersion = "1.50.36" +const SDKVersion = "1.50.37" diff --git a/models/apis/cloudformation/2010-05-15/docs-2.json b/models/apis/cloudformation/2010-05-15/docs-2.json index 274110c2e83..6cebac88747 100644 --- a/models/apis/cloudformation/2010-05-15/docs-2.json +++ b/models/apis/cloudformation/2010-05-15/docs-2.json @@ -28,14 +28,14 @@ "DescribePublisher": "

Returns information about a CloudFormation extension publisher.

If you don't supply a PublisherId, and you have registered as an extension publisher, DescribePublisher returns information about your own publisher account.

For more information about registering as a publisher, see:

", "DescribeResourceScan": "

Describes details of a resource scan.

", "DescribeStackDriftDetectionStatus": "

Returns information about a stack drift detection operation. A stack drift detection operation detects whether a stack's actual configuration differs, or has drifted, from its expected configuration, as defined in the stack template and any values specified as template parameters. A stack is considered to have drifted if one or more of its resources have drifted. For more information about stack and resource drift, see Detecting Unregulated Configuration Changes to Stacks and Resources.

Use DetectStackDrift to initiate a stack drift detection operation. DetectStackDrift returns a StackDriftDetectionId you can use to monitor the progress of the operation using DescribeStackDriftDetectionStatus. Once the drift detection operation has completed, use DescribeStackResourceDrifts to return drift information about the stack and its resources.

", - "DescribeStackEvents": "

Returns all stack related events for a specified stack in reverse chronological order. For more information about a stack's event history, go to Stacks in the CloudFormation User Guide.

You can list events for stacks that have failed to create or have been deleted by specifying the unique stack identifier (stack ID).

", + "DescribeStackEvents": "

Returns all stack related events for a specified stack in reverse chronological order. For more information about a stack's event history, see CloudFormation stack creation events in the CloudFormation User Guide.

You can list events for stacks that have failed to create or have been deleted by specifying the unique stack identifier (stack ID).

", "DescribeStackInstance": "

Returns the stack instance that's associated with the specified StackSet, Amazon Web Services account, and Amazon Web Services Region.

For a list of stack instances that are associated with a specific StackSet, use ListStackInstances.

", "DescribeStackResource": "

Returns a description of the specified resource in the specified stack.

For deleted stacks, DescribeStackResource returns resource information for up to 90 days after the stack has been deleted.

", "DescribeStackResourceDrifts": "

Returns drift information for the resources that have been checked for drift in the specified stack. This includes actual and expected configuration values for resources where CloudFormation detects configuration drift.

For a given stack, there will be one StackResourceDrift for each stack resource that has been checked for drift. Resources that haven't yet been checked for drift aren't included. Resources that don't currently support drift detection aren't checked, and so not included. For a list of resources that support drift detection, see Resources that Support Drift Detection.

Use DetectStackResourceDrift to detect drift on individual resources, or DetectStackDrift to detect drift on all supported resources for a given stack.

", "DescribeStackResources": "

Returns Amazon Web Services resource descriptions for running and deleted stacks. If StackName is specified, all the associated resources that are part of the stack are returned. If PhysicalResourceId is specified, the associated resources of the stack that the resource belongs to are returned.

Only the first 100 resources will be returned. If your stack has more resources than this, you should use ListStackResources instead.

For deleted stacks, DescribeStackResources returns resource information for up to 90 days after the stack has been deleted.

You must specify either StackName or PhysicalResourceId, but not both. In addition, you can specify LogicalResourceId to filter the returned result. For more information about resources, the LogicalResourceId and PhysicalResourceId, go to the CloudFormation User Guide.

A ValidationError is returned if you specify both StackName and PhysicalResourceId in the same request.

", "DescribeStackSet": "

Returns the description of the specified StackSet.

", "DescribeStackSetOperation": "

Returns the description of the specified StackSet operation.

", - "DescribeStacks": "

Returns the description for the specified stack; if no stack name was specified, then it returns the description for all the stacks created.

If the stack doesn't exist, a ValidationError is returned.

", + "DescribeStacks": "

Returns the description for the specified stack; if no stack name was specified, then it returns the description for all the stacks created. For more information about a stack's event history, see CloudFormation stack creation events in the CloudFormation User Guide.

If the stack doesn't exist, a ValidationError is returned.

", "DescribeType": "

Returns detailed information about an extension that has been registered.

If you specify a VersionId, DescribeType returns information about that specific extension version. Otherwise, it returns information about the default extension version.

", "DescribeTypeRegistration": "

Returns information about an extension's registration, including its current status and type and version identifiers.

When you initiate a registration request using RegisterType, you can then use DescribeTypeRegistration to monitor the progress of that registration request.

Once the registration request has completed, use DescribeType to return detailed information about an extension.

", "DetectStackDrift": "

Detects whether a stack's actual configuration differs, or has drifted, from its expected configuration, as defined in the stack template and any values specified as template parameters. For each resource in the stack that supports drift detection, CloudFormation compares the actual configuration of the resource with its expected template configuration. Only resource properties explicitly defined in the stack template are checked for drift. A stack is considered to have drifted if one or more of its resources differ from their expected template configurations. For more information, see Detecting Unregulated Configuration Changes to Stacks and Resources.

Use DetectStackDrift to detect drift on all supported resources for a given stack, or DetectStackResourceDrift to detect drift on individual resources.

For a list of stack resources that currently support drift detection, see Resources that Support Drift Detection.

DetectStackDrift can take up to several minutes, depending on the number of resources contained within the stack. Use DescribeStackDriftDetectionStatus to monitor the progress of a detect stack drift operation. Once the drift detection operation has completed, use DescribeStackResourceDrifts to return drift information about the stack and its resources.

When detecting drift on a stack, CloudFormation doesn't detect drift on any nested stacks belonging to that stack. Perform DetectStackDrift directly on the nested stack itself.

", @@ -1667,7 +1667,7 @@ "base": null, "refs": { "GetTemplateSummaryOutput$Metadata": "

The value that's defined for the Metadata property of the template.

", - "StackResourceDetail$Metadata": "

The content of the Metadata attribute declared for the resource. For more information, see Metadata Attribute in the CloudFormation User Guide.

" + "StackResourceDetail$Metadata": "

The content of the Metadata attribute declared for the resource. For more information, see Metadata Attribute in the CloudFormation User Guide.

" } }, "ModuleInfo": { @@ -2261,7 +2261,7 @@ "RequiresRecreation": { "base": null, "refs": { - "ResourceTargetDefinition$RequiresRecreation": "

If the Attribute value is Properties, indicates whether a change to this property causes the resource to be recreated. The value can be Never, Always, or Conditionally. To determine the conditions for a Conditionally recreation, see the update behavior for that property in the CloudFormation User Guide.

" + "ResourceTargetDefinition$RequiresRecreation": "

If the Attribute value is Properties, indicates whether a change to this property causes the resource to be recreated. The value can be Never, Always, or Conditionally. To determine the conditions for a Conditionally recreation, see the update behavior for that property in the CloudFormation User Guide.

" } }, "ResourceAttribute": { @@ -2486,16 +2486,16 @@ "ResourceDefinition$ResourceType": "

The type of the resource, such as AWS::DynamoDB::Table. For the list of supported resources, see IaC generator supported resource types in the CloudFormation User Guide

", "ResourceDetail$ResourceType": "

The type of the resource, such as AWS::DynamoDB::Table. For the list of supported resources, see IaC generator supported resource types In the CloudFormation User Guide

", "ResourceIdentifierSummary$ResourceType": "

The template resource type of the target resources, such as AWS::S3::Bucket.

", - "ResourceToImport$ResourceType": "

The type of resource to import into your stack, such as AWS::S3::Bucket. For a list of supported resource types, see Resources that support import operations in the CloudFormation User Guide.

", + "ResourceToImport$ResourceType": "

The type of resource to import into your stack, such as AWS::S3::Bucket. For a list of supported resource types, see Resources that support import operations in the CloudFormation User Guide.

", "ResourceTypes$member": null, "ScannedResource$ResourceType": "

The type of the resource, such as AWS::DynamoDB::Table. For the list of supported resources, see Resource type support In the CloudFormation User Guide

", "ScannedResourceIdentifier$ResourceType": "

The type of the resource, such as AWS::DynamoDB::Table. For the list of supported resources, see IaC generator supported resource types In the CloudFormation User Guide.

", - "StackEvent$ResourceType": "

Type of resource. (For more information, go to Amazon Web Services Resource Types Reference in the CloudFormation User Guide.)

", - "StackInstanceResourceDriftsSummary$ResourceType": "

Type of resource. For more information, go to Amazon Web Services Resource Types Reference in the CloudFormation User Guide.

", - "StackResource$ResourceType": "

Type of resource. For more information, go to Amazon Web Services Resource Types Reference in the CloudFormation User Guide.

", - "StackResourceDetail$ResourceType": "

Type of resource. For more information, go to Amazon Web Services Resource Types Reference in the CloudFormation User Guide.

", + "StackEvent$ResourceType": "

Type of resource. (For more information, go to Amazon Web Services Resource Types Reference in the CloudFormation User Guide.)

", + "StackInstanceResourceDriftsSummary$ResourceType": "

Type of resource. For more information, go to Amazon Web Services Resource Types Reference in the CloudFormation User Guide.

", + "StackResource$ResourceType": "

Type of resource. For more information, go to Amazon Web Services Resource Types Reference in the CloudFormation User Guide.

", + "StackResourceDetail$ResourceType": "

Type of resource. For more information, go to Amazon Web Services Resource Types Reference in the CloudFormation User Guide.

", "StackResourceDrift$ResourceType": "

The type of the resource.

", - "StackResourceSummary$ResourceType": "

Type of resource. (For more information, go to Amazon Web Services Resource Types Reference in the CloudFormation User Guide.)

" + "StackResourceSummary$ResourceType": "

Type of resource. (For more information, go to Amazon Web Services Resource Types Reference in the CloudFormation User Guide.)

" } }, "ResourceTypePrefix": { @@ -2847,7 +2847,7 @@ "StackInstanceDetailedStatus": { "base": null, "refs": { - "StackInstanceComprehensiveStatus$DetailedStatus": "" + "StackInstanceComprehensiveStatus$DetailedStatus": "" } }, "StackInstanceFilter": { @@ -3079,7 +3079,7 @@ "base": "

Detailed information about the drift status of the stack set.

For stack sets, contains information about the last completed drift operation performed on the stack set. Information about drift operations in-progress isn't included.

For stack set operations, includes information about drift operations currently being performed on the stack set.

For more information, see Detecting unmanaged changes in stack sets in the CloudFormation User Guide.

", "refs": { "StackSet$StackSetDriftDetectionDetails": "

Detailed information about the drift status of the stack set.

For stack sets, contains information about the last completed drift operation performed on the stack set. Information about drift operations currently in progress isn't included.

", - "StackSetOperation$StackSetDriftDetectionDetails": "

Detailed information about the drift status of the stack set. This includes information about drift operations currently being performed on the stack set.

This information will only be present for stack set operations whose Action type is DETECT_DRIFT.

For more information, see Detecting Unmanaged Changes in Stack Sets in the CloudFormation User Guide.

" + "StackSetOperation$StackSetDriftDetectionDetails": "

Detailed information about the drift status of the stack set. This includes information about drift operations currently being performed on the stack set.

This information will only be present for stack set operations whose Action type is DETECT_DRIFT.

For more information, see Detecting Unmanaged Changes in Stack Sets in the CloudFormation User Guide.

" } }, "StackSetDriftDetectionStatus": { @@ -3191,8 +3191,8 @@ "StackSetOperationStatus": { "base": null, "refs": { - "StackSetOperation$Status": "

The status of the operation.

", - "StackSetOperationSummary$Status": "

The overall status of the operation.

" + "StackSetOperation$Status": "

The status of the operation.

", + "StackSetOperationSummary$Status": "

The overall status of the operation.

" } }, "StackSetOperationStatusDetails": { @@ -3367,14 +3367,14 @@ "refs": { "CreateChangeSetInput$TemplateBody": "

A structure that contains the body of the revised template, with a minimum length of 1 byte and a maximum length of 51,200 bytes. CloudFormation generates the change set by comparing this template with the template of the stack that you specified.

Conditional: You must specify only TemplateBody or TemplateURL.

", "CreateStackInput$TemplateBody": "

Structure containing the template body with a minimum length of 1 byte and a maximum length of 51,200 bytes. For more information, go to Template anatomy in the CloudFormation User Guide.

Conditional: You must specify either the TemplateBody or the TemplateURL parameter, but not both.

", - "CreateStackSetInput$TemplateBody": "

The structure that contains the template body, with a minimum length of 1 byte and a maximum length of 51,200 bytes. For more information, see Template Anatomy in the CloudFormation User Guide.

Conditional: You must specify either the TemplateBody or the TemplateURL parameter, but not both.

", + "CreateStackSetInput$TemplateBody": "

The structure that contains the template body, with a minimum length of 1 byte and a maximum length of 51,200 bytes. For more information, see Template Anatomy in the CloudFormation User Guide.

Conditional: You must specify either the TemplateBody or the TemplateURL parameter, but not both.

", "EstimateTemplateCostInput$TemplateBody": "

Structure containing the template body with a minimum length of 1 byte and a maximum length of 51,200 bytes. (For more information, go to Template Anatomy in the CloudFormation User Guide.)

Conditional: You must pass TemplateBody or TemplateURL. If both are passed, only TemplateBody is used.

", "GetGeneratedTemplateOutput$TemplateBody": "

The template body of the generated template, in the language specified by the Language parameter.

", "GetTemplateOutput$TemplateBody": "

Structure containing the template body. (For more information, go to Template Anatomy in the CloudFormation User Guide.)

CloudFormation returns the same template that was used when the stack was created.

", "GetTemplateSummaryInput$TemplateBody": "

Structure containing the template body with a minimum length of 1 byte and a maximum length of 51,200 bytes. For more information about templates, see Template anatomy in the CloudFormation User Guide.

Conditional: You must specify only one of the following parameters: StackName, StackSetName, TemplateBody, or TemplateURL.

", "StackSet$TemplateBody": "

The structure that contains the body of the template that was used to create or update the stack set.

", "UpdateStackInput$TemplateBody": "

Structure containing the template body with a minimum length of 1 byte and a maximum length of 51,200 bytes. (For more information, go to Template Anatomy in the CloudFormation User Guide.)

Conditional: You must specify only one of the following parameters: TemplateBody, TemplateURL, or set the UsePreviousTemplate to true.

", - "UpdateStackSetInput$TemplateBody": "

The structure that contains the template body, with a minimum length of 1 byte and a maximum length of 51,200 bytes. For more information, see Template Anatomy in the CloudFormation User Guide.

Conditional: You must specify only one of the following parameters: TemplateBody or TemplateURL—or set UsePreviousTemplate to true.

", + "UpdateStackSetInput$TemplateBody": "

The structure that contains the template body, with a minimum length of 1 byte and a maximum length of 51,200 bytes. For more information, see Template Anatomy in the CloudFormation User Guide.

Conditional: You must specify only one of the following parameters: TemplateBody or TemplateURL—or set UsePreviousTemplate to true.

", "ValidateTemplateInput$TemplateBody": "

Structure containing the template body with a minimum length of 1 byte and a maximum length of 51,200 bytes. For more information, go to Template Anatomy in the CloudFormation User Guide.

Conditional: You must pass TemplateURL or TemplateBody. If both are passed, only TemplateBody is used.

" } }, @@ -3453,11 +3453,11 @@ "refs": { "CreateChangeSetInput$TemplateURL": "

The location of the file that contains the revised template. The URL must point to a template (max size: 460,800 bytes) that's located in an Amazon S3 bucket or a Systems Manager document. CloudFormation generates the change set by comparing this template with the stack that you specified. The location for an Amazon S3 bucket must start with https://.

Conditional: You must specify only TemplateBody or TemplateURL.

", "CreateStackInput$TemplateURL": "

Location of file containing the template body. The URL must point to a template (max size: 460,800 bytes) that's located in an Amazon S3 bucket or a Systems Manager document. For more information, go to the Template anatomy in the CloudFormation User Guide. The location for an Amazon S3 bucket must start with https://.

Conditional: You must specify either the TemplateBody or the TemplateURL parameter, but not both.

", - "CreateStackSetInput$TemplateURL": "

The location of the file that contains the template body. The URL must point to a template (maximum size: 460,800 bytes) that's located in an Amazon S3 bucket or a Systems Manager document. For more information, see Template Anatomy in the CloudFormation User Guide.

Conditional: You must specify either the TemplateBody or the TemplateURL parameter, but not both.

", + "CreateStackSetInput$TemplateURL": "

The location of the file that contains the template body. The URL must point to a template (maximum size: 460,800 bytes) that's located in an Amazon S3 bucket or a Systems Manager document. For more information, see Template Anatomy in the CloudFormation User Guide.

Conditional: You must specify either the TemplateBody or the TemplateURL parameter, but not both.

", "EstimateTemplateCostInput$TemplateURL": "

Location of file containing the template body. The URL must point to a template that's located in an Amazon S3 bucket or a Systems Manager document. For more information, go to Template Anatomy in the CloudFormation User Guide. The location for an Amazon S3 bucket must start with https://.

Conditional: You must pass TemplateURL or TemplateBody. If both are passed, only TemplateBody is used.

", "GetTemplateSummaryInput$TemplateURL": "

Location of file containing the template body. The URL must point to a template (max size: 460,800 bytes) that's located in an Amazon S3 bucket or a Systems Manager document. For more information about templates, see Template anatomy in the CloudFormation User Guide. The location for an Amazon S3 bucket must start with https://.

Conditional: You must specify only one of the following parameters: StackName, StackSetName, TemplateBody, or TemplateURL.

", "UpdateStackInput$TemplateURL": "

Location of file containing the template body. The URL must point to a template that's located in an Amazon S3 bucket or a Systems Manager document. For more information, go to Template Anatomy in the CloudFormation User Guide. The location for an Amazon S3 bucket must start with https://.

Conditional: You must specify only one of the following parameters: TemplateBody, TemplateURL, or set the UsePreviousTemplate to true.

", - "UpdateStackSetInput$TemplateURL": "

The location of the file that contains the template body. The URL must point to a template (maximum size: 460,800 bytes) that is located in an Amazon S3 bucket or a Systems Manager document. For more information, see Template Anatomy in the CloudFormation User Guide.

Conditional: You must specify only one of the following parameters: TemplateBody or TemplateURL—or set UsePreviousTemplate to true.

", + "UpdateStackSetInput$TemplateURL": "

The location of the file that contains the template body. The URL must point to a template (maximum size: 460,800 bytes) that is located in an Amazon S3 bucket or a Systems Manager document. For more information, see Template Anatomy in the CloudFormation User Guide.

Conditional: You must specify only one of the following parameters: TemplateBody or TemplateURL—or set UsePreviousTemplate to true.

", "ValidateTemplateInput$TemplateURL": "

Location of file containing the template body. The URL must point to a template (max size: 460,800 bytes) that is located in an Amazon S3 bucket or a Systems Manager document. For more information, go to Template Anatomy in the CloudFormation User Guide. The location for an Amazon S3 bucket must start with https://.

Conditional: You must pass TemplateURL or TemplateBody. If both are passed, only TemplateBody is used.

" } }, diff --git a/models/apis/connect/2017-08-08/api-2.json b/models/apis/connect/2017-08-08/api-2.json index 3752722d620..0ced0850071 100644 --- a/models/apis/connect/2017-08-08/api-2.json +++ b/models/apis/connect/2017-08-08/api-2.json @@ -10697,6 +10697,12 @@ "max":25, "min":1 }, + "MaxResult500":{ + "type":"integer", + "box":true, + "max":500, + "min":1 + }, "MaxResult7":{ "type":"integer", "max":7, @@ -12853,7 +12859,7 @@ "InstanceId":{"shape":"InstanceId"}, "NextToken":{"shape":"NextToken2500"}, "MaxResults":{ - "shape":"MaxResult100", + "shape":"MaxResult500", "box":true }, "SearchFilter":{"shape":"QueueSearchFilter"}, @@ -12918,7 +12924,7 @@ "InstanceId":{"shape":"InstanceId"}, "NextToken":{"shape":"NextToken2500"}, "MaxResults":{ - "shape":"MaxResult100", + "shape":"MaxResult500", "box":true }, "SearchFilter":{"shape":"RoutingProfileSearchFilter"}, @@ -12973,7 +12979,7 @@ "InstanceId":{"shape":"InstanceId"}, "NextToken":{"shape":"NextToken2500"}, "MaxResults":{ - "shape":"MaxResult100", + "shape":"MaxResult500", "box":true }, "SearchFilter":{"shape":"UserSearchFilter"}, diff --git a/models/apis/connect/2017-08-08/docs-2.json b/models/apis/connect/2017-08-08/docs-2.json index b6250b71c2e..ef2dbbc4165 100644 --- a/models/apis/connect/2017-08-08/docs-2.json +++ b/models/apis/connect/2017-08-08/docs-2.json @@ -57,14 +57,14 @@ "DeletePredefinedAttribute": "

Deletes a predefined attribute from the specified Amazon Connect instance.

", "DeletePrompt": "

Deletes a prompt.

", "DeleteQueue": "

Deletes a queue.

", - "DeleteQuickConnect": "

Deletes a quick connect.

", + "DeleteQuickConnect": "

Deletes a quick connect.

After calling DeleteUser, it's important to call DeleteQuickConnect to delete any records related to the deleted users. This will help you:

", "DeleteRoutingProfile": "

Deletes a routing profile.

", "DeleteRule": "

Deletes a rule for the specified Amazon Connect instance.

", "DeleteSecurityProfile": "

Deletes a security profile.

", "DeleteTaskTemplate": "

Deletes the task template.

", "DeleteTrafficDistributionGroup": "

Deletes a traffic distribution group. This API can be called only in the Region where the traffic distribution group is created.

For more information about deleting traffic distribution groups, see Delete traffic distribution groups in the Amazon Connect Administrator Guide.

", "DeleteUseCase": "

Deletes a use case from an integration association.

", - "DeleteUser": "

Deletes a user account from the specified Amazon Connect instance.

For information about what happens to a user's data when their account is deleted, see Delete Users from Your Amazon Connect Instance in the Amazon Connect Administrator Guide.

", + "DeleteUser": "

Deletes a user account from the specified Amazon Connect instance.

For information about what happens to a user's data when their account is deleted, see Delete Users from Your Amazon Connect Instance in the Amazon Connect Administrator Guide.

After calling DeleteUser, call DeleteQuickConnect to delete any records related to the deleted users. This will help you:

", "DeleteUserHierarchyGroup": "

Deletes an existing user hierarchy group. It must not be associated with any agents or have any active child groups.

", "DeleteView": "

Deletes the view entirely. It deletes the view and all associated qualifiers (versions and aliases).

", "DeleteViewVersion": "

Deletes the particular version specified in ViewVersion identifier.

", @@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ "ListContactEvaluations": "

Lists contact evaluations in the specified Amazon Connect instance.

", "ListContactFlowModules": "

Provides information about the flow modules for the specified Amazon Connect instance.

", "ListContactFlows": "

Provides information about the flows for the specified Amazon Connect instance.

You can also create and update flows using the Amazon Connect Flow language.

For more information about flows, see Flows in the Amazon Connect Administrator Guide.

", - "ListContactReferences": "

This API is in preview release for Amazon Connect and is subject to change.

For the specified referenceTypes, returns a list of references associated with the contact.

", + "ListContactReferences": "

This API is in preview release for Amazon Connect and is subject to change.

For the specified referenceTypes, returns a list of references associated with the contact. References are links to documents that are related to a contact, such as emails, attachments, or URLs.

", "ListDefaultVocabularies": "

Lists the default vocabularies for the specified Amazon Connect instance.

", "ListEvaluationFormVersions": "

Lists versions of an evaluation form in the specified Amazon Connect instance.

", "ListEvaluationForms": "

Lists evaluation forms in the specified Amazon Connect instance.

", @@ -189,7 +189,7 @@ "StartOutboundVoiceContact": "

Places an outbound call to a contact, and then initiates the flow. It performs the actions in the flow that's specified (in ContactFlowId).

Agents do not initiate the outbound API, which means that they do not dial the contact. If the flow places an outbound call to a contact, and then puts the contact in queue, the call is then routed to the agent, like any other inbound case.

There is a 60-second dialing timeout for this operation. If the call is not connected after 60 seconds, it fails.

UK numbers with a 447 prefix are not allowed by default. Before you can dial these UK mobile numbers, you must submit a service quota increase request. For more information, see Amazon Connect Service Quotas in the Amazon Connect Administrator Guide.

Campaign calls are not allowed by default. Before you can make a call with TrafficType = CAMPAIGN, you must submit a service quota increase request to the quota Amazon Connect campaigns.

", "StartTaskContact": "

Initiates a flow to start a new task contact. For more information about task contacts, see Concepts: Tasks in Amazon Connect in the Amazon Connect Administrator Guide.

When using PreviousContactId and RelatedContactId input parameters, note the following:

In addition, when calling StartTaskContact include only one of these parameters: ContactFlowID, QuickConnectID, or TaskTemplateID. Only one parameter is required as long as the task template has a flow configured to run it. If more than one parameter is specified, or only the TaskTemplateID is specified but it does not have a flow configured, the request returns an error because Amazon Connect cannot identify the unique flow to run when the task is created.

A ServiceQuotaExceededException occurs when the number of open tasks exceeds the active tasks quota or there are already 12 tasks referencing the same PreviousContactId. For more information about service quotas for task contacts, see Amazon Connect service quotas in the Amazon Connect Administrator Guide.

", "StartWebRTCContact": "

Places an inbound in-app, web, or video call to a contact, and then initiates the flow. It performs the actions in the flow that are specified (in ContactFlowId) and present in the Amazon Connect instance (specified as InstanceId).

", - "StopContact": "

Ends the specified contact. This call does not work for voice contacts that use the following initiation methods:

Chat and task contacts, however, can be terminated in any state, regardless of initiation method.

", + "StopContact": "

Ends the specified contact. Use this API to stop queued callbacks. It does not work for voice contacts that use the following initiation methods:

Chat and task contacts can be terminated in any state, regardless of initiation method.

", "StopContactRecording": "

Stops recording a call when a contact is being recorded. StopContactRecording is a one-time action. If you use StopContactRecording to stop recording an ongoing call, you can't use StartContactRecording to restart it. For scenarios where the recording has started and you want to suspend it for sensitive information (for example, to collect a credit card number), and then restart it, use SuspendContactRecording and ResumeContactRecording.

Only voice recordings are supported at this time.

", "StopContactStreaming": "

Ends message streaming on a specified contact. To restart message streaming on that contact, call the StartContactStreaming API.

", "SubmitContactEvaluation": "

Submits a contact evaluation in the specified Amazon Connect instance. Answers included in the request are merged with existing answers for the given evaluation. If no answers or notes are passed, the evaluation is submitted with the existing answers and notes. You can delete an answer or note by passing an empty object ({}) to the question identifier.

If a contact evaluation is already in submitted state, this operation will trigger a resubmission.

", @@ -428,7 +428,7 @@ "AfterContactWorkTimeLimit": { "base": null, "refs": { - "UserPhoneConfig$AfterContactWorkTimeLimit": "

The After Call Work (ACW) timeout setting, in seconds.

When returned by a SearchUsers call, AfterContactWorkTimeLimit is returned in milliseconds.

" + "UserPhoneConfig$AfterContactWorkTimeLimit": "

The After Call Work (ACW) timeout setting, in seconds. This parameter has a minimum value of 0 and a maximum value of 2,000,000 seconds (24 days). Enter 0 if you don't want to allocate a specific amount of ACW time. It essentially means an indefinite amount of time. When the conversation ends, ACW starts; the agent must choose Close contact to end ACW.

When returned by a SearchUsers call, AfterContactWorkTimeLimit is returned in milliseconds.

" } }, "AgentAvailabilityTimer": { @@ -593,7 +593,7 @@ "AgentUsername": { "base": null, "refs": { - "CreateUserRequest$Username": "

The user name for the account. For instances not using SAML for identity management, the user name can include up to 20 characters. If you are using SAML for identity management, the user name can include up to 64 characters from [a-zA-Z0-9_-.\\@]+.

", + "CreateUserRequest$Username": "

The user name for the account. For instances not using SAML for identity management, the user name can include up to 20 characters. If you are using SAML for identity management, the user name can include up to 64 characters from [a-zA-Z0-9_-.\\@]+.

Username can include @ only if used in an email format. For example:

", "User$Username": "

The user name assigned to the user account.

", "UserSearchSummary$Username": "

The name of the user.

", "UserSummary$Username": "

The Amazon Connect user name of the user account.

" @@ -1078,7 +1078,7 @@ "ChatMessage": { "base": "

A chat message.

", "refs": { - "StartChatContactRequest$InitialMessage": "

The initial message to be sent to the newly created chat.

" + "StartChatContactRequest$InitialMessage": "

The initial message to be sent to the newly created chat. If you have a Lex bot in your flow, the initial message is not delivered to the Lex bot.

" } }, "ChatParticipantRoleConfig": { @@ -1492,7 +1492,7 @@ "ContactState": { "base": null, "refs": { - "AgentContactReference$AgentContactState": "

The state of the contact.

", + "AgentContactReference$AgentContactState": "

The state of the contact.

When AgentContactState is set to CONNECTED_ONHOLD, StateStartTimestamp is not changed. Instead, StateStartTimestamp reflects the time the contact was CONNECTED to the agent.

", "ContactStates$member": null } }, @@ -3040,7 +3040,7 @@ "FiltersV2List": { "base": null, "refs": { - "GetMetricDataV2Request$Filters": "

The filters to apply to returned metrics. You can filter on the following resources:

At least one filter must be passed from queues, routing profiles, agents, or user hierarchy groups.

To filter by phone number, see Create a historical metrics report in the Amazon Connect Administrator's Guide.

Note the following limits:

" + "GetMetricDataV2Request$Filters": "

The filters to apply to returned metrics. You can filter on the following resources:

At least one filter must be passed from queues, routing profiles, agents, or user hierarchy groups.

To filter by phone number, see Create a historical metrics report in the Amazon Connect Administrator's Guide.

Note the following limits:

" } }, "FlowAssociationResourceType": { @@ -3201,7 +3201,7 @@ "GroupingsV2": { "base": null, "refs": { - "GetMetricDataV2Request$Groupings": "

The grouping applied to the metrics that are returned. For example, when results are grouped by queue, the metrics returned are grouped by queue. The values that are returned apply to the metrics for each queue. They are not aggregated for all queues.

If no grouping is specified, a summary of all metrics is returned.

Valid grouping keys: QUEUE | ROUTING_PROFILE | AGENT | CHANNEL | AGENT_HIERARCHY_LEVEL_ONE | AGENT_HIERARCHY_LEVEL_TWO | AGENT_HIERARCHY_LEVEL_THREE | AGENT_HIERARCHY_LEVEL_FOUR | AGENT_HIERARCHY_LEVEL_FIVE, contact/segmentAttributes/connect:Subtype | ROUTING_STEP_EXPRESSION

" + "GetMetricDataV2Request$Groupings": "

The grouping applied to the metrics that are returned. For example, when results are grouped by queue, the metrics returned are grouped by queue. The values that are returned apply to the metrics for each queue. They are not aggregated for all queues.

If no grouping is specified, a summary of all metrics is returned.

Valid grouping keys: QUEUE | ROUTING_PROFILE | AGENT | CHANNEL | AGENT_HIERARCHY_LEVEL_ONE | AGENT_HIERARCHY_LEVEL_TWO | AGENT_HIERARCHY_LEVEL_THREE | AGENT_HIERARCHY_LEVEL_FOUR | AGENT_HIERARCHY_LEVEL_FIVE | CASE_TEMPLATE_ARN | CASE_STATUS | contact/segmentAttributes/connect:Subtype | ROUTING_STEP_EXPRESSION

" } }, "HierarchyGroup": { @@ -4547,12 +4547,9 @@ "SearchHoursOfOperationsRequest$MaxResults": "

The maximum number of results to return per page.

", "SearchPredefinedAttributesRequest$MaxResults": "

The maximum number of results to return per page.

", "SearchPromptsRequest$MaxResults": "

The maximum number of results to return per page.

", - "SearchQueuesRequest$MaxResults": "

The maximum number of results to return per page.

", "SearchQuickConnectsRequest$MaxResults": "

The maximum number of results to return per page.

", "SearchResourceTagsRequest$MaxResults": "

The maximum number of results to return per page.

", - "SearchRoutingProfilesRequest$MaxResults": "

The maximum number of results to return per page.

", "SearchSecurityProfilesRequest$MaxResults": "

The maximum number of results to return per page.

", - "SearchUsersRequest$MaxResults": "

The maximum number of results to return per page.

", "SearchVocabulariesRequest$MaxResults": "

The maximum number of results to return per page.

" } }, @@ -4599,6 +4596,14 @@ "ListLexBotsRequest$MaxResults": "

The maximum number of results to return per page. If no value is specified, the default is 10.

" } }, + "MaxResult500": { + "base": null, + "refs": { + "SearchQueuesRequest$MaxResults": "

The maximum number of results to return per page.

", + "SearchRoutingProfilesRequest$MaxResults": "

The maximum number of results to return per page.

", + "SearchUsersRequest$MaxResults": "

The maximum number of results to return per page.

" + } + }, "MaxResult7": { "base": null, "refs": { @@ -4760,7 +4765,7 @@ "MetricsV2": { "base": null, "refs": { - "GetMetricDataV2Request$Metrics": "

The metrics to retrieve. Specify the name, groupings, and filters for each metric. The following historical metrics are available. For a description of each metric, see Historical metrics definitions in the Amazon Connect Administrator's Guide.

ABANDONMENT_RATE

Unit: Percent

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent Hierarchy, Feature, contact/segmentAttributes/connect:Subtype

AGENT_ADHERENT_TIME

This metric is available only in Amazon Web Services Regions where Forecasting, capacity planning, and scheduling is available.

Unit: Seconds

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent Hierarchy

AGENT_ANSWER_RATE

Unit: Percent

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent Hierarchy

AGENT_NON_ADHERENT_TIME

Unit: Seconds

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent Hierarchy

AGENT_NON_RESPONSE

Unit: Count

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent Hierarchy

AGENT_NON_RESPONSE_WITHOUT_CUSTOMER_ABANDONS

Unit: Count

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent Hierarchy

Data for this metric is available starting from October 1, 2023 0:00:00 GMT.

AGENT_OCCUPANCY

Unit: Percentage

Valid groupings and filters: Routing Profile, Agent, Agent Hierarchy

AGENT_SCHEDULE_ADHERENCE

This metric is available only in Amazon Web Services Regions where Forecasting, capacity planning, and scheduling is available.

Unit: Percent

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent Hierarchy

AGENT_SCHEDULED_TIME

This metric is available only in Amazon Web Services Regions where Forecasting, capacity planning, and scheduling is available.

Unit: Seconds

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent Hierarchy

AVG_ABANDON_TIME

Unit: Seconds

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent Hierarchy, Feature, contact/segmentAttributes/connect:Subtype

AVG_ACTIVE_TIME

Unit: Seconds

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent Hierarchy

AVG_AFTER_CONTACT_WORK_TIME

Unit: Seconds

Valid metric filter key: INITIATION_METHOD

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent Hierarchy, Feature, contact/segmentAttributes/connect:Subtype

Feature is a valid filter but not a valid grouping.
AVG_AGENT_CONNECTING_TIME

Unit: Seconds

Valid metric filter key: INITIATION_METHOD. For now, this metric only supports the following as INITIATION_METHOD: INBOUND | OUTBOUND | CALLBACK | API

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent Hierarchy

The Negate key in Metric Level Filters is not applicable for this metric.
AVG_AGENT_PAUSE_TIME

Unit: Seconds

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent Hierarchy

AVG_CONTACT_DURATION

Unit: Seconds

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent Hierarchy, Feature, contact/segmentAttributes/connect:Subtype

Feature is a valid filter but not a valid grouping.
AVG_CONVERSATION_DURATION

Unit: Seconds

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent Hierarchy, Feature, contact/segmentAttributes/connect:Subtype

AVG_GREETING_TIME_AGENT

This metric is available only for contacts analyzed by Contact Lens conversational analytics.

Unit: Seconds

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent Hierarchy, contact/segmentAttributes/connect:Subtype

AVG_HANDLE_TIME

Unit: Seconds

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent Hierarchy, Feature, contact/segmentAttributes/connect:Subtype, RoutingStepExpression

Feature is a valid filter but not a valid grouping.
AVG_HOLD_TIME

Unit: Seconds

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent Hierarchy, Feature, contact/segmentAttributes/connect:Subtype

Feature is a valid filter but not a valid grouping.
AVG_HOLD_TIME_ALL_CONTACTS

Unit: Seconds

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent Hierarchy, contact/segmentAttributes/connect:Subtype

AVG_HOLDS

Unit: Count

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent Hierarchy, Feature, contact/segmentAttributes/connect:Subtype

Feature is a valid filter but not a valid grouping.
AVG_INTERACTION_AND_HOLD_TIME

Unit: Seconds

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent Hierarchy, contact/segmentAttributes/connect:Subtype

AVG_INTERACTION_TIME

Unit: Seconds

Valid metric filter key: INITIATION_METHOD

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Feature, contact/segmentAttributes/connect:Subtype

Feature is a valid filter but not a valid grouping.
AVG_INTERRUPTIONS_AGENT

This metric is available only for contacts analyzed by Contact Lens conversational analytics.

Unit: Count

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent Hierarchy, contact/segmentAttributes/connect:Subtype

AVG_INTERRUPTION_TIME_AGENT

This metric is available only for contacts analyzed by Contact Lens conversational analytics.

Unit: Seconds

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent Hierarchy, contact/segmentAttributes/connect:Subtype

AVG_NON_TALK_TIME

This metric is available only for contacts analyzed by Contact Lens conversational analytics.

Unit: Seconds

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent Hierarchy, contact/segmentAttributes/connect:Subtype

AVG_QUEUE_ANSWER_TIME

Unit: Seconds

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Feature, contact/segmentAttributes/connect:Subtype

Feature is a valid filter but not a valid grouping.
AVG_RESOLUTION_TIME

Unit: Seconds

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, contact/segmentAttributes/connect:Subtype

AVG_TALK_TIME

This metric is available only for contacts analyzed by Contact Lens conversational analytics.

Unit: Seconds

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent Hierarchy, contact/segmentAttributes/connect:Subtype

AVG_TALK_TIME_AGENT

This metric is available only for contacts analyzed by Contact Lens conversational analytics.

Unit: Seconds

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent Hierarchy, contact/segmentAttributes/connect:Subtype

AVG_TALK_TIME_CUSTOMER

This metric is available only for contacts analyzed by Contact Lens conversational analytics.

Unit: Seconds

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent Hierarchy, contact/segmentAttributes/connect:Subtype

CONTACTS_ABANDONED

Unit: Count

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent Hierarchy, contact/segmentAttributes/connect:Subtype, RoutingStepExpression

CONTACTS_CREATED

Unit: Count

Valid metric filter key: INITIATION_METHOD

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Feature, contact/segmentAttributes/connect:Subtype

Feature is a valid filter but not a valid grouping.
CONTACTS_HANDLED

Unit: Count

Valid metric filter key: INITIATION_METHOD, DISCONNECT_REASON

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent Hierarchy, Feature, contact/segmentAttributes/connect:Subtype, RoutingStepExpression

Feature is a valid filter but not a valid grouping.
CONTACTS_HANDLED_BY_CONNECTED_TO_AGENT

Unit: Count

Valid metric filter key: INITIATION_METHOD

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Agent, Agent Hierarchy, contact/segmentAttributes/connect:Subtype

CONTACTS_HOLD_ABANDONS

Unit: Count

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent Hierarchy, contact/segmentAttributes/connect:Subtype

CONTACTS_ON_HOLD_AGENT_DISCONNECT

Unit: Count

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent Hierarchy

CONTACTS_ON_HOLD_CUSTOMER_DISCONNECT

Unit: Count

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent Hierarchy

CONTACTS_PUT_ON_HOLD

Unit: Count

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent Hierarchy

CONTACTS_TRANSFERRED_OUT_EXTERNAL

Unit: Count

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent Hierarchy

CONTACTS_TRANSFERRED_OUT_INTERNAL

Unit: Percent

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent Hierarchy

CONTACTS_QUEUED

Unit: Count

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent Hierarchy, contact/segmentAttributes/connect:Subtype

CONTACTS_QUEUED_BY_ENQUEUE

Unit: Count

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Agent, Agent Hierarchy, contact/segmentAttributes/connect:Subtype

CONTACTS_RESOLVED_IN_X

Unit: Count

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, contact/segmentAttributes/connect:Subtype

Threshold: For ThresholdValue enter any whole number from 1 to 604800 (inclusive), in seconds. For Comparison, you must enter LT (for \"Less than\").

CONTACTS_TRANSFERRED_OUT

Unit: Count

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent Hierarchy, Feature, contact/segmentAttributes/connect:Subtype

Feature is a valid filter but not a valid grouping.
CONTACTS_TRANSFERRED_OUT_BY_AGENT

Unit: Count

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent Hierarchy, contact/segmentAttributes/connect:Subtype

CONTACTS_TRANSFERRED_OUT_FROM_QUEUE

Unit: Count

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent Hierarchy, contact/segmentAttributes/connect:Subtype

MAX_QUEUED_TIME

Unit: Seconds

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent Hierarchy, contact/segmentAttributes/connect:Subtype

PERCENT_CONTACTS_STEP_EXPIRED

Unit: Percent

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, RoutingStepExpression

PERCENT_CONTACTS_STEP_JOINED

Unit: Percent

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, RoutingStepExpression

PERCENT_NON_TALK_TIME

This metric is available only for contacts analyzed by Contact Lens conversational analytics.

Unit: Percentage

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent Hierarchy, contact/segmentAttributes/connect:Subtype

PERCENT_TALK_TIME

This metric is available only for contacts analyzed by Contact Lens conversational analytics.

Unit: Percentage

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent Hierarchy, contact/segmentAttributes/connect:Subtype

PERCENT_TALK_TIME_AGENT

This metric is available only for contacts analyzed by Contact Lens conversational analytics.

Unit: Percentage

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent Hierarchy, contact/segmentAttributes/connect:Subtype

PERCENT_TALK_TIME_CUSTOMER

This metric is available only for contacts analyzed by Contact Lens conversational analytics.

Unit: Percentage

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent Hierarchy, contact/segmentAttributes/connect:Subtype

SERVICE_LEVEL

You can include up to 20 SERVICE_LEVEL metrics in a request.

Unit: Percent

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile

Threshold: For ThresholdValue, enter any whole number from 1 to 604800 (inclusive), in seconds. For Comparison, you must enter LT (for \"Less than\").

STEP_CONTACTS_QUEUED

Unit: Count

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, RoutingStepExpression

SUM_AFTER_CONTACT_WORK_TIME

Unit: Seconds

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent Hierarchy

SUM_CONNECTING_TIME_AGENT

Unit: Seconds

Valid metric filter key: INITIATION_METHOD. This metric only supports the following filter keys as INITIATION_METHOD: INBOUND | OUTBOUND | CALLBACK | API

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent Hierarchy

The Negate key in Metric Level Filters is not applicable for this metric.
SUM_CONTACT_FLOW_TIME

Unit: Seconds

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent Hierarchy

SUM_CONTACT_TIME_AGENT

Unit: Seconds

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent Hierarchy

SUM_CONTACTS_ANSWERED_IN_X

Unit: Count

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, contact/segmentAttributes/connect:Subtype

Threshold: For ThresholdValue, enter any whole number from 1 to 604800 (inclusive), in seconds. For Comparison, you must enter LT (for \"Less than\").

SUM_CONTACTS_ABANDONED_IN_X

Unit: Count

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, contact/segmentAttributes/connect:Subtype

Threshold: For ThresholdValue, enter any whole number from 1 to 604800 (inclusive), in seconds. For Comparison, you must enter LT (for \"Less than\").

SUM_CONTACTS_DISCONNECTED

Valid metric filter key: DISCONNECT_REASON

Unit: Count

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent Hierarchy, contact/segmentAttributes/connect:Subtype

SUM_ERROR_STATUS_TIME_AGENT

Unit: Seconds

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent Hierarchy

SUM_HANDLE_TIME

Unit: Seconds

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent Hierarchy

SUM_HOLD_TIME

Unit: Count

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent Hierarchy

SUM_IDLE_TIME_AGENT

Unit: Seconds

Valid groupings and filters: Routing Profile, Agent, Agent Hierarchy

SUM_INTERACTION_AND_HOLD_TIME

Unit: Seconds

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent Hierarchy

SUM_INTERACTION_TIME

Unit: Seconds

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent Hierarchy

SUM_NON_PRODUCTIVE_TIME_AGENT

Unit: Seconds

Valid groupings and filters: Routing Profile, Agent, Agent Hierarchy

SUM_ONLINE_TIME_AGENT

Unit: Seconds

Valid groupings and filters: Routing Profile, Agent, Agent Hierarchy

SUM_RETRY_CALLBACK_ATTEMPTS

Unit: Count

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, contact/segmentAttributes/connect:Subtype

" + "GetMetricDataV2Request$Metrics": "

The metrics to retrieve. Specify the name, groupings, and filters for each metric. The following historical metrics are available. For a description of each metric, see Historical metrics definitions in the Amazon Connect Administrator's Guide.

ABANDONMENT_RATE

Unit: Percent

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent Hierarchy, Feature, contact/segmentAttributes/connect:Subtype

UI name: Abandonment rate

AGENT_ADHERENT_TIME

This metric is available only in Amazon Web Services Regions where Forecasting, capacity planning, and scheduling is available.

Unit: Seconds

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent Hierarchy

UI name: Adherent time

AGENT_ANSWER_RATE

Unit: Percent

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent Hierarchy

UI name: Agent answer rate

AGENT_NON_ADHERENT_TIME

Unit: Seconds

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent Hierarchy

UI name: Non-adherent time

AGENT_NON_RESPONSE

Unit: Count

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent Hierarchy

UI name: Agent non-response

AGENT_NON_RESPONSE_WITHOUT_CUSTOMER_ABANDONS

Unit: Count

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent Hierarchy

Data for this metric is available starting from October 1, 2023 0:00:00 GMT.

UI name: Agent non-response without customer abandons

AGENT_OCCUPANCY

Unit: Percentage

Valid groupings and filters: Routing Profile, Agent, Agent Hierarchy

UI name: Occupancy

AGENT_SCHEDULE_ADHERENCE

This metric is available only in Amazon Web Services Regions where Forecasting, capacity planning, and scheduling is available.

Unit: Percent

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent Hierarchy

UI name: Adherence

AGENT_SCHEDULED_TIME

This metric is available only in Amazon Web Services Regions where Forecasting, capacity planning, and scheduling is available.

Unit: Seconds

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent Hierarchy

UI name: Scheduled time

AVG_ABANDON_TIME

Unit: Seconds

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent Hierarchy, Feature, contact/segmentAttributes/connect:Subtype

UI name: Average queue abandon time

AVG_ACTIVE_TIME

Unit: Seconds

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent Hierarchy

UI name: Average active time

AVG_AFTER_CONTACT_WORK_TIME

Unit: Seconds

Valid metric filter key: INITIATION_METHOD

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent Hierarchy, Feature, contact/segmentAttributes/connect:Subtype

UI name: Average after contact work time

Feature is a valid filter but not a valid grouping.
AVG_AGENT_CONNECTING_TIME

Unit: Seconds

Valid metric filter key: INITIATION_METHOD. For now, this metric only supports the following as INITIATION_METHOD: INBOUND | OUTBOUND | CALLBACK | API

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent Hierarchy

UI name: Average agent API connecting time

The Negate key in Metric Level Filters is not applicable for this metric.
AVG_AGENT_PAUSE_TIME

Unit: Seconds

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent Hierarchy

UI name: Average agent pause time

AVG_CASE_RELATED_CONTACTS

Unit: Count

Required filter key: CASE_TEMPLATE_ARN

Valid groupings and filters: CASE_TEMPLATE_ARN, CASE_STATUS

UI name: Average contacts per case

AVG_CASE_RESOLUTION_TIME

Unit: Seconds

Required filter key: CASE_TEMPLATE_ARN

Valid groupings and filters: CASE_TEMPLATE_ARN, CASE_STATUS

UI name: Average case resolution time

AVG_CONTACT_DURATION

Unit: Seconds

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent Hierarchy, Feature, contact/segmentAttributes/connect:Subtype

UI name: Average contact duration

Feature is a valid filter but not a valid grouping.
AVG_CONVERSATION_DURATION

Unit: Seconds

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent Hierarchy, Feature, contact/segmentAttributes/connect:Subtype

UI name: Average conversation duration

AVG_GREETING_TIME_AGENT

This metric is available only for contacts analyzed by Contact Lens conversational analytics.

Unit: Seconds

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent Hierarchy, contact/segmentAttributes/connect:Subtype

UI name: Average greeting time agent

AVG_HANDLE_TIME

Unit: Seconds

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent Hierarchy, Feature, contact/segmentAttributes/connect:Subtype, RoutingStepExpression

UI name: Average handle time

Feature is a valid filter but not a valid grouping.
AVG_HOLD_TIME

Unit: Seconds

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent Hierarchy, Feature, contact/segmentAttributes/connect:Subtype

UI name: Average customer hold time

Feature is a valid filter but not a valid grouping.
AVG_HOLD_TIME_ALL_CONTACTS

Unit: Seconds

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent Hierarchy, contact/segmentAttributes/connect:Subtype

UI name: Average customer hold time all contacts

AVG_HOLDS

Unit: Count

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent Hierarchy, Feature, contact/segmentAttributes/connect:Subtype

UI name: Average holds

Feature is a valid filter but not a valid grouping.
AVG_INTERACTION_AND_HOLD_TIME

Unit: Seconds

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent Hierarchy, contact/segmentAttributes/connect:Subtype

UI name: Average agent interaction and customer hold time

AVG_INTERACTION_TIME

Unit: Seconds

Valid metric filter key: INITIATION_METHOD

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Feature, contact/segmentAttributes/connect:Subtype

UI name: Average agent interaction time

Feature is a valid filter but not a valid grouping.
AVG_INTERRUPTIONS_AGENT

This metric is available only for contacts analyzed by Contact Lens conversational analytics.

Unit: Count

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent Hierarchy, contact/segmentAttributes/connect:Subtype

UI name: Average interruptions agent

AVG_INTERRUPTION_TIME_AGENT

This metric is available only for contacts analyzed by Contact Lens conversational analytics.

Unit: Seconds

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent Hierarchy, contact/segmentAttributes/connect:Subtype

UI name: Average interruption time agent

AVG_NON_TALK_TIME

This metric is available only for contacts analyzed by Contact Lens conversational analytics.

Unit: Seconds

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent Hierarchy, contact/segmentAttributes/connect:Subtype

UI name: Average non-talk time

AVG_QUEUE_ANSWER_TIME

Unit: Seconds

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Feature, contact/segmentAttributes/connect:Subtype

UI name: Average queue answer time

Feature is a valid filter but not a valid grouping.
AVG_RESOLUTION_TIME

Unit: Seconds

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, contact/segmentAttributes/connect:Subtype

UI name: Average resolution time

AVG_TALK_TIME

This metric is available only for contacts analyzed by Contact Lens conversational analytics.

Unit: Seconds

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent Hierarchy, contact/segmentAttributes/connect:Subtype

UI name: Average talk time

AVG_TALK_TIME_AGENT

This metric is available only for contacts analyzed by Contact Lens conversational analytics.

Unit: Seconds

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent Hierarchy, contact/segmentAttributes/connect:Subtype

UI name: Average talk time agent

AVG_TALK_TIME_CUSTOMER

This metric is available only for contacts analyzed by Contact Lens conversational analytics.

Unit: Seconds

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent Hierarchy, contact/segmentAttributes/connect:Subtype

UI name: Average talk time customer

CASES_CREATED

Unit: Count

Required filter key: CASE_TEMPLATE_ARN

Valid groupings and filters: CASE_TEMPLATE_ARN, CASE_STATUS

UI name: Cases created

CONTACTS_ABANDONED

Unit: Count

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent Hierarchy, contact/segmentAttributes/connect:Subtype, RoutingStepExpression

UI name: Contact abandoned

CONTACTS_CREATED

Unit: Count

Valid metric filter key: INITIATION_METHOD

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Feature, contact/segmentAttributes/connect:Subtype

UI name: Contacts created

Feature is a valid filter but not a valid grouping.
CONTACTS_HANDLED

Unit: Count

Valid metric filter key: INITIATION_METHOD, DISCONNECT_REASON

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent Hierarchy, Feature, contact/segmentAttributes/connect:Subtype, RoutingStepExpression

UI name: API contacts handled

Feature is a valid filter but not a valid grouping.
CONTACTS_HANDLED_BY_CONNECTED_TO_AGENT

Unit: Count

Valid metric filter key: INITIATION_METHOD

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Agent, Agent Hierarchy, contact/segmentAttributes/connect:Subtype

UI name: Contacts handled by Connected to agent

CONTACTS_HOLD_ABANDONS

Unit: Count

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent Hierarchy, contact/segmentAttributes/connect:Subtype

UI name: Contacts hold disconnect

CONTACTS_ON_HOLD_AGENT_DISCONNECT

Unit: Count

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent Hierarchy

UI name: Contacts hold agent disconnect

CONTACTS_ON_HOLD_CUSTOMER_DISCONNECT

Unit: Count

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent Hierarchy

UI name: Contacts hold customer disconnect

CONTACTS_PUT_ON_HOLD

Unit: Count

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent Hierarchy

UI name: Contacts put on hold

CONTACTS_TRANSFERRED_OUT_EXTERNAL

Unit: Count

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent Hierarchy

UI name: Contacts transferred out external

CONTACTS_TRANSFERRED_OUT_INTERNAL

Unit: Percent

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent Hierarchy

UI name: Contacts transferred out internal

CONTACTS_QUEUED

Unit: Count

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent Hierarchy, contact/segmentAttributes/connect:Subtype

UI name: Contacts queued

CONTACTS_QUEUED_BY_ENQUEUE

Unit: Count

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Agent, Agent Hierarchy, contact/segmentAttributes/connect:Subtype

UI name: Contacts queued by Enqueue

CONTACTS_RESOLVED_IN_X

Unit: Count

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, contact/segmentAttributes/connect:Subtype

Threshold: For ThresholdValue enter any whole number from 1 to 604800 (inclusive), in seconds. For Comparison, you must enter LT (for \"Less than\").

UI name: Contacts resolved in X

CONTACTS_TRANSFERRED_OUT

Unit: Count

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent Hierarchy, Feature, contact/segmentAttributes/connect:Subtype

UI name: Contacts transferred out

Feature is a valid filter but not a valid grouping.
CONTACTS_TRANSFERRED_OUT_BY_AGENT

Unit: Count

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent Hierarchy, contact/segmentAttributes/connect:Subtype

UI name: Contacts transferred out by agent

CONTACTS_TRANSFERRED_OUT_FROM_QUEUE

Unit: Count

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent Hierarchy, contact/segmentAttributes/connect:Subtype

UI name: Contacts transferred out queue

CURRENT_CASES

Unit: Count

Required filter key: CASE_TEMPLATE_ARN

Valid groupings and filters: CASE_TEMPLATE_ARN, CASE_STATUS

UI name: Current cases

MAX_QUEUED_TIME

Unit: Seconds

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent Hierarchy, contact/segmentAttributes/connect:Subtype

UI name: Maximum queued time

PERCENT_CASES_FIRST_CONTACT_RESOLVED

Unit: Percent

Required filter key: CASE_TEMPLATE_ARN

Valid groupings and filters: CASE_TEMPLATE_ARN, CASE_STATUS

UI name: Cases resolved on first contact

PERCENT_CONTACTS_STEP_EXPIRED

Unit: Percent

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, RoutingStepExpression

UI name: Not available

PERCENT_CONTACTS_STEP_JOINED

Unit: Percent

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, RoutingStepExpression

UI name: Not available

PERCENT_NON_TALK_TIME

This metric is available only for contacts analyzed by Contact Lens conversational analytics.

Unit: Percentage

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent Hierarchy, contact/segmentAttributes/connect:Subtype

UI name: Non-talk time percent

PERCENT_TALK_TIME

This metric is available only for contacts analyzed by Contact Lens conversational analytics.

Unit: Percentage

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent Hierarchy, contact/segmentAttributes/connect:Subtype

UI name: Talk time percent

PERCENT_TALK_TIME_AGENT

This metric is available only for contacts analyzed by Contact Lens conversational analytics.

Unit: Percentage

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent Hierarchy, contact/segmentAttributes/connect:Subtype

UI name: Talk time agent percent

PERCENT_TALK_TIME_CUSTOMER

This metric is available only for contacts analyzed by Contact Lens conversational analytics.

Unit: Percentage

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent Hierarchy, contact/segmentAttributes/connect:Subtype

UI name: Talk time customer percent

REOPENED_CASE_ACTIONS

Unit: Count

Required filter key: CASE_TEMPLATE_ARN

Valid groupings and filters: CASE_TEMPLATE_ARN, CASE_STATUS

UI name: Cases reopened

RESOLVED_CASE_ACTIONS

Unit: Count

Required filter key: CASE_TEMPLATE_ARN

Valid groupings and filters: CASE_TEMPLATE_ARN, CASE_STATUS

UI name: Cases resolved

SERVICE_LEVEL

You can include up to 20 SERVICE_LEVEL metrics in a request.

Unit: Percent

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile

Threshold: For ThresholdValue, enter any whole number from 1 to 604800 (inclusive), in seconds. For Comparison, you must enter LT (for \"Less than\").

UI name: Service level X

STEP_CONTACTS_QUEUED

Unit: Count

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, RoutingStepExpression

UI name: Not available

SUM_AFTER_CONTACT_WORK_TIME

Unit: Seconds

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent Hierarchy

UI name: After contact work time

SUM_CONNECTING_TIME_AGENT

Unit: Seconds

Valid metric filter key: INITIATION_METHOD. This metric only supports the following filter keys as INITIATION_METHOD: INBOUND | OUTBOUND | CALLBACK | API

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent Hierarchy

UI name: Agent API connecting time

The Negate key in Metric Level Filters is not applicable for this metric.
SUM_CONTACT_FLOW_TIME

Unit: Seconds

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent Hierarchy

UI name: Contact flow time

SUM_CONTACT_TIME_AGENT

Unit: Seconds

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent Hierarchy

UI name: Agent on contact time

SUM_CONTACTS_ANSWERED_IN_X

Unit: Count

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, contact/segmentAttributes/connect:Subtype

Threshold: For ThresholdValue, enter any whole number from 1 to 604800 (inclusive), in seconds. For Comparison, you must enter LT (for \"Less than\").

UI name: Contacts answered in X seconds

SUM_CONTACTS_ABANDONED_IN_X

Unit: Count

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, contact/segmentAttributes/connect:Subtype

Threshold: For ThresholdValue, enter any whole number from 1 to 604800 (inclusive), in seconds. For Comparison, you must enter LT (for \"Less than\").

UI name: Contacts abandoned in X seconds

SUM_CONTACTS_DISCONNECTED

Valid metric filter key: DISCONNECT_REASON

Unit: Count

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent Hierarchy, contact/segmentAttributes/connect:Subtype

UI name: Contact disconnected

SUM_ERROR_STATUS_TIME_AGENT

Unit: Seconds

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent Hierarchy

UI name: Error status time

SUM_HANDLE_TIME

Unit: Seconds

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent Hierarchy

UI name: Contact handle time

SUM_HOLD_TIME

Unit: Count

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent Hierarchy

UI name: Customer hold time

SUM_IDLE_TIME_AGENT

Unit: Seconds

Valid groupings and filters: Routing Profile, Agent, Agent Hierarchy

UI name: Agent idle time

SUM_INTERACTION_AND_HOLD_TIME

Unit: Seconds

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent Hierarchy

UI name: Agent interaction and hold time

SUM_INTERACTION_TIME

Unit: Seconds

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent Hierarchy

UI name: Agent interaction time

SUM_NON_PRODUCTIVE_TIME_AGENT

Unit: Seconds

Valid groupings and filters: Routing Profile, Agent, Agent Hierarchy

UI name: Non-Productive Time

SUM_ONLINE_TIME_AGENT

Unit: Seconds

Valid groupings and filters: Routing Profile, Agent, Agent Hierarchy

UI name: Online time

SUM_RETRY_CALLBACK_ATTEMPTS

Unit: Count

Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, contact/segmentAttributes/connect:Subtype

UI name: Callback attempts

" } }, "MinutesLimit60": { @@ -7126,7 +7131,7 @@ "QuickConnectSearchCriteria$StringCondition": "

A leaf node condition which can be used to specify a string condition.

The currently supported values for FieldName are name, description, and resourceID.

", "RoutingProfileSearchCriteria$StringCondition": "

A leaf node condition which can be used to specify a string condition.

The currently supported values for FieldName are name, description, and resourceID.

", "SecurityProfileSearchCriteria$StringCondition": null, - "UserSearchCriteria$StringCondition": "

A leaf node condition which can be used to specify a string condition.

The currently supported values for FieldName are username, firstname, lastname, resourceId, routingProfileId, securityProfileId, agentGroupId, and agentGroupPathIds.

" + "UserSearchCriteria$StringCondition": "

A leaf node condition which can be used to specify a string condition.

The currently supported values for FieldName are Username, FirstName, LastName, RoutingProfileId, SecurityProfileId, ResourceId.

" } }, "StringReference": { @@ -8243,7 +8248,7 @@ } }, "UserIdentityInfo": { - "base": "

Contains information about the identity of a user.

", + "base": "

Contains information about the identity of a user.

For Amazon Connect instances that are created with the EXISTING_DIRECTORY identity management type, FirstName, LastName, and Email cannot be updated from within Amazon Connect because they are managed by the directory.

", "refs": { "CreateUserRequest$IdentityInfo": "

The information about the identity of the user.

", "UpdateUserIdentityInfoRequest$IdentityInfo": "

The identity information for the user.

", diff --git a/models/apis/ec2/2016-11-15/docs-2.json b/models/apis/ec2/2016-11-15/docs-2.json index 34fb759303d..da61749c932 100755 --- a/models/apis/ec2/2016-11-15/docs-2.json +++ b/models/apis/ec2/2016-11-15/docs-2.json @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ { "version": "2.0", - "service": "Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud

Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud (Amazon EC2) provides secure and resizable computing capacity in the Amazon Web Services Cloud. Using Amazon EC2 eliminates the need to invest in hardware up front, so you can develop and deploy applications faster. Amazon Virtual Private Cloud (Amazon VPC) enables you to provision a logically isolated section of the Amazon Web Services Cloud where you can launch Amazon Web Services resources in a virtual network that you've defined. Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS) provides block level storage volumes for use with EC2 instances. EBS volumes are highly available and reliable storage volumes that can be attached to any running instance and used like a hard drive.

To learn more, see the following resources:

", + "service": "Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud

You can access the features of Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud (Amazon EC2) programmatically. For more information, see the Amazon EC2 Developer Guide.

", "operations": { "AcceptAddressTransfer": "

Accepts an Elastic IP address transfer. For more information, see Accept a transferred Elastic IP address in the Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide.

", "AcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuote": "

Accepts the Convertible Reserved Instance exchange quote described in the GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuote call.

", @@ -37,11 +37,11 @@ "AttachInternetGateway": "

Attaches an internet gateway or a virtual private gateway to a VPC, enabling connectivity between the internet and the VPC. For more information, see Internet gateways in the Amazon VPC User Guide.

", "AttachNetworkInterface": "

Attaches a network interface to an instance.

", "AttachVerifiedAccessTrustProvider": "

Attaches the specified Amazon Web Services Verified Access trust provider to the specified Amazon Web Services Verified Access instance.

", - "AttachVolume": "

Attaches an EBS volume to a running or stopped instance and exposes it to the instance with the specified device name.

Encrypted EBS volumes must be attached to instances that support Amazon EBS encryption. For more information, see Amazon EBS encryption in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.

After you attach an EBS volume, you must make it available. For more information, see Make an EBS volume available for use.

If a volume has an Amazon Web Services Marketplace product code:

For more information, see Attach an Amazon EBS volume to an instance in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.

", + "AttachVolume": "

Attaches an EBS volume to a running or stopped instance and exposes it to the instance with the specified device name.

Encrypted EBS volumes must be attached to instances that support Amazon EBS encryption. For more information, see Amazon EBS encryption in the Amazon EBS User Guide.

After you attach an EBS volume, you must make it available. For more information, see Make an EBS volume available for use.

If a volume has an Amazon Web Services Marketplace product code:

For more information, see Attach an Amazon EBS volume to an instance in the Amazon EBS User Guide.

", "AttachVpnGateway": "

Attaches a virtual private gateway to a VPC. You can attach one virtual private gateway to one VPC at a time.

For more information, see Amazon Web Services Site-to-Site VPN in the Amazon Web Services Site-to-Site VPN User Guide.

", "AuthorizeClientVpnIngress": "

Adds an ingress authorization rule to a Client VPN endpoint. Ingress authorization rules act as firewall rules that grant access to networks. You must configure ingress authorization rules to enable clients to access resources in Amazon Web Services or on-premises networks.

", - "AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgress": "

Adds the specified outbound (egress) rules to a security group for use with a VPC.

An outbound rule permits instances to send traffic to the specified IPv4 or IPv6 CIDR address ranges, or to the instances that are associated with the specified source security groups. When specifying an outbound rule for your security group in a VPC, the IpPermissions must include a destination for the traffic.

You specify a protocol for each rule (for example, TCP). For the TCP and UDP protocols, you must also specify the destination port or port range. For the ICMP protocol, you must also specify the ICMP type and code. You can use -1 for the type or code to mean all types or all codes.

Rule changes are propagated to affected instances as quickly as possible. However, a small delay might occur.

For information about VPC security group quotas, see Amazon VPC quotas.

If you want to reference a security group across VPCs attached to a transit gateway using the security group referencing feature, note that you can only reference security groups for ingress rules. You cannot reference a security group for egress rules.

", - "AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngress": "

Adds the specified inbound (ingress) rules to a security group.

An inbound rule permits instances to receive traffic from the specified IPv4 or IPv6 CIDR address range, or from the instances that are associated with the specified destination security groups. When specifying an inbound rule for your security group in a VPC, the IpPermissions must include a source for the traffic.

You specify a protocol for each rule (for example, TCP). For TCP and UDP, you must also specify the destination port or port range. For ICMP/ICMPv6, you must also specify the ICMP/ICMPv6 type and code. You can use -1 to mean all types or all codes.

Rule changes are propagated to instances within the security group as quickly as possible. However, a small delay might occur.

For more information about VPC security group quotas, see Amazon VPC quotas.

", + "AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgress": "

Adds the specified outbound (egress) rules to a security group.

An outbound rule permits instances to send traffic to the specified IPv4 or IPv6 address ranges, the IP address ranges specified by a prefix list, or the instances that are associated with a source security group. For more information, see Security group rules.

You must specify exactly one of the following destinations: an IPv4 or IPv6 address range, a prefix list, or a security group. You must specify a protocol for each rule (for example, TCP). If the protocol is TCP or UDP, you must also specify a port or port range. If the protocol is ICMP or ICMPv6, you must also specify the ICMP type and code.

Rule changes are propagated to instances associated with the security group as quickly as possible. However, a small delay might occur.

For examples of rules that you can add to security groups for specific access scenarios, see Security group rules for different use cases in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

For information about security group quotas, see Amazon VPC quotas in the Amazon VPC User Guide.

", + "AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngress": "

Adds the specified inbound (ingress) rules to a security group.

An inbound rule permits instances to receive traffic from the specified IPv4 or IPv6 address range, the IP address ranges that are specified by a prefix list, or the instances that are associated with a destination security group. For more information, see Security group rules.

You must specify exactly one of the following sources: an IPv4 or IPv6 address range, a prefix list, or a security group. You must specify a protocol for each rule (for example, TCP). If the protocol is TCP or UDP, you must also specify a port or port range. If the protocol is ICMP or ICMPv6, you must also specify the ICMP/ICMPv6 type and code.

Rule changes are propagated to instances associated with the security group as quickly as possible. However, a small delay might occur.

For examples of rules that you can add to security groups for specific access scenarios, see Security group rules for different use cases in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

For more information about security group quotas, see Amazon VPC quotas in the Amazon VPC User Guide.

", "BundleInstance": "

Bundles an Amazon instance store-backed Windows instance.

During bundling, only the root device volume (C:\\) is bundled. Data on other instance store volumes is not preserved.

This action is not applicable for Linux/Unix instances or Windows instances that are backed by Amazon EBS.

", "CancelBundleTask": "

Cancels a bundling operation for an instance store-backed Windows instance.

", "CancelCapacityReservation": "

Cancels the specified Capacity Reservation, releases the reserved capacity, and changes the Capacity Reservation's state to cancelled.

Instances running in the reserved capacity continue running until you stop them. Stopped instances that target the Capacity Reservation can no longer launch. Modify these instances to either target a different Capacity Reservation, launch On-Demand Instance capacity, or run in any open Capacity Reservation that has matching attributes and sufficient capacity.

", @@ -55,8 +55,8 @@ "CancelSpotInstanceRequests": "

Cancels one or more Spot Instance requests.

Canceling a Spot Instance request does not terminate running Spot Instances associated with the request.

", "ConfirmProductInstance": "

Determines whether a product code is associated with an instance. This action can only be used by the owner of the product code. It is useful when a product code owner must verify whether another user's instance is eligible for support.

", "CopyFpgaImage": "

Copies the specified Amazon FPGA Image (AFI) to the current Region.

", - "CopyImage": "

Initiates the copy of an AMI. You can copy an AMI from one Region to another, or from a Region to an Outpost. You can't copy an AMI from an Outpost to a Region, from one Outpost to another, or within the same Outpost. To copy an AMI to another partition, see CreateStoreImageTask.

To copy an AMI from one Region to another, specify the source Region using the SourceRegion parameter, and specify the destination Region using its endpoint. Copies of encrypted backing snapshots for the AMI are encrypted. Copies of unencrypted backing snapshots remain unencrypted, unless you set Encrypted during the copy operation. You cannot create an unencrypted copy of an encrypted backing snapshot.

To copy an AMI from a Region to an Outpost, specify the source Region using the SourceRegion parameter, and specify the ARN of the destination Outpost using DestinationOutpostArn. Backing snapshots copied to an Outpost are encrypted by default using the default encryption key for the Region, or a different key that you specify in the request using KmsKeyId. Outposts do not support unencrypted snapshots. For more information, Amazon EBS local snapshots on Outposts in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

For more information about the prerequisites and limits when copying an AMI, see Copy an AMI in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

", - "CopySnapshot": "

Copies a point-in-time snapshot of an EBS volume and stores it in Amazon S3. You can copy a snapshot within the same Region, from one Region to another, or from a Region to an Outpost. You can't copy a snapshot from an Outpost to a Region, from one Outpost to another, or within the same Outpost.

You can use the snapshot to create EBS volumes or Amazon Machine Images (AMIs).

When copying snapshots to a Region, copies of encrypted EBS snapshots remain encrypted. Copies of unencrypted snapshots remain unencrypted, unless you enable encryption for the snapshot copy operation. By default, encrypted snapshot copies use the default Key Management Service (KMS) KMS key; however, you can specify a different KMS key. To copy an encrypted snapshot that has been shared from another account, you must have permissions for the KMS key used to encrypt the snapshot.

Snapshots copied to an Outpost are encrypted by default using the default encryption key for the Region, or a different key that you specify in the request using KmsKeyId. Outposts do not support unencrypted snapshots. For more information, Amazon EBS local snapshots on Outposts in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.

Snapshots created by copying another snapshot have an arbitrary volume ID that should not be used for any purpose.

For more information, see Copy an Amazon EBS snapshot in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.

", + "CopyImage": "

Initiates the copy of an AMI. You can copy an AMI from one Region to another, or from a Region to an Outpost. You can't copy an AMI from an Outpost to a Region, from one Outpost to another, or within the same Outpost. To copy an AMI to another partition, see CreateStoreImageTask.

To copy an AMI from one Region to another, specify the source Region using the SourceRegion parameter, and specify the destination Region using its endpoint. Copies of encrypted backing snapshots for the AMI are encrypted. Copies of unencrypted backing snapshots remain unencrypted, unless you set Encrypted during the copy operation. You cannot create an unencrypted copy of an encrypted backing snapshot.

To copy an AMI from a Region to an Outpost, specify the source Region using the SourceRegion parameter, and specify the ARN of the destination Outpost using DestinationOutpostArn. Backing snapshots copied to an Outpost are encrypted by default using the default encryption key for the Region, or a different key that you specify in the request using KmsKeyId. Outposts do not support unencrypted snapshots. For more information, Amazon EBS local snapshots on Outposts in the Amazon EBS User Guide.

For more information about the prerequisites and limits when copying an AMI, see Copy an AMI in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

", + "CopySnapshot": "

Copies a point-in-time snapshot of an EBS volume and stores it in Amazon S3. You can copy a snapshot within the same Region, from one Region to another, or from a Region to an Outpost. You can't copy a snapshot from an Outpost to a Region, from one Outpost to another, or within the same Outpost.

You can use the snapshot to create EBS volumes or Amazon Machine Images (AMIs).

When copying snapshots to a Region, copies of encrypted EBS snapshots remain encrypted. Copies of unencrypted snapshots remain unencrypted, unless you enable encryption for the snapshot copy operation. By default, encrypted snapshot copies use the default Key Management Service (KMS) KMS key; however, you can specify a different KMS key. To copy an encrypted snapshot that has been shared from another account, you must have permissions for the KMS key used to encrypt the snapshot.

Snapshots copied to an Outpost are encrypted by default using the default encryption key for the Region, or a different key that you specify in the request using KmsKeyId. Outposts do not support unencrypted snapshots. For more information, Amazon EBS local snapshots on Outposts in the Amazon EBS User Guide.

Snapshots created by copying another snapshot have an arbitrary volume ID that should not be used for any purpose.

For more information, see Copy an Amazon EBS snapshot in the Amazon EBS User Guide.

", "CreateCapacityReservation": "

Creates a new Capacity Reservation with the specified attributes.

Capacity Reservations enable you to reserve capacity for your Amazon EC2 instances in a specific Availability Zone for any duration. This gives you the flexibility to selectively add capacity reservations and still get the Regional RI discounts for that usage. By creating Capacity Reservations, you ensure that you always have access to Amazon EC2 capacity when you need it, for as long as you need it. For more information, see Capacity Reservations in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

Your request to create a Capacity Reservation could fail if Amazon EC2 does not have sufficient capacity to fulfill the request. If your request fails due to Amazon EC2 capacity constraints, either try again at a later time, try in a different Availability Zone, or request a smaller capacity reservation. If your application is flexible across instance types and sizes, try to create a Capacity Reservation with different instance attributes.

Your request could also fail if the requested quantity exceeds your On-Demand Instance limit for the selected instance type. If your request fails due to limit constraints, increase your On-Demand Instance limit for the required instance type and try again. For more information about increasing your instance limits, see Amazon EC2 Service Quotas in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

", "CreateCapacityReservationFleet": "

Creates a Capacity Reservation Fleet. For more information, see Create a Capacity Reservation Fleet in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

", "CreateCarrierGateway": "

Creates a carrier gateway. For more information about carrier gateways, see Carrier gateways in the Amazon Web Services Wavelength Developer Guide.

", @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ "CreateCustomerGateway": "

Provides information to Amazon Web Services about your customer gateway device. The customer gateway device is the appliance at your end of the VPN connection. You must provide the IP address of the customer gateway device’s external interface. The IP address must be static and can be behind a device performing network address translation (NAT).

For devices that use Border Gateway Protocol (BGP), you can also provide the device's BGP Autonomous System Number (ASN). You can use an existing ASN assigned to your network. If you don't have an ASN already, you can use a private ASN. For more information, see Customer gateway options for your Site-to-Site VPN connection in the Amazon Web Services Site-to-Site VPN User Guide.

To create more than one customer gateway with the same VPN type, IP address, and BGP ASN, specify a unique device name for each customer gateway. An identical request returns information about the existing customer gateway; it doesn't create a new customer gateway.

", "CreateDefaultSubnet": "

Creates a default subnet with a size /20 IPv4 CIDR block in the specified Availability Zone in your default VPC. You can have only one default subnet per Availability Zone. For more information, see Create a default subnet in the Amazon VPC User Guide.

", "CreateDefaultVpc": "

Creates a default VPC with a size /16 IPv4 CIDR block and a default subnet in each Availability Zone. For more information about the components of a default VPC, see Default VPCs in the Amazon VPC User Guide. You cannot specify the components of the default VPC yourself.

If you deleted your previous default VPC, you can create a default VPC. You cannot have more than one default VPC per Region.

", - "CreateDhcpOptions": "

Creates a set of DHCP options for your VPC. After creating the set, you must associate it with the VPC, causing all existing and new instances that you launch in the VPC to use this set of DHCP options. The following are the individual DHCP options you can specify. For more information about the options, see RFC 2132.

Your VPC automatically starts out with a set of DHCP options that includes only a DNS server that we provide (AmazonProvidedDNS). If you create a set of options, and if your VPC has an internet gateway, make sure to set the domain-name-servers option either to AmazonProvidedDNS or to a domain name server of your choice. For more information, see DHCP options sets in the Amazon VPC User Guide.

", + "CreateDhcpOptions": "

Creates a custom set of DHCP options. After you create a DHCP option set, you associate it with a VPC. After you associate a DHCP option set with a VPC, all existing and newly launched instances in the VPC use this set of DHCP options.

The following are the individual DHCP options you can specify. For more information, see DHCP options sets in the Amazon VPC User Guide.

", "CreateEgressOnlyInternetGateway": "

[IPv6 only] Creates an egress-only internet gateway for your VPC. An egress-only internet gateway is used to enable outbound communication over IPv6 from instances in your VPC to the internet, and prevents hosts outside of your VPC from initiating an IPv6 connection with your instance.

", "CreateFleet": "

Creates an EC2 Fleet that contains the configuration information for On-Demand Instances and Spot Instances. Instances are launched immediately if there is available capacity.

A single EC2 Fleet can include multiple launch specifications that vary by instance type, AMI, Availability Zone, or subnet.

For more information, see EC2 Fleet in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

", "CreateFlowLogs": "

Creates one or more flow logs to capture information about IP traffic for a specific network interface, subnet, or VPC.

Flow log data for a monitored network interface is recorded as flow log records, which are log events consisting of fields that describe the traffic flow. For more information, see Flow log records in the Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide.

When publishing to CloudWatch Logs, flow log records are published to a log group, and each network interface has a unique log stream in the log group. When publishing to Amazon S3, flow log records for all of the monitored network interfaces are published to a single log file object that is stored in the specified bucket.

For more information, see VPC Flow Logs in the Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide.

", @@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ "CreateRoute": "

Creates a route in a route table within a VPC.

You must specify either a destination CIDR block or a prefix list ID. You must also specify exactly one of the resources from the parameter list.

When determining how to route traffic, we use the route with the most specific match. For example, traffic is destined for the IPv4 address 192.0.2.3, and the route table includes the following two IPv4 routes:

Both routes apply to the traffic destined for 192.0.2.3. However, the second route in the list covers a smaller number of IP addresses and is therefore more specific, so we use that route to determine where to target the traffic.

For more information about route tables, see Route tables in the Amazon VPC User Guide.

", "CreateRouteTable": "

Creates a route table for the specified VPC. After you create a route table, you can add routes and associate the table with a subnet.

For more information, see Route tables in the Amazon VPC User Guide.

", "CreateSecurityGroup": "

Creates a security group.

A security group acts as a virtual firewall for your instance to control inbound and outbound traffic. For more information, see Amazon EC2 security groups in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide and Security groups for your VPC in the Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide.

When you create a security group, you specify a friendly name of your choice. You can't have two security groups for the same VPC with the same name.

You have a default security group for use in your VPC. If you don't specify a security group when you launch an instance, the instance is launched into the appropriate default security group. A default security group includes a default rule that grants instances unrestricted network access to each other.

You can add or remove rules from your security groups using AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngress, AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgress, RevokeSecurityGroupIngress, and RevokeSecurityGroupEgress.

For more information about VPC security group limits, see Amazon VPC Limits.

", - "CreateSnapshot": "

Creates a snapshot of an EBS volume and stores it in Amazon S3. You can use snapshots for backups, to make copies of EBS volumes, and to save data before shutting down an instance.

You can create snapshots of volumes in a Region and volumes on an Outpost. If you create a snapshot of a volume in a Region, the snapshot must be stored in the same Region as the volume. If you create a snapshot of a volume on an Outpost, the snapshot can be stored on the same Outpost as the volume, or in the Region for that Outpost.

When a snapshot is created, any Amazon Web Services Marketplace product codes that are associated with the source volume are propagated to the snapshot.

You can take a snapshot of an attached volume that is in use. However, snapshots only capture data that has been written to your Amazon EBS volume at the time the snapshot command is issued; this might exclude any data that has been cached by any applications or the operating system. If you can pause any file systems on the volume long enough to take a snapshot, your snapshot should be complete. However, if you cannot pause all file writes to the volume, you should unmount the volume from within the instance, issue the snapshot command, and then remount the volume to ensure a consistent and complete snapshot. You may remount and use your volume while the snapshot status is pending.

When you create a snapshot for an EBS volume that serves as a root device, we recommend that you stop the instance before taking the snapshot.

Snapshots that are taken from encrypted volumes are automatically encrypted. Volumes that are created from encrypted snapshots are also automatically encrypted. Your encrypted volumes and any associated snapshots always remain protected.

You can tag your snapshots during creation. For more information, see Tag your Amazon EC2 resources in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.

For more information, see Amazon Elastic Block Store and Amazon EBS encryption in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.

", + "CreateSnapshot": "

Creates a snapshot of an EBS volume and stores it in Amazon S3. You can use snapshots for backups, to make copies of EBS volumes, and to save data before shutting down an instance.

You can create snapshots of volumes in a Region and volumes on an Outpost. If you create a snapshot of a volume in a Region, the snapshot must be stored in the same Region as the volume. If you create a snapshot of a volume on an Outpost, the snapshot can be stored on the same Outpost as the volume, or in the Region for that Outpost.

When a snapshot is created, any Amazon Web Services Marketplace product codes that are associated with the source volume are propagated to the snapshot.

You can take a snapshot of an attached volume that is in use. However, snapshots only capture data that has been written to your Amazon EBS volume at the time the snapshot command is issued; this might exclude any data that has been cached by any applications or the operating system. If you can pause any file systems on the volume long enough to take a snapshot, your snapshot should be complete. However, if you cannot pause all file writes to the volume, you should unmount the volume from within the instance, issue the snapshot command, and then remount the volume to ensure a consistent and complete snapshot. You may remount and use your volume while the snapshot status is pending.

When you create a snapshot for an EBS volume that serves as a root device, we recommend that you stop the instance before taking the snapshot.

Snapshots that are taken from encrypted volumes are automatically encrypted. Volumes that are created from encrypted snapshots are also automatically encrypted. Your encrypted volumes and any associated snapshots always remain protected.

You can tag your snapshots during creation. For more information, see Tag your Amazon EC2 resources in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.

For more information, see Amazon Elastic Block Store and Amazon EBS encryption in the Amazon EBS User Guide.

", "CreateSnapshots": "

Creates crash-consistent snapshots of multiple EBS volumes and stores the data in S3. Volumes are chosen by specifying an instance. Any attached volumes will produce one snapshot each that is crash-consistent across the instance.

You can include all of the volumes currently attached to the instance, or you can exclude the root volume or specific data (non-root) volumes from the multi-volume snapshot set.

You can create multi-volume snapshots of instances in a Region and instances on an Outpost. If you create snapshots from an instance in a Region, the snapshots must be stored in the same Region as the instance. If you create snapshots from an instance on an Outpost, the snapshots can be stored on the same Outpost as the instance, or in the Region for that Outpost.

", "CreateSpotDatafeedSubscription": "

Creates a data feed for Spot Instances, enabling you to view Spot Instance usage logs. You can create one data feed per Amazon Web Services account. For more information, see Spot Instance data feed in the Amazon EC2 User Guide for Linux Instances.

", "CreateStoreImageTask": "

Stores an AMI as a single object in an Amazon S3 bucket.

To use this API, you must have the required permissions. For more information, see Permissions for storing and restoring AMIs using Amazon S3 in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

For more information, see Store and restore an AMI using Amazon S3 in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

", @@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ "CreateVerifiedAccessGroup": "

An Amazon Web Services Verified Access group is a collection of Amazon Web Services Verified Access endpoints who's associated applications have similar security requirements. Each instance within a Verified Access group shares an Verified Access policy. For example, you can group all Verified Access instances associated with \"sales\" applications together and use one common Verified Access policy.

", "CreateVerifiedAccessInstance": "

An Amazon Web Services Verified Access instance is a regional entity that evaluates application requests and grants access only when your security requirements are met.

", "CreateVerifiedAccessTrustProvider": "

A trust provider is a third-party entity that creates, maintains, and manages identity information for users and devices. When an application request is made, the identity information sent by the trust provider is evaluated by Verified Access before allowing or denying the application request.

", - "CreateVolume": "

Creates an EBS volume that can be attached to an instance in the same Availability Zone.

You can create a new empty volume or restore a volume from an EBS snapshot. Any Amazon Web Services Marketplace product codes from the snapshot are propagated to the volume.

You can create encrypted volumes. Encrypted volumes must be attached to instances that support Amazon EBS encryption. Volumes that are created from encrypted snapshots are also automatically encrypted. For more information, see Amazon EBS encryption in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.

You can tag your volumes during creation. For more information, see Tag your Amazon EC2 resources in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.

For more information, see Create an Amazon EBS volume in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.

", + "CreateVolume": "

Creates an EBS volume that can be attached to an instance in the same Availability Zone.

You can create a new empty volume or restore a volume from an EBS snapshot. Any Amazon Web Services Marketplace product codes from the snapshot are propagated to the volume.

You can create encrypted volumes. Encrypted volumes must be attached to instances that support Amazon EBS encryption. Volumes that are created from encrypted snapshots are also automatically encrypted. For more information, see Amazon EBS encryption in the Amazon EBS User Guide.

You can tag your volumes during creation. For more information, see Tag your Amazon EC2 resources in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.

For more information, see Create an Amazon EBS volume in the Amazon EBS User Guide.

", "CreateVpc": "

Creates a VPC with the specified CIDR blocks. For more information, see IP addressing for your VPCs and subnets in the Amazon VPC User Guide.

You can optionally request an IPv6 CIDR block for the VPC. You can request an Amazon-provided IPv6 CIDR block from Amazon's pool of IPv6 addresses or an IPv6 CIDR block from an IPv6 address pool that you provisioned through bring your own IP addresses (BYOIP).

By default, each instance that you launch in the VPC has the default DHCP options, which include only a default DNS server that we provide (AmazonProvidedDNS). For more information, see DHCP option sets in the Amazon VPC User Guide.

You can specify the instance tenancy value for the VPC when you create it. You can't change this value for the VPC after you create it. For more information, see Dedicated Instances in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

", "CreateVpcEndpoint": "

Creates a VPC endpoint. A VPC endpoint provides a private connection between the specified VPC and the specified endpoint service. You can use an endpoint service provided by Amazon Web Services, an Amazon Web Services Marketplace Partner, or another Amazon Web Services account. For more information, see the Amazon Web Services PrivateLink User Guide.

", "CreateVpcEndpointConnectionNotification": "

Creates a connection notification for a specified VPC endpoint or VPC endpoint service. A connection notification notifies you of specific endpoint events. You must create an SNS topic to receive notifications. For more information, see Create a Topic in the Amazon Simple Notification Service Developer Guide.

You can create a connection notification for interface endpoints only.

", @@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ "DeleteRoute": "

Deletes the specified route from the specified route table.

", "DeleteRouteTable": "

Deletes the specified route table. You must disassociate the route table from any subnets before you can delete it. You can't delete the main route table.

", "DeleteSecurityGroup": "

Deletes a security group.

If you attempt to delete a security group that is associated with an instance or network interface or is referenced by another security group, the operation fails with DependencyViolation.

", - "DeleteSnapshot": "

Deletes the specified snapshot.

When you make periodic snapshots of a volume, the snapshots are incremental, and only the blocks on the device that have changed since your last snapshot are saved in the new snapshot. When you delete a snapshot, only the data not needed for any other snapshot is removed. So regardless of which prior snapshots have been deleted, all active snapshots will have access to all the information needed to restore the volume.

You cannot delete a snapshot of the root device of an EBS volume used by a registered AMI. You must first de-register the AMI before you can delete the snapshot.

For more information, see Delete an Amazon EBS snapshot in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.

", + "DeleteSnapshot": "

Deletes the specified snapshot.

When you make periodic snapshots of a volume, the snapshots are incremental, and only the blocks on the device that have changed since your last snapshot are saved in the new snapshot. When you delete a snapshot, only the data not needed for any other snapshot is removed. So regardless of which prior snapshots have been deleted, all active snapshots will have access to all the information needed to restore the volume.

You cannot delete a snapshot of the root device of an EBS volume used by a registered AMI. You must first de-register the AMI before you can delete the snapshot.

For more information, see Delete an Amazon EBS snapshot in the Amazon EBS User Guide.

", "DeleteSpotDatafeedSubscription": "

Deletes the data feed for Spot Instances.

", "DeleteSubnet": "

Deletes the specified subnet. You must terminate all running instances in the subnet before you can delete the subnet.

", "DeleteSubnetCidrReservation": "

Deletes a subnet CIDR reservation.

", @@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ "DeleteVerifiedAccessGroup": "

Delete an Amazon Web Services Verified Access group.

", "DeleteVerifiedAccessInstance": "

Delete an Amazon Web Services Verified Access instance.

", "DeleteVerifiedAccessTrustProvider": "

Delete an Amazon Web Services Verified Access trust provider.

", - "DeleteVolume": "

Deletes the specified EBS volume. The volume must be in the available state (not attached to an instance).

The volume can remain in the deleting state for several minutes.

For more information, see Delete an Amazon EBS volume in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.

", + "DeleteVolume": "

Deletes the specified EBS volume. The volume must be in the available state (not attached to an instance).

The volume can remain in the deleting state for several minutes.

For more information, see Delete an Amazon EBS volume in the Amazon EBS User Guide.

", "DeleteVpc": "

Deletes the specified VPC. You must detach or delete all gateways and resources that are associated with the VPC before you can delete it. For example, you must terminate all instances running in the VPC, delete all security groups associated with the VPC (except the default one), delete all route tables associated with the VPC (except the default one), and so on. When you delete the VPC, it deletes the VPC's default security group, network ACL, and route table.

", "DeleteVpcEndpointConnectionNotifications": "

Deletes the specified VPC endpoint connection notifications.

", "DeleteVpcEndpointServiceConfigurations": "

Deletes the specified VPC endpoint service configurations. Before you can delete an endpoint service configuration, you must reject any Available or PendingAcceptance interface endpoint connections that are attached to the service.

", @@ -221,12 +221,12 @@ "DeregisterInstanceEventNotificationAttributes": "

Deregisters tag keys to prevent tags that have the specified tag keys from being included in scheduled event notifications for resources in the Region.

", "DeregisterTransitGatewayMulticastGroupMembers": "

Deregisters the specified members (network interfaces) from the transit gateway multicast group.

", "DeregisterTransitGatewayMulticastGroupSources": "

Deregisters the specified sources (network interfaces) from the transit gateway multicast group.

", - "DescribeAccountAttributes": "

Describes attributes of your Amazon Web Services account. The following are the supported account attributes:

", + "DescribeAccountAttributes": "

Describes attributes of your Amazon Web Services account. The following are the supported account attributes:

The order of the elements in the response, including those within nested structures, might vary. Applications should not assume the elements appear in a particular order.

", "DescribeAddressTransfers": "

Describes an Elastic IP address transfer. For more information, see Transfer Elastic IP addresses in the Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide.

When you transfer an Elastic IP address, there is a two-step handshake between the source and transfer Amazon Web Services accounts. When the source account starts the transfer, the transfer account has seven days to accept the Elastic IP address transfer. During those seven days, the source account can view the pending transfer by using this action. After seven days, the transfer expires and ownership of the Elastic IP address returns to the source account. Accepted transfers are visible to the source account for three days after the transfers have been accepted.

", "DescribeAddresses": "

Describes the specified Elastic IP addresses or all of your Elastic IP addresses.

", "DescribeAddressesAttribute": "

Describes the attributes of the specified Elastic IP addresses. For requirements, see Using reverse DNS for email applications.

", "DescribeAggregateIdFormat": "

Describes the longer ID format settings for all resource types in a specific Region. This request is useful for performing a quick audit to determine whether a specific Region is fully opted in for longer IDs (17-character IDs).

This request only returns information about resource types that support longer IDs.

The following resource types support longer IDs: bundle | conversion-task | customer-gateway | dhcp-options | elastic-ip-allocation | elastic-ip-association | export-task | flow-log | image | import-task | instance | internet-gateway | network-acl | network-acl-association | network-interface | network-interface-attachment | prefix-list | reservation | route-table | route-table-association | security-group | snapshot | subnet | subnet-cidr-block-association | volume | vpc | vpc-cidr-block-association | vpc-endpoint | vpc-peering-connection | vpn-connection | vpn-gateway.

", - "DescribeAvailabilityZones": "

Describes the Availability Zones, Local Zones, and Wavelength Zones that are available to you. If there is an event impacting a zone, you can use this request to view the state and any provided messages for that zone.

For more information about Availability Zones, Local Zones, and Wavelength Zones, see Regions and zones in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.

", + "DescribeAvailabilityZones": "

Describes the Availability Zones, Local Zones, and Wavelength Zones that are available to you. If there is an event impacting a zone, you can use this request to view the state and any provided messages for that zone.

For more information about Availability Zones, Local Zones, and Wavelength Zones, see Regions and zones in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.

The order of the elements in the response, including those within nested structures, might vary. Applications should not assume the elements appear in a particular order.

", "DescribeAwsNetworkPerformanceMetricSubscriptions": "

Describes the current Infrastructure Performance metric subscriptions.

", "DescribeBundleTasks": "

Describes the specified bundle tasks or all of your bundle tasks.

Completed bundle tasks are listed for only a limited time. If your bundle task is no longer in the list, you can still register an AMI from it. Just use RegisterImage with the Amazon S3 bucket name and image manifest name you provided to the bundle task.

The order of the elements in the response, including those within nested structures, might vary. Applications should not assume the elements appear in a particular order.

", "DescribeByoipCidrs": "

Describes the IP address ranges that were specified in calls to ProvisionByoipCidr.

To describe the address pools that were created when you provisioned the address ranges, use DescribePublicIpv4Pools or DescribeIpv6Pools.

", @@ -309,7 +309,7 @@ "DescribePrefixLists": "

Describes available Amazon Web Services services in a prefix list format, which includes the prefix list name and prefix list ID of the service and the IP address range for the service.

We recommend that you use DescribeManagedPrefixLists instead.

", "DescribePrincipalIdFormat": "

Describes the ID format settings for the root user and all IAM roles and IAM users that have explicitly specified a longer ID (17-character ID) preference.

By default, all IAM roles and IAM users default to the same ID settings as the root user, unless they explicitly override the settings. This request is useful for identifying those IAM users and IAM roles that have overridden the default ID settings.

The following resource types support longer IDs: bundle | conversion-task | customer-gateway | dhcp-options | elastic-ip-allocation | elastic-ip-association | export-task | flow-log | image | import-task | instance | internet-gateway | network-acl | network-acl-association | network-interface | network-interface-attachment | prefix-list | reservation | route-table | route-table-association | security-group | snapshot | subnet | subnet-cidr-block-association | volume | vpc | vpc-cidr-block-association | vpc-endpoint | vpc-peering-connection | vpn-connection | vpn-gateway.

", "DescribePublicIpv4Pools": "

Describes the specified IPv4 address pools.

", - "DescribeRegions": "

Describes the Regions that are enabled for your account, or all Regions.

For a list of the Regions supported by Amazon EC2, see Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud endpoints and quotas.

For information about enabling and disabling Regions for your account, see Managing Amazon Web Services Regions in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.

", + "DescribeRegions": "

Describes the Regions that are enabled for your account, or all Regions.

For a list of the Regions supported by Amazon EC2, see Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud endpoints and quotas.

For information about enabling and disabling Regions for your account, see Managing Amazon Web Services Regions in the Amazon Web Services General Reference.

The order of the elements in the response, including those within nested structures, might vary. Applications should not assume the elements appear in a particular order.

", "DescribeReplaceRootVolumeTasks": "

Describes a root volume replacement task. For more information, see Replace a root volume in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.

", "DescribeReservedInstances": "

Describes one or more of the Reserved Instances that you purchased.

For more information about Reserved Instances, see Reserved Instances in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

The order of the elements in the response, including those within nested structures, might vary. Applications should not assume the elements appear in a particular order.

", "DescribeReservedInstancesListings": "

Describes your account's Reserved Instance listings in the Reserved Instance Marketplace.

The Reserved Instance Marketplace matches sellers who want to resell Reserved Instance capacity that they no longer need with buyers who want to purchase additional capacity. Reserved Instances bought and sold through the Reserved Instance Marketplace work like any other Reserved Instances.

As a seller, you choose to list some or all of your Reserved Instances, and you specify the upfront price to receive for them. Your Reserved Instances are then listed in the Reserved Instance Marketplace and are available for purchase.

As a buyer, you specify the configuration of the Reserved Instance to purchase, and the Marketplace matches what you're searching for with what's available. The Marketplace first sells the lowest priced Reserved Instances to you, and continues to sell available Reserved Instance listings to you until your demand is met. You are charged based on the total price of all of the listings that you purchase.

For more information, see Reserved Instance Marketplace in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

The order of the elements in the response, including those within nested structures, might vary. Applications should not assume the elements appear in a particular order.

", @@ -318,22 +318,22 @@ "DescribeRouteTables": "

Describes one or more of your route tables.

Each subnet in your VPC must be associated with a route table. If a subnet is not explicitly associated with any route table, it is implicitly associated with the main route table. This command does not return the subnet ID for implicit associations.

For more information, see Route tables in the Amazon VPC User Guide.

", "DescribeScheduledInstanceAvailability": "

Finds available schedules that meet the specified criteria.

You can search for an available schedule no more than 3 months in advance. You must meet the minimum required duration of 1,200 hours per year. For example, the minimum daily schedule is 4 hours, the minimum weekly schedule is 24 hours, and the minimum monthly schedule is 100 hours.

After you find a schedule that meets your needs, call PurchaseScheduledInstances to purchase Scheduled Instances with that schedule.

", "DescribeScheduledInstances": "

Describes the specified Scheduled Instances or all your Scheduled Instances.

", - "DescribeSecurityGroupReferences": "

Describes the VPCs on the other side of a VPC peering connection or the VPCs attached to a transit gateway that are referencing the security groups you've specified in this request.

", + "DescribeSecurityGroupReferences": "

Describes the VPCs on the other side of a VPC peering connection that are referencing the security groups you've specified in this request.

", "DescribeSecurityGroupRules": "

Describes one or more of your security group rules.

", "DescribeSecurityGroups": "

Describes the specified security groups or all of your security groups.

", - "DescribeSnapshotAttribute": "

Describes the specified attribute of the specified snapshot. You can specify only one attribute at a time.

For more information about EBS snapshots, see Amazon EBS snapshots in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.

", + "DescribeSnapshotAttribute": "

Describes the specified attribute of the specified snapshot. You can specify only one attribute at a time.

For more information about EBS snapshots, see Amazon EBS snapshots in the Amazon EBS User Guide.

", "DescribeSnapshotTierStatus": "

Describes the storage tier status of one or more Amazon EBS snapshots.

", - "DescribeSnapshots": "

Describes the specified EBS snapshots available to you or all of the EBS snapshots available to you.

The snapshots available to you include public snapshots, private snapshots that you own, and private snapshots owned by other Amazon Web Services accounts for which you have explicit create volume permissions.

The create volume permissions fall into the following categories:

The list of snapshots returned can be filtered by specifying snapshot IDs, snapshot owners, or Amazon Web Services accounts with create volume permissions. If no options are specified, Amazon EC2 returns all snapshots for which you have create volume permissions.

If you specify one or more snapshot IDs, only snapshots that have the specified IDs are returned. If you specify an invalid snapshot ID, an error is returned. If you specify a snapshot ID for which you do not have access, it is not included in the returned results.

If you specify one or more snapshot owners using the OwnerIds option, only snapshots from the specified owners and for which you have access are returned. The results can include the Amazon Web Services account IDs of the specified owners, amazon for snapshots owned by Amazon, or self for snapshots that you own.

If you specify a list of restorable users, only snapshots with create snapshot permissions for those users are returned. You can specify Amazon Web Services account IDs (if you own the snapshots), self for snapshots for which you own or have explicit permissions, or all for public snapshots.

If you are describing a long list of snapshots, we recommend that you paginate the output to make the list more manageable. For more information, see Pagination.

To get the state of fast snapshot restores for a snapshot, use DescribeFastSnapshotRestores.

For more information about EBS snapshots, see Amazon EBS snapshots in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.

", + "DescribeSnapshots": "

Describes the specified EBS snapshots available to you or all of the EBS snapshots available to you.

The snapshots available to you include public snapshots, private snapshots that you own, and private snapshots owned by other Amazon Web Services accounts for which you have explicit create volume permissions.

The create volume permissions fall into the following categories:

The list of snapshots returned can be filtered by specifying snapshot IDs, snapshot owners, or Amazon Web Services accounts with create volume permissions. If no options are specified, Amazon EC2 returns all snapshots for which you have create volume permissions.

If you specify one or more snapshot IDs, only snapshots that have the specified IDs are returned. If you specify an invalid snapshot ID, an error is returned. If you specify a snapshot ID for which you do not have access, it is not included in the returned results.

If you specify one or more snapshot owners using the OwnerIds option, only snapshots from the specified owners and for which you have access are returned. The results can include the Amazon Web Services account IDs of the specified owners, amazon for snapshots owned by Amazon, or self for snapshots that you own.

If you specify a list of restorable users, only snapshots with create snapshot permissions for those users are returned. You can specify Amazon Web Services account IDs (if you own the snapshots), self for snapshots for which you own or have explicit permissions, or all for public snapshots.

If you are describing a long list of snapshots, we recommend that you paginate the output to make the list more manageable. For more information, see Pagination.

To get the state of fast snapshot restores for a snapshot, use DescribeFastSnapshotRestores.

For more information about EBS snapshots, see Amazon EBS snapshots in the Amazon EBS User Guide.

", "DescribeSpotDatafeedSubscription": "

Describes the data feed for Spot Instances. For more information, see Spot Instance data feed in the Amazon EC2 User Guide for Linux Instances.

", "DescribeSpotFleetInstances": "

Describes the running instances for the specified Spot Fleet.

", "DescribeSpotFleetRequestHistory": "

Describes the events for the specified Spot Fleet request during the specified time.

Spot Fleet events are delayed by up to 30 seconds before they can be described. This ensures that you can query by the last evaluated time and not miss a recorded event. Spot Fleet events are available for 48 hours.

For more information, see Monitor fleet events using Amazon EventBridge in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

", "DescribeSpotFleetRequests": "

Describes your Spot Fleet requests.

Spot Fleet requests are deleted 48 hours after they are canceled and their instances are terminated.

", "DescribeSpotInstanceRequests": "

Describes the specified Spot Instance requests.

You can use DescribeSpotInstanceRequests to find a running Spot Instance by examining the response. If the status of the Spot Instance is fulfilled, the instance ID appears in the response and contains the identifier of the instance. Alternatively, you can use DescribeInstances with a filter to look for instances where the instance lifecycle is spot.

We recommend that you set MaxResults to a value between 5 and 1000 to limit the number of items returned. This paginates the output, which makes the list more manageable and returns the items faster. If the list of items exceeds your MaxResults value, then that number of items is returned along with a NextToken value that can be passed to a subsequent DescribeSpotInstanceRequests request to retrieve the remaining items.

Spot Instance requests are deleted four hours after they are canceled and their instances are terminated.

", "DescribeSpotPriceHistory": "

Describes the Spot price history. For more information, see Spot Instance pricing history in the Amazon EC2 User Guide for Linux Instances.

When you specify a start and end time, the operation returns the prices of the instance types within that time range. It also returns the last price change before the start time, which is the effective price as of the start time.

", - "DescribeStaleSecurityGroups": "

Describes the stale security group rules for security groups in a specified VPC. Rules are stale when they reference a deleted security group in the same VPC, peered VPC, or in separate VPCs attached to a transit gateway (with security group referencing support enabled). Rules can also be stale if they reference a security group in a peer VPC for which the VPC peering connection has been deleted or if they reference a security group in a VPC that has been detached from a transit gateway.

", + "DescribeStaleSecurityGroups": "

Describes the stale security group rules for security groups in a specified VPC. Rules are stale when they reference a deleted security group in the same VPC or peered VPC. Rules can also be stale if they reference a security group in a peer VPC for which the VPC peering connection has been deleted.

", "DescribeStoreImageTasks": "

Describes the progress of the AMI store tasks. You can describe the store tasks for specified AMIs. If you don't specify the AMIs, you get a paginated list of store tasks from the last 31 days.

For each AMI task, the response indicates if the task is InProgress, Completed, or Failed. For tasks InProgress, the response shows the estimated progress as a percentage.

Tasks are listed in reverse chronological order. Currently, only tasks from the past 31 days can be viewed.

To use this API, you must have the required permissions. For more information, see Permissions for storing and restoring AMIs using Amazon S3 in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

For more information, see Store and restore an AMI using Amazon S3 in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

", "DescribeSubnets": "

Describes one or more of your subnets.

For more information, see Subnets in the Amazon VPC User Guide.

", - "DescribeTags": "

Describes the specified tags for your EC2 resources.

For more information about tags, see Tag your Amazon EC2 resources in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.

", + "DescribeTags": "

Describes the specified tags for your EC2 resources.

For more information about tags, see Tag your Amazon EC2 resources in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.

The order of the elements in the response, including those within nested structures, might vary. Applications should not assume the elements appear in a particular order.

", "DescribeTrafficMirrorFilters": "

Describes one or more Traffic Mirror filters.

", "DescribeTrafficMirrorSessions": "

Describes one or more Traffic Mirror sessions. By default, all Traffic Mirror sessions are described. Alternatively, you can filter the results.

", "DescribeTrafficMirrorTargets": "

Information about one or more Traffic Mirror targets.

", @@ -353,10 +353,10 @@ "DescribeVerifiedAccessInstanceLoggingConfigurations": "

Describes the specified Amazon Web Services Verified Access instances.

", "DescribeVerifiedAccessInstances": "

Describes the specified Amazon Web Services Verified Access instances.

", "DescribeVerifiedAccessTrustProviders": "

Describes the specified Amazon Web Services Verified Access trust providers.

", - "DescribeVolumeAttribute": "

Describes the specified attribute of the specified volume. You can specify only one attribute at a time.

For more information about EBS volumes, see Amazon EBS volumes in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.

", - "DescribeVolumeStatus": "

Describes the status of the specified volumes. Volume status provides the result of the checks performed on your volumes to determine events that can impair the performance of your volumes. The performance of a volume can be affected if an issue occurs on the volume's underlying host. If the volume's underlying host experiences a power outage or system issue, after the system is restored, there could be data inconsistencies on the volume. Volume events notify you if this occurs. Volume actions notify you if any action needs to be taken in response to the event.

The DescribeVolumeStatus operation provides the following information about the specified volumes:

Status: Reflects the current status of the volume. The possible values are ok, impaired , warning, or insufficient-data. If all checks pass, the overall status of the volume is ok. If the check fails, the overall status is impaired. If the status is insufficient-data, then the checks might still be taking place on your volume at the time. We recommend that you retry the request. For more information about volume status, see Monitor the status of your volumes in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.

Events: Reflect the cause of a volume status and might require you to take action. For example, if your volume returns an impaired status, then the volume event might be potential-data-inconsistency. This means that your volume has been affected by an issue with the underlying host, has all I/O operations disabled, and might have inconsistent data.

Actions: Reflect the actions you might have to take in response to an event. For example, if the status of the volume is impaired and the volume event shows potential-data-inconsistency, then the action shows enable-volume-io. This means that you may want to enable the I/O operations for the volume by calling the EnableVolumeIO action and then check the volume for data consistency.

Volume status is based on the volume status checks, and does not reflect the volume state. Therefore, volume status does not indicate volumes in the error state (for example, when a volume is incapable of accepting I/O.)

", - "DescribeVolumes": "

Describes the specified EBS volumes or all of your EBS volumes.

If you are describing a long list of volumes, we recommend that you paginate the output to make the list more manageable. For more information, see Pagination.

For more information about EBS volumes, see Amazon EBS volumes in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.

", - "DescribeVolumesModifications": "

Describes the most recent volume modification request for the specified EBS volumes.

If a volume has never been modified, some information in the output will be null. If a volume has been modified more than once, the output includes only the most recent modification request.

You can also use CloudWatch Events to check the status of a modification to an EBS volume. For information about CloudWatch Events, see the Amazon CloudWatch Events User Guide. For more information, see Monitor the progress of volume modifications in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.

", + "DescribeVolumeAttribute": "

Describes the specified attribute of the specified volume. You can specify only one attribute at a time.

For more information about EBS volumes, see Amazon EBS volumes in the Amazon EBS User Guide.

", + "DescribeVolumeStatus": "

Describes the status of the specified volumes. Volume status provides the result of the checks performed on your volumes to determine events that can impair the performance of your volumes. The performance of a volume can be affected if an issue occurs on the volume's underlying host. If the volume's underlying host experiences a power outage or system issue, after the system is restored, there could be data inconsistencies on the volume. Volume events notify you if this occurs. Volume actions notify you if any action needs to be taken in response to the event.

The DescribeVolumeStatus operation provides the following information about the specified volumes:

Status: Reflects the current status of the volume. The possible values are ok, impaired , warning, or insufficient-data. If all checks pass, the overall status of the volume is ok. If the check fails, the overall status is impaired. If the status is insufficient-data, then the checks might still be taking place on your volume at the time. We recommend that you retry the request. For more information about volume status, see Monitor the status of your volumes in the Amazon EBS User Guide.

Events: Reflect the cause of a volume status and might require you to take action. For example, if your volume returns an impaired status, then the volume event might be potential-data-inconsistency. This means that your volume has been affected by an issue with the underlying host, has all I/O operations disabled, and might have inconsistent data.

Actions: Reflect the actions you might have to take in response to an event. For example, if the status of the volume is impaired and the volume event shows potential-data-inconsistency, then the action shows enable-volume-io. This means that you may want to enable the I/O operations for the volume by calling the EnableVolumeIO action and then check the volume for data consistency.

Volume status is based on the volume status checks, and does not reflect the volume state. Therefore, volume status does not indicate volumes in the error state (for example, when a volume is incapable of accepting I/O.)

The order of the elements in the response, including those within nested structures, might vary. Applications should not assume the elements appear in a particular order.

", + "DescribeVolumes": "

Describes the specified EBS volumes or all of your EBS volumes.

If you are describing a long list of volumes, we recommend that you paginate the output to make the list more manageable. For more information, see Pagination.

For more information about EBS volumes, see Amazon EBS volumes in the Amazon EBS User Guide.

The order of the elements in the response, including those within nested structures, might vary. Applications should not assume the elements appear in a particular order.

", + "DescribeVolumesModifications": "

Describes the most recent volume modification request for the specified EBS volumes.

If a volume has never been modified, some information in the output will be null. If a volume has been modified more than once, the output includes only the most recent modification request.

You can also use CloudWatch Events to check the status of a modification to an EBS volume. For information about CloudWatch Events, see the Amazon CloudWatch Events User Guide. For more information, see Monitor the progress of volume modifications in the Amazon EBS User Guide.

", "DescribeVpcAttribute": "

Describes the specified attribute of the specified VPC. You can specify only one attribute at a time.

", "DescribeVpcClassicLink": "

This action is deprecated.

Describes the ClassicLink status of the specified VPCs.

", "DescribeVpcClassicLinkDnsSupport": "

This action is deprecated.

Describes the ClassicLink DNS support status of one or more VPCs. If enabled, the DNS hostname of a linked EC2-Classic instance resolves to its private IP address when addressed from an instance in the VPC to which it's linked. Similarly, the DNS hostname of an instance in a VPC resolves to its private IP address when addressed from a linked EC2-Classic instance.

", @@ -374,11 +374,11 @@ "DetachInternetGateway": "

Detaches an internet gateway from a VPC, disabling connectivity between the internet and the VPC. The VPC must not contain any running instances with Elastic IP addresses or public IPv4 addresses.

", "DetachNetworkInterface": "

Detaches a network interface from an instance.

", "DetachVerifiedAccessTrustProvider": "

Detaches the specified Amazon Web Services Verified Access trust provider from the specified Amazon Web Services Verified Access instance.

", - "DetachVolume": "

Detaches an EBS volume from an instance. Make sure to unmount any file systems on the device within your operating system before detaching the volume. Failure to do so can result in the volume becoming stuck in the busy state while detaching. If this happens, detachment can be delayed indefinitely until you unmount the volume, force detachment, reboot the instance, or all three. If an EBS volume is the root device of an instance, it can't be detached while the instance is running. To detach the root volume, stop the instance first.

When a volume with an Amazon Web Services Marketplace product code is detached from an instance, the product code is no longer associated with the instance.

You can't detach or force detach volumes that are attached to Amazon ECS or Fargate tasks. Attempting to do this results in the UnsupportedOperationException exception with the Unable to detach volume attached to ECS tasks error message.

For more information, see Detach an Amazon EBS volume in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.

", + "DetachVolume": "

Detaches an EBS volume from an instance. Make sure to unmount any file systems on the device within your operating system before detaching the volume. Failure to do so can result in the volume becoming stuck in the busy state while detaching. If this happens, detachment can be delayed indefinitely until you unmount the volume, force detachment, reboot the instance, or all three. If an EBS volume is the root device of an instance, it can't be detached while the instance is running. To detach the root volume, stop the instance first.

When a volume with an Amazon Web Services Marketplace product code is detached from an instance, the product code is no longer associated with the instance.

You can't detach or force detach volumes that are attached to Amazon ECS or Fargate tasks. Attempting to do this results in the UnsupportedOperationException exception with the Unable to detach volume attached to ECS tasks error message.

For more information, see Detach an Amazon EBS volume in the Amazon EBS User Guide.

", "DetachVpnGateway": "

Detaches a virtual private gateway from a VPC. You do this if you're planning to turn off the VPC and not use it anymore. You can confirm a virtual private gateway has been completely detached from a VPC by describing the virtual private gateway (any attachments to the virtual private gateway are also described).

You must wait for the attachment's state to switch to detached before you can delete the VPC or attach a different VPC to the virtual private gateway.

", "DisableAddressTransfer": "

Disables Elastic IP address transfer. For more information, see Transfer Elastic IP addresses in the Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide.

", "DisableAwsNetworkPerformanceMetricSubscription": "

Disables Infrastructure Performance metric subscriptions.

", - "DisableEbsEncryptionByDefault": "

Disables EBS encryption by default for your account in the current Region.

After you disable encryption by default, you can still create encrypted volumes by enabling encryption when you create each volume.

Disabling encryption by default does not change the encryption status of your existing volumes.

For more information, see Amazon EBS encryption in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.

", + "DisableEbsEncryptionByDefault": "

Disables EBS encryption by default for your account in the current Region.

After you disable encryption by default, you can still create encrypted volumes by enabling encryption when you create each volume.

Disabling encryption by default does not change the encryption status of your existing volumes.

For more information, see Amazon EBS encryption in the Amazon EBS User Guide.

", "DisableFastLaunch": "

Discontinue Windows fast launch for a Windows AMI, and clean up existing pre-provisioned snapshots. After you disable Windows fast launch, the AMI uses the standard launch process for each new instance. Amazon EC2 must remove all pre-provisioned snapshots before you can enable Windows fast launch again.

You can only change these settings for Windows AMIs that you own or that have been shared with you.

", "DisableFastSnapshotRestores": "

Disables fast snapshot restores for the specified snapshots in the specified Availability Zones.

", "DisableImage": "

Sets the AMI state to disabled and removes all launch permissions from the AMI. A disabled AMI can't be used for instance launches.

A disabled AMI can't be shared. If an AMI was public or previously shared, it is made private. If an AMI was shared with an Amazon Web Services account, organization, or Organizational Unit, they lose access to the disabled AMI.

A disabled AMI does not appear in DescribeImages API calls by default.

Only the AMI owner can disable an AMI.

You can re-enable a disabled AMI using EnableImage.

For more information, see Disable an AMI in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

", @@ -386,7 +386,7 @@ "DisableImageDeprecation": "

Cancels the deprecation of the specified AMI.

For more information, see Deprecate an AMI in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

", "DisableIpamOrganizationAdminAccount": "

Disable the IPAM account. For more information, see Enable integration with Organizations in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide.

", "DisableSerialConsoleAccess": "

Disables access to the EC2 serial console of all instances for your account. By default, access to the EC2 serial console is disabled for your account. For more information, see Manage account access to the EC2 serial console in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

", - "DisableSnapshotBlockPublicAccess": "

Disables the block public access for snapshots setting at the account level for the specified Amazon Web Services Region. After you disable block public access for snapshots in a Region, users can publicly share snapshots in that Region.

If block public access is enabled in block-all-sharing mode, and you disable block public access, all snapshots that were previously publicly shared are no longer treated as private and they become publicly accessible again.

For more information, see Block public access for snapshots in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide .

", + "DisableSnapshotBlockPublicAccess": "

Disables the block public access for snapshots setting at the account level for the specified Amazon Web Services Region. After you disable block public access for snapshots in a Region, users can publicly share snapshots in that Region.

If block public access is enabled in block-all-sharing mode, and you disable block public access, all snapshots that were previously publicly shared are no longer treated as private and they become publicly accessible again.

For more information, see Block public access for snapshots in the Amazon EBS User Guide .

", "DisableTransitGatewayRouteTablePropagation": "

Disables the specified resource attachment from propagating routes to the specified propagation route table.

", "DisableVgwRoutePropagation": "

Disables a virtual private gateway (VGW) from propagating routes to a specified route table of a VPC.

", "DisableVpcClassicLink": "

This action is deprecated.

Disables ClassicLink for a VPC. You cannot disable ClassicLink for a VPC that has EC2-Classic instances linked to it.

", @@ -408,16 +408,16 @@ "DisassociateVpcCidrBlock": "

Disassociates a CIDR block from a VPC. To disassociate the CIDR block, you must specify its association ID. You can get the association ID by using DescribeVpcs. You must detach or delete all gateways and resources that are associated with the CIDR block before you can disassociate it.

You cannot disassociate the CIDR block with which you originally created the VPC (the primary CIDR block).

", "EnableAddressTransfer": "

Enables Elastic IP address transfer. For more information, see Transfer Elastic IP addresses in the Amazon Virtual Private Cloud User Guide.

", "EnableAwsNetworkPerformanceMetricSubscription": "

Enables Infrastructure Performance subscriptions.

", - "EnableEbsEncryptionByDefault": "

Enables EBS encryption by default for your account in the current Region.

After you enable encryption by default, the EBS volumes that you create are always encrypted, either using the default KMS key or the KMS key that you specified when you created each volume. For more information, see Amazon EBS encryption in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.

You can specify the default KMS key for encryption by default using ModifyEbsDefaultKmsKeyId or ResetEbsDefaultKmsKeyId.

Enabling encryption by default has no effect on the encryption status of your existing volumes.

After you enable encryption by default, you can no longer launch instances using instance types that do not support encryption. For more information, see Supported instance types.

", + "EnableEbsEncryptionByDefault": "

Enables EBS encryption by default for your account in the current Region.

After you enable encryption by default, the EBS volumes that you create are always encrypted, either using the default KMS key or the KMS key that you specified when you created each volume. For more information, see Amazon EBS encryption in the Amazon EBS User Guide.

You can specify the default KMS key for encryption by default using ModifyEbsDefaultKmsKeyId or ResetEbsDefaultKmsKeyId.

Enabling encryption by default has no effect on the encryption status of your existing volumes.

After you enable encryption by default, you can no longer launch instances using instance types that do not support encryption. For more information, see Supported instance types.

", "EnableFastLaunch": "

When you enable Windows fast launch for a Windows AMI, images are pre-provisioned, using snapshots to launch instances up to 65% faster. To create the optimized Windows image, Amazon EC2 launches an instance and runs through Sysprep steps, rebooting as required. Then it creates a set of reserved snapshots that are used for subsequent launches. The reserved snapshots are automatically replenished as they are used, depending on your settings for launch frequency.

You can only change these settings for Windows AMIs that you own or that have been shared with you.

", - "EnableFastSnapshotRestores": "

Enables fast snapshot restores for the specified snapshots in the specified Availability Zones.

You get the full benefit of fast snapshot restores after they enter the enabled state. To get the current state of fast snapshot restores, use DescribeFastSnapshotRestores. To disable fast snapshot restores, use DisableFastSnapshotRestores.

For more information, see Amazon EBS fast snapshot restore in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.

", + "EnableFastSnapshotRestores": "

Enables fast snapshot restores for the specified snapshots in the specified Availability Zones.

You get the full benefit of fast snapshot restores after they enter the enabled state. To get the current state of fast snapshot restores, use DescribeFastSnapshotRestores. To disable fast snapshot restores, use DisableFastSnapshotRestores.

For more information, see Amazon EBS fast snapshot restore in the Amazon EBS User Guide.

", "EnableImage": "

Re-enables a disabled AMI. The re-enabled AMI is marked as available and can be used for instance launches, appears in describe operations, and can be shared. Amazon Web Services accounts, organizations, and Organizational Units that lost access to the AMI when it was disabled do not regain access automatically. Once the AMI is available, it can be shared with them again.

Only the AMI owner can re-enable a disabled AMI.

For more information, see Disable an AMI in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

", "EnableImageBlockPublicAccess": "

Enables block public access for AMIs at the account level in the specified Amazon Web Services Region. This prevents the public sharing of your AMIs. However, if you already have public AMIs, they will remain publicly available.

The API can take up to 10 minutes to configure this setting. During this time, if you run GetImageBlockPublicAccessState, the response will be unblocked. When the API has completed the configuration, the response will be block-new-sharing.

For more information, see Block public access to your AMIs in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

", "EnableImageDeprecation": "

Enables deprecation of the specified AMI at the specified date and time.

For more information, see Deprecate an AMI in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

", "EnableIpamOrganizationAdminAccount": "

Enable an Organizations member account as the IPAM admin account. You cannot select the Organizations management account as the IPAM admin account. For more information, see Enable integration with Organizations in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide.

", "EnableReachabilityAnalyzerOrganizationSharing": "

Establishes a trust relationship between Reachability Analyzer and Organizations. This operation must be performed by the management account for the organization.

After you establish a trust relationship, a user in the management account or a delegated administrator account can run a cross-account analysis using resources from the member accounts.

", "EnableSerialConsoleAccess": "

Enables access to the EC2 serial console of all instances for your account. By default, access to the EC2 serial console is disabled for your account. For more information, see Manage account access to the EC2 serial console in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

", - "EnableSnapshotBlockPublicAccess": "

Enables or modifies the block public access for snapshots setting at the account level for the specified Amazon Web Services Region. After you enable block public access for snapshots in a Region, users can no longer request public sharing for snapshots in that Region. Snapshots that are already publicly shared are either treated as private or they remain publicly shared, depending on the State that you specify.

If block public access is enabled in block-all-sharing mode, and you change the mode to block-new-sharing, all snapshots that were previously publicly shared are no longer treated as private and they become publicly accessible again.

For more information, see Block public access for snapshots in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.

", + "EnableSnapshotBlockPublicAccess": "

Enables or modifies the block public access for snapshots setting at the account level for the specified Amazon Web Services Region. After you enable block public access for snapshots in a Region, users can no longer request public sharing for snapshots in that Region. Snapshots that are already publicly shared are either treated as private or they remain publicly shared, depending on the State that you specify.

If block public access is enabled in block-all-sharing mode, and you change the mode to block-new-sharing, all snapshots that were previously publicly shared are no longer treated as private and they become publicly accessible again.

For more information, see Block public access for snapshots in the Amazon EBS User Guide.

", "EnableTransitGatewayRouteTablePropagation": "

Enables the specified attachment to propagate routes to the specified propagation route table.

", "EnableVgwRoutePropagation": "

Enables a virtual private gateway (VGW) to propagate routes to the specified route table of a VPC.

", "EnableVolumeIO": "

Enables I/O operations for a volume that had I/O operations disabled because the data on the volume was potentially inconsistent.

", @@ -435,8 +435,8 @@ "GetConsoleOutput": "

Gets the console output for the specified instance. For Linux instances, the instance console output displays the exact console output that would normally be displayed on a physical monitor attached to a computer. For Windows instances, the instance console output includes the last three system event log errors.

By default, the console output returns buffered information that was posted shortly after an instance transition state (start, stop, reboot, or terminate). This information is available for at least one hour after the most recent post. Only the most recent 64 KB of console output is available.

You can optionally retrieve the latest serial console output at any time during the instance lifecycle. This option is supported on instance types that use the Nitro hypervisor.

For more information, see Instance console output in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

", "GetConsoleScreenshot": "

Retrieve a JPG-format screenshot of a running instance to help with troubleshooting.

The returned content is Base64-encoded.

", "GetDefaultCreditSpecification": "

Describes the default credit option for CPU usage of a burstable performance instance family.

For more information, see Burstable performance instances in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

", - "GetEbsDefaultKmsKeyId": "

Describes the default KMS key for EBS encryption by default for your account in this Region. You can change the default KMS key for encryption by default using ModifyEbsDefaultKmsKeyId or ResetEbsDefaultKmsKeyId.

For more information, see Amazon EBS encryption in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.

", - "GetEbsEncryptionByDefault": "

Describes whether EBS encryption by default is enabled for your account in the current Region.

For more information, see Amazon EBS encryption in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.

", + "GetEbsDefaultKmsKeyId": "

Describes the default KMS key for EBS encryption by default for your account in this Region. You can change the default KMS key for encryption by default using ModifyEbsDefaultKmsKeyId or ResetEbsDefaultKmsKeyId.

For more information, see Amazon EBS encryption in the Amazon EBS User Guide.

", + "GetEbsEncryptionByDefault": "

Describes whether EBS encryption by default is enabled for your account in the current Region.

For more information, see Amazon EBS encryption in the Amazon EBS User Guide.

", "GetFlowLogsIntegrationTemplate": "

Generates a CloudFormation template that streamlines and automates the integration of VPC flow logs with Amazon Athena. This make it easier for you to query and gain insights from VPC flow logs data. Based on the information that you provide, we configure resources in the template to do the following:

GetFlowLogsIntegrationTemplate does not support integration between Amazon Web Services Transit Gateway Flow Logs and Amazon Athena.

", "GetGroupsForCapacityReservation": "

Lists the resource groups to which a Capacity Reservation has been added.

", "GetHostReservationPurchasePreview": "

Preview a reservation purchase with configurations that match those of your Dedicated Host. You must have active Dedicated Hosts in your account before you purchase a reservation.

This is a preview of the PurchaseHostReservation action and does not result in the offering being purchased.

", @@ -459,7 +459,7 @@ "GetReservedInstancesExchangeQuote": "

Returns a quote and exchange information for exchanging one or more specified Convertible Reserved Instances for a new Convertible Reserved Instance. If the exchange cannot be performed, the reason is returned in the response. Use AcceptReservedInstancesExchangeQuote to perform the exchange.

", "GetSecurityGroupsForVpc": "

Gets security groups that can be associated by the Amazon Web Services account making the request with network interfaces in the specified VPC.

", "GetSerialConsoleAccessStatus": "

Retrieves the access status of your account to the EC2 serial console of all instances. By default, access to the EC2 serial console is disabled for your account. For more information, see Manage account access to the EC2 serial console in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

", - "GetSnapshotBlockPublicAccessState": "

Gets the current state of block public access for snapshots setting for the account and Region.

For more information, see Block public access for snapshots in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.

", + "GetSnapshotBlockPublicAccessState": "

Gets the current state of block public access for snapshots setting for the account and Region.

For more information, see Block public access for snapshots in the Amazon EBS User Guide.

", "GetSpotPlacementScores": "

Calculates the Spot placement score for a Region or Availability Zone based on the specified target capacity and compute requirements.

You can specify your compute requirements either by using InstanceRequirementsWithMetadata and letting Amazon EC2 choose the optimal instance types to fulfill your Spot request, or you can specify the instance types by using InstanceTypes.

For more information, see Spot placement score in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

", "GetSubnetCidrReservations": "

Gets information about the subnet CIDR reservations.

", "GetTransitGatewayAttachmentPropagations": "

Lists the route tables to which the specified resource attachment propagates routes.

", @@ -489,7 +489,7 @@ "ModifyCapacityReservationFleet": "

Modifies a Capacity Reservation Fleet.

When you modify the total target capacity of a Capacity Reservation Fleet, the Fleet automatically creates new Capacity Reservations, or modifies or cancels existing Capacity Reservations in the Fleet to meet the new total target capacity. When you modify the end date for the Fleet, the end dates for all of the individual Capacity Reservations in the Fleet are updated accordingly.

", "ModifyClientVpnEndpoint": "

Modifies the specified Client VPN endpoint. Modifying the DNS server resets existing client connections.

", "ModifyDefaultCreditSpecification": "

Modifies the default credit option for CPU usage of burstable performance instances. The default credit option is set at the account level per Amazon Web Services Region, and is specified per instance family. All new burstable performance instances in the account launch using the default credit option.

ModifyDefaultCreditSpecification is an asynchronous operation, which works at an Amazon Web Services Region level and modifies the credit option for each Availability Zone. All zones in a Region are updated within five minutes. But if instances are launched during this operation, they might not get the new credit option until the zone is updated. To verify whether the update has occurred, you can call GetDefaultCreditSpecification and check DefaultCreditSpecification for updates.

For more information, see Burstable performance instances in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

", - "ModifyEbsDefaultKmsKeyId": "

Changes the default KMS key for EBS encryption by default for your account in this Region.

Amazon Web Services creates a unique Amazon Web Services managed KMS key in each Region for use with encryption by default. If you change the default KMS key to a symmetric customer managed KMS key, it is used instead of the Amazon Web Services managed KMS key. To reset the default KMS key to the Amazon Web Services managed KMS key for EBS, use ResetEbsDefaultKmsKeyId. Amazon EBS does not support asymmetric KMS keys.

If you delete or disable the customer managed KMS key that you specified for use with encryption by default, your instances will fail to launch.

For more information, see Amazon EBS encryption in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.

", + "ModifyEbsDefaultKmsKeyId": "

Changes the default KMS key for EBS encryption by default for your account in this Region.

Amazon Web Services creates a unique Amazon Web Services managed KMS key in each Region for use with encryption by default. If you change the default KMS key to a symmetric customer managed KMS key, it is used instead of the Amazon Web Services managed KMS key. To reset the default KMS key to the Amazon Web Services managed KMS key for EBS, use ResetEbsDefaultKmsKeyId. Amazon EBS does not support asymmetric KMS keys.

If you delete or disable the customer managed KMS key that you specified for use with encryption by default, your instances will fail to launch.

For more information, see Amazon EBS encryption in the Amazon EBS User Guide.

", "ModifyFleet": "

Modifies the specified EC2 Fleet.

You can only modify an EC2 Fleet request of type maintain.

While the EC2 Fleet is being modified, it is in the modifying state.

To scale up your EC2 Fleet, increase its target capacity. The EC2 Fleet launches the additional Spot Instances according to the allocation strategy for the EC2 Fleet request. If the allocation strategy is lowest-price, the EC2 Fleet launches instances using the Spot Instance pool with the lowest price. If the allocation strategy is diversified, the EC2 Fleet distributes the instances across the Spot Instance pools. If the allocation strategy is capacity-optimized, EC2 Fleet launches instances from Spot Instance pools with optimal capacity for the number of instances that are launching.

To scale down your EC2 Fleet, decrease its target capacity. First, the EC2 Fleet cancels any open requests that exceed the new target capacity. You can request that the EC2 Fleet terminate Spot Instances until the size of the fleet no longer exceeds the new target capacity. If the allocation strategy is lowest-price, the EC2 Fleet terminates the instances with the highest price per unit. If the allocation strategy is capacity-optimized, the EC2 Fleet terminates the instances in the Spot Instance pools that have the least available Spot Instance capacity. If the allocation strategy is diversified, the EC2 Fleet terminates instances across the Spot Instance pools. Alternatively, you can request that the EC2 Fleet keep the fleet at its current size, but not replace any Spot Instances that are interrupted or that you terminate manually.

If you are finished with your EC2 Fleet for now, but will use it again later, you can set the target capacity to 0.

", "ModifyFpgaImageAttribute": "

Modifies the specified attribute of the specified Amazon FPGA Image (AFI).

", "ModifyHosts": "

Modify the auto-placement setting of a Dedicated Host. When auto-placement is enabled, any instances that you launch with a tenancy of host but without a specific host ID are placed onto any available Dedicated Host in your account that has auto-placement enabled. When auto-placement is disabled, you need to provide a host ID to have the instance launch onto a specific host. If no host ID is provided, the instance is launched onto a suitable host with auto-placement enabled.

You can also use this API action to modify a Dedicated Host to support either multiple instance types in an instance family, or to support a specific instance type only.

", @@ -516,8 +516,8 @@ "ModifyPrivateDnsNameOptions": "

Modifies the options for instance hostnames for the specified instance.

", "ModifyReservedInstances": "

Modifies the configuration of your Reserved Instances, such as the Availability Zone, instance count, or instance type. The Reserved Instances to be modified must be identical, except for Availability Zone, network platform, and instance type.

For more information, see Modifying Reserved Instances in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

", "ModifySecurityGroupRules": "

Modifies the rules of a security group.

", - "ModifySnapshotAttribute": "

Adds or removes permission settings for the specified snapshot. You may add or remove specified Amazon Web Services account IDs from a snapshot's list of create volume permissions, but you cannot do both in a single operation. If you need to both add and remove account IDs for a snapshot, you must use multiple operations. You can make up to 500 modifications to a snapshot in a single operation.

Encrypted snapshots and snapshots with Amazon Web Services Marketplace product codes cannot be made public. Snapshots encrypted with your default KMS key cannot be shared with other accounts.

For more information about modifying snapshot permissions, see Share a snapshot in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.

", - "ModifySnapshotTier": "

Archives an Amazon EBS snapshot. When you archive a snapshot, it is converted to a full snapshot that includes all of the blocks of data that were written to the volume at the time the snapshot was created, and moved from the standard tier to the archive tier. For more information, see Archive Amazon EBS snapshots in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.

", + "ModifySnapshotAttribute": "

Adds or removes permission settings for the specified snapshot. You may add or remove specified Amazon Web Services account IDs from a snapshot's list of create volume permissions, but you cannot do both in a single operation. If you need to both add and remove account IDs for a snapshot, you must use multiple operations. You can make up to 500 modifications to a snapshot in a single operation.

Encrypted snapshots and snapshots with Amazon Web Services Marketplace product codes cannot be made public. Snapshots encrypted with your default KMS key cannot be shared with other accounts.

For more information about modifying snapshot permissions, see Share a snapshot in the Amazon EBS User Guide.

", + "ModifySnapshotTier": "

Archives an Amazon EBS snapshot. When you archive a snapshot, it is converted to a full snapshot that includes all of the blocks of data that were written to the volume at the time the snapshot was created, and moved from the standard tier to the archive tier. For more information, see Archive Amazon EBS snapshots in the Amazon EBS User Guide.

", "ModifySpotFleetRequest": "

Modifies the specified Spot Fleet request.

You can only modify a Spot Fleet request of type maintain.

While the Spot Fleet request is being modified, it is in the modifying state.

To scale up your Spot Fleet, increase its target capacity. The Spot Fleet launches the additional Spot Instances according to the allocation strategy for the Spot Fleet request. If the allocation strategy is lowestPrice, the Spot Fleet launches instances using the Spot Instance pool with the lowest price. If the allocation strategy is diversified, the Spot Fleet distributes the instances across the Spot Instance pools. If the allocation strategy is capacityOptimized, Spot Fleet launches instances from Spot Instance pools with optimal capacity for the number of instances that are launching.

To scale down your Spot Fleet, decrease its target capacity. First, the Spot Fleet cancels any open requests that exceed the new target capacity. You can request that the Spot Fleet terminate Spot Instances until the size of the fleet no longer exceeds the new target capacity. If the allocation strategy is lowestPrice, the Spot Fleet terminates the instances with the highest price per unit. If the allocation strategy is capacityOptimized, the Spot Fleet terminates the instances in the Spot Instance pools that have the least available Spot Instance capacity. If the allocation strategy is diversified, the Spot Fleet terminates instances across the Spot Instance pools. Alternatively, you can request that the Spot Fleet keep the fleet at its current size, but not replace any Spot Instances that are interrupted or that you terminate manually.

If you are finished with your Spot Fleet for now, but will use it again later, you can set the target capacity to 0.

", "ModifySubnetAttribute": "

Modifies a subnet attribute. You can only modify one attribute at a time.

Use this action to modify subnets on Amazon Web Services Outposts.

For more information about Amazon Web Services Outposts, see the following:

", "ModifyTrafficMirrorFilterNetworkServices": "

Allows or restricts mirroring network services.

By default, Amazon DNS network services are not eligible for Traffic Mirror. Use AddNetworkServices to add network services to a Traffic Mirror filter. When a network service is added to the Traffic Mirror filter, all traffic related to that network service will be mirrored. When you no longer want to mirror network services, use RemoveNetworkServices to remove the network services from the Traffic Mirror filter.

", @@ -533,7 +533,7 @@ "ModifyVerifiedAccessInstance": "

Modifies the configuration of the specified Amazon Web Services Verified Access instance.

", "ModifyVerifiedAccessInstanceLoggingConfiguration": "

Modifies the logging configuration for the specified Amazon Web Services Verified Access instance.

", "ModifyVerifiedAccessTrustProvider": "

Modifies the configuration of the specified Amazon Web Services Verified Access trust provider.

", - "ModifyVolume": "

You can modify several parameters of an existing EBS volume, including volume size, volume type, and IOPS capacity. If your EBS volume is attached to a current-generation EC2 instance type, you might be able to apply these changes without stopping the instance or detaching the volume from it. For more information about modifying EBS volumes, see Amazon EBS Elastic Volumes (Linux instances) or Amazon EBS Elastic Volumes (Windows instances).

When you complete a resize operation on your volume, you need to extend the volume's file-system size to take advantage of the new storage capacity. For more information, see Extend a Linux file system or Extend a Windows file system.

You can use CloudWatch Events to check the status of a modification to an EBS volume. For information about CloudWatch Events, see the Amazon CloudWatch Events User Guide. You can also track the status of a modification using DescribeVolumesModifications. For information about tracking status changes using either method, see Monitor the progress of volume modifications.

With previous-generation instance types, resizing an EBS volume might require detaching and reattaching the volume or stopping and restarting the instance.

After modifying a volume, you must wait at least six hours and ensure that the volume is in the in-use or available state before you can modify the same volume. This is sometimes referred to as a cooldown period.

", + "ModifyVolume": "

You can modify several parameters of an existing EBS volume, including volume size, volume type, and IOPS capacity. If your EBS volume is attached to a current-generation EC2 instance type, you might be able to apply these changes without stopping the instance or detaching the volume from it. For more information about modifying EBS volumes, see Amazon EBS Elastic Volumes in the Amazon EBS User Guide.

When you complete a resize operation on your volume, you need to extend the volume's file-system size to take advantage of the new storage capacity. For more information, see Extend the file system.

You can use CloudWatch Events to check the status of a modification to an EBS volume. For information about CloudWatch Events, see the Amazon CloudWatch Events User Guide. You can also track the status of a modification using DescribeVolumesModifications. For information about tracking status changes using either method, see Monitor the progress of volume modifications.

With previous-generation instance types, resizing an EBS volume might require detaching and reattaching the volume or stopping and restarting the instance.

After modifying a volume, you must wait at least six hours and ensure that the volume is in the in-use or available state before you can modify the same volume. This is sometimes referred to as a cooldown period.

", "ModifyVolumeAttribute": "

Modifies a volume attribute.

By default, all I/O operations for the volume are suspended when the data on the volume is determined to be potentially inconsistent, to prevent undetectable, latent data corruption. The I/O access to the volume can be resumed by first enabling I/O access and then checking the data consistency on your volume.

You can change the default behavior to resume I/O operations. We recommend that you change this only for boot volumes or for volumes that are stateless or disposable.

", "ModifyVpcAttribute": "

Modifies the specified attribute of the specified VPC.

", "ModifyVpcEndpoint": "

Modifies attributes of a specified VPC endpoint. The attributes that you can modify depend on the type of VPC endpoint (interface, gateway, or Gateway Load Balancer). For more information, see the Amazon Web Services PrivateLink Guide.

", @@ -582,17 +582,17 @@ "RequestSpotFleet": "

Creates a Spot Fleet request.

The Spot Fleet request specifies the total target capacity and the On-Demand target capacity. Amazon EC2 calculates the difference between the total capacity and On-Demand capacity, and launches the difference as Spot capacity.

You can submit a single request that includes multiple launch specifications that vary by instance type, AMI, Availability Zone, or subnet.

By default, the Spot Fleet requests Spot Instances in the Spot Instance pool where the price per unit is the lowest. Each launch specification can include its own instance weighting that reflects the value of the instance type to your application workload.

Alternatively, you can specify that the Spot Fleet distribute the target capacity across the Spot pools included in its launch specifications. By ensuring that the Spot Instances in your Spot Fleet are in different Spot pools, you can improve the availability of your fleet.

You can specify tags for the Spot Fleet request and instances launched by the fleet. You cannot tag other resource types in a Spot Fleet request because only the spot-fleet-request and instance resource types are supported.

For more information, see Spot Fleet requests in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

We strongly discourage using the RequestSpotFleet API because it is a legacy API with no planned investment. For options for requesting Spot Instances, see Which is the best Spot request method to use? in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

", "RequestSpotInstances": "

Creates a Spot Instance request.

For more information, see Spot Instance requests in the Amazon EC2 User Guide for Linux Instances.

We strongly discourage using the RequestSpotInstances API because it is a legacy API with no planned investment. For options for requesting Spot Instances, see Which is the best Spot request method to use? in the Amazon EC2 User Guide for Linux Instances.

", "ResetAddressAttribute": "

Resets the attribute of the specified IP address. For requirements, see Using reverse DNS for email applications.

", - "ResetEbsDefaultKmsKeyId": "

Resets the default KMS key for EBS encryption for your account in this Region to the Amazon Web Services managed KMS key for EBS.

After resetting the default KMS key to the Amazon Web Services managed KMS key, you can continue to encrypt by a customer managed KMS key by specifying it when you create the volume. For more information, see Amazon EBS encryption in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.

", + "ResetEbsDefaultKmsKeyId": "

Resets the default KMS key for EBS encryption for your account in this Region to the Amazon Web Services managed KMS key for EBS.

After resetting the default KMS key to the Amazon Web Services managed KMS key, you can continue to encrypt by a customer managed KMS key by specifying it when you create the volume. For more information, see Amazon EBS encryption in the Amazon EBS User Guide.

", "ResetFpgaImageAttribute": "

Resets the specified attribute of the specified Amazon FPGA Image (AFI) to its default value. You can only reset the load permission attribute.

", "ResetImageAttribute": "

Resets an attribute of an AMI to its default value.

", "ResetInstanceAttribute": "

Resets an attribute of an instance to its default value. To reset the kernel or ramdisk, the instance must be in a stopped state. To reset the sourceDestCheck, the instance can be either running or stopped.

The sourceDestCheck attribute controls whether source/destination checking is enabled. The default value is true, which means checking is enabled. This value must be false for a NAT instance to perform NAT. For more information, see NAT Instances in the Amazon VPC User Guide.

", "ResetNetworkInterfaceAttribute": "

Resets a network interface attribute. You can specify only one attribute at a time.

", - "ResetSnapshotAttribute": "

Resets permission settings for the specified snapshot.

For more information about modifying snapshot permissions, see Share a snapshot in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.

", + "ResetSnapshotAttribute": "

Resets permission settings for the specified snapshot.

For more information about modifying snapshot permissions, see Share a snapshot in the Amazon EBS User Guide.

", "RestoreAddressToClassic": "

This action is deprecated.

Restores an Elastic IP address that was previously moved to the EC2-VPC platform back to the EC2-Classic platform. You cannot move an Elastic IP address that was originally allocated for use in EC2-VPC. The Elastic IP address must not be associated with an instance or network interface.

", "RestoreImageFromRecycleBin": "

Restores an AMI from the Recycle Bin. For more information, see Recycle Bin in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

", "RestoreManagedPrefixListVersion": "

Restores the entries from a previous version of a managed prefix list to a new version of the prefix list.

", - "RestoreSnapshotFromRecycleBin": "

Restores a snapshot from the Recycle Bin. For more information, see Restore snapshots from the Recycle Bin in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.

", - "RestoreSnapshotTier": "

Restores an archived Amazon EBS snapshot for use temporarily or permanently, or modifies the restore period or restore type for a snapshot that was previously temporarily restored.

For more information see Restore an archived snapshot and modify the restore period or restore type for a temporarily restored snapshot in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.

", + "RestoreSnapshotFromRecycleBin": "

Restores a snapshot from the Recycle Bin. For more information, see Restore snapshots from the Recycle Bin in the Amazon EBS User Guide.

", + "RestoreSnapshotTier": "

Restores an archived Amazon EBS snapshot for use temporarily or permanently, or modifies the restore period or restore type for a snapshot that was previously temporarily restored.

For more information see Restore an archived snapshot and modify the restore period or restore type for a temporarily restored snapshot in the Amazon EBS User Guide.

", "RevokeClientVpnIngress": "

Removes an ingress authorization rule from a Client VPN endpoint.

", "RevokeSecurityGroupEgress": "

Removes the specified outbound (egress) rules from the specified security group.

You can specify rules using either rule IDs or security group rule properties. If you use rule properties, the values that you specify (for example, ports) must match the existing rule's values exactly. Each rule has a protocol, from and to ports, and destination (CIDR range, security group, or prefix list). For the TCP and UDP protocols, you must also specify the destination port or range of ports. For the ICMP protocol, you must also specify the ICMP type and code. If the security group rule has a description, you do not need to specify the description to revoke the rule.

For a default VPC, if the values you specify do not match the existing rule's values, no error is returned, and the output describes the security group rules that were not revoked.

Amazon Web Services recommends that you describe the security group to verify that the rules were removed.

Rule changes are propagated to instances within the security group as quickly as possible. However, a small delay might occur.

", "RevokeSecurityGroupIngress": "

Removes the specified inbound (ingress) rules from a security group.

You can specify rules using either rule IDs or security group rule properties. If you use rule properties, the values that you specify (for example, ports) must match the existing rule's values exactly. Each rule has a protocol, from and to ports, and source (CIDR range, security group, or prefix list). For the TCP and UDP protocols, you must also specify the destination port or range of ports. For the ICMP protocol, you must also specify the ICMP type and code. If the security group rule has a description, you do not need to specify the description to revoke the rule.

For a default VPC, if the values you specify do not match the existing rule's values, no error is returned, and the output describes the security group rules that were not revoked.

For a non-default VPC, if the values you specify do not match the existing rule's values, an InvalidPermission.NotFound client error is returned, and no rules are revoked.

Amazon Web Services recommends that you describe the security group to verify that the rules were removed.

Rule changes are propagated to instances within the security group as quickly as possible. However, a small delay might occur.

", @@ -1659,7 +1659,7 @@ "ModifyInstanceAttributeRequest$DisableApiStop": "

Indicates whether an instance is enabled for stop protection. For more information, see Stop Protection.

", "ModifyNetworkInterfaceAttributeRequest$SourceDestCheck": "

Enable or disable source/destination checks, which ensure that the instance is either the source or the destination of any traffic that it receives. If the value is true, source/destination checks are enabled; otherwise, they are disabled. The default value is true. You must disable source/destination checks if the instance runs services such as network address translation, routing, or firewalls.

", "ModifySubnetAttributeRequest$AssignIpv6AddressOnCreation": "

Specify true to indicate that network interfaces created in the specified subnet should be assigned an IPv6 address. This includes a network interface that's created when launching an instance into the subnet (the instance therefore receives an IPv6 address).

If you enable the IPv6 addressing feature for your subnet, your network interface or instance only receives an IPv6 address if it's created using version 2016-11-15 or later of the Amazon EC2 API.

", - "ModifySubnetAttributeRequest$MapPublicIpOnLaunch": "

Specify true to indicate that network interfaces attached to instances created in the specified subnet should be assigned a public IPv4 address.

Starting on February 1, 2024, Amazon Web Services will charge for all public IPv4 addresses, including public IPv4 addresses associated with running instances and Elastic IP addresses. For more information, see the Public IPv4 Address tab on the Amazon VPC pricing page.

", + "ModifySubnetAttributeRequest$MapPublicIpOnLaunch": "

Specify true to indicate that network interfaces attached to instances created in the specified subnet should be assigned a public IPv4 address.

Amazon Web Services charges for all public IPv4 addresses, including public IPv4 addresses associated with running instances and Elastic IP addresses. For more information, see the Public IPv4 Address tab on the Amazon VPC pricing page.

", "ModifySubnetAttributeRequest$MapCustomerOwnedIpOnLaunch": "

Specify true to indicate that network interfaces attached to instances created in the specified subnet should be assigned a customer-owned IPv4 address.

When this value is true, you must specify the customer-owned IP pool using CustomerOwnedIpv4Pool.

", "ModifySubnetAttributeRequest$EnableDns64": "

Indicates whether DNS queries made to the Amazon-provided DNS Resolver in this subnet should return synthetic IPv6 addresses for IPv4-only destinations.

", "ModifySubnetAttributeRequest$EnableResourceNameDnsARecordOnLaunch": "

Indicates whether to respond to DNS queries for instance hostnames with DNS A records.

", @@ -1946,7 +1946,7 @@ "base": null, "refs": { "CreateImageRequest$BlockDeviceMappings": "

The block device mappings.

When using the CreateImage action:

", - "RegisterImageRequest$BlockDeviceMappings": "

The block device mapping entries.

If you specify an Amazon EBS volume using the ID of an Amazon EBS snapshot, you can't specify the encryption state of the volume.

If you create an AMI on an Outpost, then all backing snapshots must be on the same Outpost or in the Region of that Outpost. AMIs on an Outpost that include local snapshots can be used to launch instances on the same Outpost only. For more information, Amazon EBS local snapshots on Outposts in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

", + "RegisterImageRequest$BlockDeviceMappings": "

The block device mapping entries.

If you specify an Amazon EBS volume using the ID of an Amazon EBS snapshot, you can't specify the encryption state of the volume.

If you create an AMI on an Outpost, then all backing snapshots must be on the same Outpost or in the Region of that Outpost. AMIs on an Outpost that include local snapshots can be used to launch instances on the same Outpost only. For more information, Amazon EBS local snapshots on Outposts in the Amazon EBS User Guide.

", "RunInstancesRequest$BlockDeviceMappings": "

The block device mapping, which defines the EBS volumes and instance store volumes to attach to the instance at launch. For more information, see Block device mappings in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

" } }, @@ -2027,10 +2027,10 @@ "ConnectionLogOptions$Enabled": "

Indicates whether connection logging is enabled.

", "ConnectionLogResponseOptions$Enabled": "

Indicates whether client connection logging is enabled for the Client VPN endpoint.

", "CopyFpgaImageRequest$DryRun": "

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

", - "CopyImageRequest$Encrypted": "

Specifies whether the destination snapshots of the copied image should be encrypted. You can encrypt a copy of an unencrypted snapshot, but you cannot create an unencrypted copy of an encrypted snapshot. The default KMS key for Amazon EBS is used unless you specify a non-default Key Management Service (KMS) KMS key using KmsKeyId. For more information, see Amazon EBS encryption in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

", + "CopyImageRequest$Encrypted": "

Specifies whether the destination snapshots of the copied image should be encrypted. You can encrypt a copy of an unencrypted snapshot, but you cannot create an unencrypted copy of an encrypted snapshot. The default KMS key for Amazon EBS is used unless you specify a non-default Key Management Service (KMS) KMS key using KmsKeyId. For more information, see Amazon EBS encryption in the Amazon EBS User Guide.

", "CopyImageRequest$DryRun": "

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

", "CopyImageRequest$CopyImageTags": "

Indicates whether to include your user-defined AMI tags when copying the AMI.

The following tags will not be copied:

Default: Your user-defined AMI tags are not copied.

", - "CopySnapshotRequest$Encrypted": "

To encrypt a copy of an unencrypted snapshot if encryption by default is not enabled, enable encryption using this parameter. Otherwise, omit this parameter. Encrypted snapshots are encrypted, even if you omit this parameter and encryption by default is not enabled. You cannot set this parameter to false. For more information, see Amazon EBS encryption in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.

", + "CopySnapshotRequest$Encrypted": "

To encrypt a copy of an unencrypted snapshot if encryption by default is not enabled, enable encryption using this parameter. Otherwise, omit this parameter. Encrypted snapshots are encrypted, even if you omit this parameter and encryption by default is not enabled. You cannot set this parameter to false. For more information, see Amazon EBS encryption in the Amazon EBS User Guide.

", "CopySnapshotRequest$DryRun": "

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

", "CreateCapacityReservationFleetRequest$DryRun": "

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

", "CreateCapacityReservationRequest$EbsOptimized": "

Indicates whether the Capacity Reservation supports EBS-optimized instances. This optimization provides dedicated throughput to Amazon EBS and an optimized configuration stack to provide optimal I/O performance. This optimization isn't available with all instance types. Additional usage charges apply when using an EBS- optimized instance.

", @@ -2122,9 +2122,9 @@ "CreateVerifiedAccessInstanceRequest$DryRun": "

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

", "CreateVerifiedAccessInstanceRequest$FIPSEnabled": "

Enable or disable support for Federal Information Processing Standards (FIPS) on the instance.

", "CreateVerifiedAccessTrustProviderRequest$DryRun": "

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

", - "CreateVolumeRequest$Encrypted": "

Indicates whether the volume should be encrypted. The effect of setting the encryption state to true depends on the volume origin (new or from a snapshot), starting encryption state, ownership, and whether encryption by default is enabled. For more information, see Encryption by default in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.

Encrypted Amazon EBS volumes must be attached to instances that support Amazon EBS encryption. For more information, see Supported instance types.

", + "CreateVolumeRequest$Encrypted": "

Indicates whether the volume should be encrypted. The effect of setting the encryption state to true depends on the volume origin (new or from a snapshot), starting encryption state, ownership, and whether encryption by default is enabled. For more information, see Encryption by default in the Amazon EBS User Guide.

Encrypted Amazon EBS volumes must be attached to instances that support Amazon EBS encryption. For more information, see Supported instance types.

", "CreateVolumeRequest$DryRun": "

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

", - "CreateVolumeRequest$MultiAttachEnabled": "

Indicates whether to enable Amazon EBS Multi-Attach. If you enable Multi-Attach, you can attach the volume to up to 16 Instances built on the Nitro System in the same Availability Zone. This parameter is supported with io1 and io2 volumes only. For more information, see Amazon EBS Multi-Attach in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.

", + "CreateVolumeRequest$MultiAttachEnabled": "

Indicates whether to enable Amazon EBS Multi-Attach. If you enable Multi-Attach, you can attach the volume to up to 16 Instances built on the Nitro System in the same Availability Zone. This parameter is supported with io1 and io2 volumes only. For more information, see Amazon EBS Multi-Attach in the Amazon EBS User Guide.

", "CreateVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationRequest$DryRun": "

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

", "CreateVpcEndpointRequest$DryRun": "

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

", "CreateVpcEndpointRequest$PrivateDnsEnabled": "

(Interface endpoint) Indicates whether to associate a private hosted zone with the specified VPC. The private hosted zone contains a record set for the default public DNS name for the service for the Region (for example, kinesis.us-east-1.amazonaws.com), which resolves to the private IP addresses of the endpoint network interfaces in the VPC. This enables you to make requests to the default public DNS name for the service instead of the public DNS names that are automatically generated by the VPC endpoint service.

To use a private hosted zone, you must set the following VPC attributes to true: enableDnsHostnames and enableDnsSupport. Use ModifyVpcAttribute to set the VPC attributes.

Default: true

", @@ -2429,7 +2429,7 @@ "DnsOptionsSpecification$PrivateDnsOnlyForInboundResolverEndpoint": "

Indicates whether to enable private DNS only for inbound endpoints. This option is available only for services that support both gateway and interface endpoints. It routes traffic that originates from the VPC to the gateway endpoint and traffic that originates from on-premises to the interface endpoint.

", "DnsServersOptionsModifyStructure$Enabled": "

Indicates whether DNS servers should be used. Specify False to delete the existing DNS servers.

", "EbsBlockDevice$DeleteOnTermination": "

Indicates whether the EBS volume is deleted on instance termination. For more information, see Preserving Amazon EBS volumes on instance termination in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

", - "EbsBlockDevice$Encrypted": "

Indicates whether the encryption state of an EBS volume is changed while being restored from a backing snapshot. The effect of setting the encryption state to true depends on the volume origin (new or from a snapshot), starting encryption state, ownership, and whether encryption by default is enabled. For more information, see Amazon EBS encryption in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

In no case can you remove encryption from an encrypted volume.

Encrypted volumes can only be attached to instances that support Amazon EBS encryption. For more information, see Supported instance types.

This parameter is not returned by DescribeImageAttribute.

For CreateImage and RegisterImage, whether you can include this parameter, and the allowed values differ depending on the type of block device mapping you are creating.

", + "EbsBlockDevice$Encrypted": "

Indicates whether the encryption state of an EBS volume is changed while being restored from a backing snapshot. The effect of setting the encryption state to true depends on the volume origin (new or from a snapshot), starting encryption state, ownership, and whether encryption by default is enabled. For more information, see Amazon EBS encryption in the Amazon EBS User Guide.

In no case can you remove encryption from an encrypted volume.

Encrypted volumes can only be attached to instances that support Amazon EBS encryption. For more information, see Supported instance types.

This parameter is not returned by DescribeImageAttribute.

For CreateImage and RegisterImage, whether you can include this parameter, and the allowed values differ depending on the type of block device mapping you are creating.

", "EbsInstanceBlockDevice$DeleteOnTermination": "

Indicates whether the volume is deleted on instance termination.

", "EbsInstanceBlockDeviceSpecification$DeleteOnTermination": "

Indicates whether the volume is deleted on instance termination.

", "Ec2InstanceConnectEndpoint$PreserveClientIp": "

Indicates whether your client's IP address is preserved as the source. The value is true or false.

Default: true

", @@ -2553,7 +2553,7 @@ "InstanceIpv6Address$IsPrimaryIpv6": "

Determines if an IPv6 address associated with a network interface is the primary IPv6 address. When you enable an IPv6 GUA address to be a primary IPv6, the first IPv6 GUA will be made the primary IPv6 address until the instance is terminated or the network interface is detached. For more information, see RunInstances.

", "InstanceNetworkInterface$SourceDestCheck": "

Indicates whether source/destination checking is enabled.

", "InstanceNetworkInterfaceAttachment$DeleteOnTermination": "

Indicates whether the network interface is deleted when the instance is terminated.

", - "InstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification$AssociatePublicIpAddress": "

Indicates whether to assign a public IPv4 address to an instance you launch in a VPC. The public IP address can only be assigned to a network interface for eth0, and can only be assigned to a new network interface, not an existing one. You cannot specify more than one network interface in the request. If launching into a default subnet, the default value is true.

Starting on February 1, 2024, Amazon Web Services will charge for all public IPv4 addresses, including public IPv4 addresses associated with running instances and Elastic IP addresses. For more information, see the Public IPv4 Address tab on the Amazon VPC pricing page.

", + "InstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification$AssociatePublicIpAddress": "

Indicates whether to assign a public IPv4 address to an instance you launch in a VPC. The public IP address can only be assigned to a network interface for eth0, and can only be assigned to a new network interface, not an existing one. You cannot specify more than one network interface in the request. If launching into a default subnet, the default value is true.

Amazon Web Services charges for all public IPv4 addresses, including public IPv4 addresses associated with running instances and Elastic IP addresses. For more information, see the Public IPv4 Address tab on the Amazon VPC pricing page.

", "InstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification$DeleteOnTermination": "

If set to true, the interface is deleted when the instance is terminated. You can specify true only if creating a new network interface when launching an instance.

", "InstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification$AssociateCarrierIpAddress": "

Indicates whether to assign a carrier IP address to the network interface.

You can only assign a carrier IP address to a network interface that is in a subnet in a Wavelength Zone. For more information about carrier IP addresses, see Carrier IP address in the Amazon Web Services Wavelength Developer Guide.

", "InstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification$PrimaryIpv6": "

The primary IPv6 address of the network interface. When you enable an IPv6 GUA address to be a primary IPv6, the first IPv6 GUA will be made the primary IPv6 address until the instance is terminated or the network interface is detached. For more information about primary IPv6 addresses, see RunInstances.

", @@ -2579,11 +2579,11 @@ "LaunchTemplateHibernationOptions$Configured": "

If this parameter is set to true, the instance is enabled for hibernation; otherwise, it is not enabled for hibernation.

", "LaunchTemplateHibernationOptionsRequest$Configured": "

If you set this parameter to true, the instance is enabled for hibernation.

Default: false

", "LaunchTemplateInstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification$AssociateCarrierIpAddress": "

Indicates whether to associate a Carrier IP address with eth0 for a new network interface.

Use this option when you launch an instance in a Wavelength Zone and want to associate a Carrier IP address with the network interface. For more information about Carrier IP addresses, see Carrier IP addresses in the Wavelength Developer Guide.

", - "LaunchTemplateInstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification$AssociatePublicIpAddress": "

Indicates whether to associate a public IPv4 address with eth0 for a new network interface.

Starting on February 1, 2024, Amazon Web Services will charge for all public IPv4 addresses, including public IPv4 addresses associated with running instances and Elastic IP addresses. For more information, see the Public IPv4 Address tab on the Amazon VPC pricing page.

", + "LaunchTemplateInstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification$AssociatePublicIpAddress": "

Indicates whether to associate a public IPv4 address with eth0 for a new network interface.

Amazon Web Services charges for all public IPv4 addresses, including public IPv4 addresses associated with running instances and Elastic IP addresses. For more information, see the Public IPv4 Address tab on the Amazon VPC pricing page.

", "LaunchTemplateInstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification$DeleteOnTermination": "

Indicates whether the network interface is deleted when the instance is terminated.

", "LaunchTemplateInstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification$PrimaryIpv6": "

The primary IPv6 address of the network interface. When you enable an IPv6 GUA address to be a primary IPv6, the first IPv6 GUA will be made the primary IPv6 address until the instance is terminated or the network interface is detached. For more information about primary IPv6 addresses, see RunInstances.

", "LaunchTemplateInstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecificationRequest$AssociateCarrierIpAddress": "

Associates a Carrier IP address with eth0 for a new network interface.

Use this option when you launch an instance in a Wavelength Zone and want to associate a Carrier IP address with the network interface. For more information about Carrier IP addresses, see Carrier IP addresses in the Wavelength Developer Guide.

", - "LaunchTemplateInstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecificationRequest$AssociatePublicIpAddress": "

Associates a public IPv4 address with eth0 for a new network interface.

Starting on February 1, 2024, Amazon Web Services will charge for all public IPv4 addresses, including public IPv4 addresses associated with running instances and Elastic IP addresses. For more information, see the Public IPv4 Address tab on the Amazon VPC pricing page.

", + "LaunchTemplateInstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecificationRequest$AssociatePublicIpAddress": "

Associates a public IPv4 address with eth0 for a new network interface.

Amazon Web Services charges for all public IPv4 addresses, including public IPv4 addresses associated with running instances and Elastic IP addresses. For more information, see the Public IPv4 Address tab on the Amazon VPC pricing page.

", "LaunchTemplateInstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecificationRequest$DeleteOnTermination": "

Indicates whether the network interface is deleted when the instance is terminated.

", "LaunchTemplateInstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecificationRequest$PrimaryIpv6": "

The primary IPv6 address of the network interface. When you enable an IPv6 GUA address to be a primary IPv6, the first IPv6 GUA will be made the primary IPv6 address until the instance is terminated or the network interface is detached. For more information about primary IPv6 addresses, see RunInstances.

", "LaunchTemplatePrivateDnsNameOptions$EnableResourceNameDnsARecord": "

Indicates whether to respond to DNS queries for instance hostnames with DNS A records.

", @@ -2667,7 +2667,7 @@ "ModifyVerifiedAccessTrustProviderRequest$DryRun": "

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

", "ModifyVolumeAttributeRequest$DryRun": "

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

", "ModifyVolumeRequest$DryRun": "

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

", - "ModifyVolumeRequest$MultiAttachEnabled": "

Specifies whether to enable Amazon EBS Multi-Attach. If you enable Multi-Attach, you can attach the volume to up to 16 Nitro-based instances in the same Availability Zone. This parameter is supported with io1 and io2 volumes only. For more information, see Amazon EBS Multi-Attach in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.

", + "ModifyVolumeRequest$MultiAttachEnabled": "

Specifies whether to enable Amazon EBS Multi-Attach. If you enable Multi-Attach, you can attach the volume to up to 16 Nitro-based instances in the same Availability Zone. This parameter is supported with io1 and io2 volumes only. For more information, see Amazon EBS Multi-Attach in the Amazon EBS User Guide.

", "ModifyVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationRequest$DryRun": "

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

", "ModifyVpcEndpointConnectionNotificationResult$ReturnValue": "

Returns true if the request succeeds; otherwise, it returns an error.

", "ModifyVpcEndpointRequest$DryRun": "

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

", @@ -2844,7 +2844,7 @@ "StopInstancesRequest$DryRun": "

Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without actually making the request, and provides an error response. If you have the required permissions, the error response is DryRunOperation. Otherwise, it is UnauthorizedOperation.

", "StopInstancesRequest$Force": "

Forces the instances to stop. The instances do not have an opportunity to flush file system caches or file system metadata. If you use this option, you must perform file system check and repair procedures. This option is not recommended for Windows instances.

Default: false

", "Subnet$DefaultForAz": "

Indicates whether this is the default subnet for the Availability Zone.

", - "Subnet$MapPublicIpOnLaunch": "

Indicates whether instances launched in this subnet receive a public IPv4 address.

Starting on February 1, 2024, Amazon Web Services will charge for all public IPv4 addresses, including public IPv4 addresses associated with running instances and Elastic IP addresses. For more information, see the Public IPv4 Address tab on the Amazon VPC pricing page.

", + "Subnet$MapPublicIpOnLaunch": "

Indicates whether instances launched in this subnet receive a public IPv4 address.

Amazon Web Services charges for all public IPv4 addresses, including public IPv4 addresses associated with running instances and Elastic IP addresses. For more information, see the Public IPv4 Address tab on the Amazon VPC pricing page.

", "Subnet$MapCustomerOwnedIpOnLaunch": "

Indicates whether a network interface created in this subnet (including a network interface created by RunInstances) receives a customer-owned IPv4 address.

", "Subnet$AssignIpv6AddressOnCreation": "

Indicates whether a network interface created in this subnet (including a network interface created by RunInstances) receives an IPv6 address.

", "Subnet$EnableDns64": "

Indicates whether DNS queries made to the Amazon-provided DNS Resolver in this subnet should return synthetic IPv6 addresses for IPv4-only destinations.

", @@ -9376,7 +9376,7 @@ "base": null, "refs": { "DescribeAddressesRequest$Filters": "

One or more filters. Filter names and values are case-sensitive.

", - "DescribeAvailabilityZonesRequest$Filters": "

The filters.

", + "DescribeAvailabilityZonesRequest$Filters": "

The filters.

", "DescribeAwsNetworkPerformanceMetricSubscriptionsRequest$Filters": "

One or more filters.

", "DescribeBundleTasksRequest$Filters": "

The filters.

", "DescribeCapacityReservationFleetsRequest$Filters": "

One or more filters.

", @@ -11664,8 +11664,8 @@ "InstanceMetadataProtocolState": { "base": null, "refs": { - "InstanceMetadataOptionsRequest$HttpProtocolIpv6": "

Enables or disables the IPv6 endpoint for the instance metadata service.

", - "InstanceMetadataOptionsResponse$HttpProtocolIpv6": "

Indicates whether the IPv6 endpoint for the instance metadata service is enabled or disabled.

", + "InstanceMetadataOptionsRequest$HttpProtocolIpv6": "

Enables or disables the IPv6 endpoint for the instance metadata service.

Default: disabled

", + "InstanceMetadataOptionsResponse$HttpProtocolIpv6": "

Indicates whether the IPv6 endpoint for the instance metadata service is enabled or disabled.

Default: disabled

", "ModifyInstanceMetadataOptionsRequest$HttpProtocolIpv6": "

Enables or disables the IPv6 endpoint for the instance metadata service. Applies only if you enabled the HTTP metadata endpoint.

" } }, @@ -11674,7 +11674,7 @@ "refs": { "InstanceMetadataOptionsRequest$InstanceMetadataTags": "

Set to enabled to allow access to instance tags from the instance metadata. Set to disabled to turn off access to instance tags from the instance metadata. For more information, see Work with instance tags using the instance metadata.

Default: disabled

", "InstanceMetadataOptionsResponse$InstanceMetadataTags": "

Indicates whether access to instance tags from the instance metadata is enabled or disabled. For more information, see Work with instance tags using the instance metadata.

", - "ModifyInstanceMetadataOptionsRequest$InstanceMetadataTags": "

Set to enabled to allow access to instance tags from the instance metadata. Set to disabled to turn off access to instance tags from the instance metadata. For more information, see Work with instance tags using the instance metadata.

Default: disabled

" + "ModifyInstanceMetadataOptionsRequest$InstanceMetadataTags": "

Set to enabled to allow access to instance tags from the instance metadata. Set to disabled to turn off access to instance tags from the instance metadata. For more information, see Work with instance tags using the instance metadata.

" } }, "InstanceMonitoring": { @@ -12015,10 +12015,10 @@ "AttachNetworkInterfaceRequest$DeviceIndex": "

The index of the device for the network interface attachment.

", "AttachNetworkInterfaceRequest$NetworkCardIndex": "

The index of the network card. Some instance types support multiple network cards. The primary network interface must be assigned to network card index 0. The default is network card index 0.

", "AttachNetworkInterfaceResult$NetworkCardIndex": "

The index of the network card.

", - "AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgressRequest$FromPort": "

Not supported. Use a set of IP permissions to specify the port.

", - "AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgressRequest$ToPort": "

Not supported. Use a set of IP permissions to specify the port.

", - "AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngressRequest$FromPort": "

If the protocol is TCP or UDP, this is the start of the port range. If the protocol is ICMP, this is the type number. A value of -1 indicates all ICMP types. If you specify all ICMP types, you must specify all ICMP codes.

Alternatively, use a set of IP permissions to specify multiple rules and a description for the rule.

", - "AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngressRequest$ToPort": "

If the protocol is TCP or UDP, this is the end of the port range. If the protocol is ICMP, this is the code. A value of -1 indicates all ICMP codes. If you specify all ICMP types, you must specify all ICMP codes.

Alternatively, use a set of IP permissions to specify multiple rules and a description for the rule.

", + "AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgressRequest$FromPort": "

Not supported. Use IP permissions instead.

", + "AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgressRequest$ToPort": "

Not supported. Use IP permissions instead.

", + "AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngressRequest$FromPort": "

If the protocol is TCP or UDP, this is the start of the port range. If the protocol is ICMP, this is the ICMP type or -1 (all ICMP types).

To specify multiple rules and descriptions for the rules, use IP permissions instead.

", + "AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngressRequest$ToPort": "

If the protocol is TCP or UDP, this is the end of the port range. If the protocol is ICMP, this is the ICMP code or -1 (all ICMP codes). If the start port is -1 (all ICMP types), then the end port must be -1 (all ICMP codes).

To specify multiple rules and descriptions for the rules, use IP permissions instead.

", "AvailableCapacity$AvailableVCpus": "

The number of vCPUs available for launching instances onto the Dedicated Host.

", "BaselineEbsBandwidthMbps$Min": "

The minimum baseline bandwidth, in Mbps. If this parameter is not specified, there is no minimum limit.

", "BaselineEbsBandwidthMbps$Max": "

The maximum baseline bandwidth, in Mbps. If this parameter is not specified, there is no maximum limit.

", @@ -12139,7 +12139,7 @@ "InstanceCapacity$TotalCapacity": "

The total number of instances that can be launched onto the Dedicated Host if there are no instances running on it.

", "InstanceCount$InstanceCount": "

The number of listed Reserved Instances in the state specified by the state.

", "InstanceMetadataOptionsRequest$HttpPutResponseHopLimit": "

The desired HTTP PUT response hop limit for instance metadata requests. The larger the number, the further instance metadata requests can travel.

Default: 1

Possible values: Integers from 1 to 64

", - "InstanceMetadataOptionsResponse$HttpPutResponseHopLimit": "

The desired HTTP PUT response hop limit for instance metadata requests. The larger the number, the further instance metadata requests can travel.

Default: 1

Possible values: Integers from 1 to 64

", + "InstanceMetadataOptionsResponse$HttpPutResponseHopLimit": "

The desired HTTP PUT response hop limit for instance metadata requests. The larger the number, the further instance metadata requests can travel.

Default: 1

Possible values: Integers from 1 to 64

", "InstanceNetworkInterfaceAttachment$DeviceIndex": "

The index of the device on the instance for the network interface attachment.

", "InstanceNetworkInterfaceAttachment$NetworkCardIndex": "

The index of the network card.

", "InstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification$DeviceIndex": "

The position of the network interface in the attachment order. A primary network interface has a device index of 0.

If you specify a network interface when launching an instance, you must specify the device index.

", @@ -12156,8 +12156,8 @@ "InstanceRequirementsRequest$MaxSpotPriceAsPercentageOfOptimalOnDemandPrice": "

[Price protection] The price protection threshold for Spot Instances, as a percentage of an identified On-Demand price. The identified On-Demand price is the price of the lowest priced current generation C, M, or R instance type with your specified attributes. If no current generation C, M, or R instance type matches your attributes, then the identified price is from the lowest priced current generation instance types, and failing that, from the lowest priced previous generation instance types that match your attributes. When Amazon EC2 selects instance types with your attributes, it will exclude instance types whose price exceeds your specified threshold.

The parameter accepts an integer, which Amazon EC2 interprets as a percentage.

If you set DesiredCapacityType to vcpu or memory-mib, the price protection threshold is based on the per vCPU or per memory price instead of the per instance price.

Only one of SpotMaxPricePercentageOverLowestPrice or MaxSpotPriceAsPercentageOfOptimalOnDemandPrice can be specified. If you don't specify either, Amazon EC2 will automatically apply optimal price protection to consistently select from a wide range of instance types. To indicate no price protection threshold for Spot Instances, meaning you want to consider all instance types that match your attributes, include one of these parameters and specify a high value, such as 999999.

", "InstanceState$Code": "

The state of the instance as a 16-bit unsigned integer.

The high byte is all of the bits between 2^8 and (2^16)-1, which equals decimal values between 256 and 65,535. These numerical values are used for internal purposes and should be ignored.

The low byte is all of the bits between 2^0 and (2^8)-1, which equals decimal values between 0 and 255.

The valid values for instance-state-code will all be in the range of the low byte and they are:

You can ignore the high byte value by zeroing out all of the bits above 2^8 or 256 in decimal.

", "InstanceUsage$UsedInstanceCount": "

The number of instances the Amazon Web Services account currently has in the Capacity Reservation.

", - "IpPermission$FromPort": "

If the protocol is TCP or UDP, this is the start of the port range. If the protocol is ICMP or ICMPv6, this is the type number. A value of -1 indicates all ICMP/ICMPv6 types. If you specify all ICMP/ICMPv6 types, you must specify all ICMP/ICMPv6 codes.

", - "IpPermission$ToPort": "

If the protocol is TCP or UDP, this is the end of the port range. If the protocol is ICMP or ICMPv6, this is the code. A value of -1 indicates all ICMP/ICMPv6 codes. If you specify all ICMP/ICMPv6 types, you must specify all ICMP/ICMPv6 codes.

", + "IpPermission$FromPort": "

If the protocol is TCP or UDP, this is the start of the port range. If the protocol is ICMP or ICMPv6, this is the ICMP type or -1 (all ICMP types).

", + "IpPermission$ToPort": "

If the protocol is TCP or UDP, this is the end of the port range. If the protocol is ICMP or ICMPv6, this is the ICMP code or -1 (all ICMP codes). If the start port is -1 (all ICMP types), then the end port must be -1 (all ICMP codes).

", "Ipam$ScopeCount": "

The number of scopes in the IPAM. The scope quota is 5. For more information on quotas, see Quotas in IPAM in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide.

", "Ipam$ResourceDiscoveryAssociationCount": "

The IPAM's resource discovery association count.

", "IpamPool$PoolDepth": "

The depth of pools in your IPAM pool. The pool depth quota is 10. For more information, see Quotas in IPAM in the Amazon VPC IPAM User Guide.

", @@ -12265,8 +12265,8 @@ "RestoreSnapshotTierResult$RestoreDuration": "

For temporary restores only. The number of days for which the archived snapshot is temporarily restored.

", "RevokeSecurityGroupEgressRequest$FromPort": "

Not supported. Use a set of IP permissions to specify the port.

", "RevokeSecurityGroupEgressRequest$ToPort": "

Not supported. Use a set of IP permissions to specify the port.

", - "RevokeSecurityGroupIngressRequest$FromPort": "

If the protocol is TCP or UDP, this is the start of the port range. If the protocol is ICMP, this is the type number. A value of -1 indicates all ICMP types.

", - "RevokeSecurityGroupIngressRequest$ToPort": "

If the protocol is TCP or UDP, this is the end of the port range. If the protocol is ICMP, this is the code. A value of -1 indicates all ICMP codes.

", + "RevokeSecurityGroupIngressRequest$FromPort": "

If the protocol is TCP or UDP, this is the start of the port range. If the protocol is ICMP, this is the ICMP type or -1 (all ICMP types).

", + "RevokeSecurityGroupIngressRequest$ToPort": "

If the protocol is TCP or UDP, this is the end of the port range. If the protocol is ICMP, this is the ICMP code or -1 (all ICMP codes).

", "RunInstancesRequest$Ipv6AddressCount": "

The number of IPv6 addresses to associate with the primary network interface. Amazon EC2 chooses the IPv6 addresses from the range of your subnet. You cannot specify this option and the option to assign specific IPv6 addresses in the same request. You can specify this option if you've specified a minimum number of instances to launch.

You cannot specify this option and the network interfaces option in the same request.

", "RunInstancesRequest$MaxCount": "

The maximum number of instances to launch. If you specify more instances than Amazon EC2 can launch in the target Availability Zone, Amazon EC2 launches the largest possible number of instances above MinCount.

Constraints: Between 1 and the maximum number you're allowed for the specified instance type. For more information about the default limits, and how to request an increase, see How many instances can I run in Amazon EC2 in the Amazon EC2 FAQ.

", "RunInstancesRequest$MinCount": "

The minimum number of instances to launch. If you specify a minimum that is more instances than Amazon EC2 can launch in the target Availability Zone, Amazon EC2 launches no instances.

Constraints: Between 1 and the maximum number you're allowed for the specified instance type. For more information about the default limits, and how to request an increase, see How many instances can I run in Amazon EC2 in the Amazon EC2 General FAQ.

", @@ -12286,10 +12286,10 @@ "ScheduledInstancesNetworkInterface$DeviceIndex": "

The index of the device for the network interface attachment.

", "ScheduledInstancesNetworkInterface$Ipv6AddressCount": "

The number of IPv6 addresses to assign to the network interface. The IPv6 addresses are automatically selected from the subnet range.

", "ScheduledInstancesNetworkInterface$SecondaryPrivateIpAddressCount": "

The number of secondary private IPv4 addresses.

", - "SecurityGroupRule$FromPort": "

If the protocol is TCP or UDP, this is the start of the port range. If the protocol is ICMP or ICMPv6, this is the type number. A value of -1 indicates all ICMP/ICMPv6 types. If you specify all ICMP/ICMPv6 types, you must specify all ICMP/ICMPv6 codes.

", - "SecurityGroupRule$ToPort": "

If the protocol is TCP or UDP, this is the end of the port range. If the protocol is ICMP or ICMPv6, this is the type number. A value of -1 indicates all ICMP/ICMPv6 codes. If you specify all ICMP/ICMPv6 types, you must specify all ICMP/ICMPv6 codes.

", - "SecurityGroupRuleRequest$FromPort": "

If the protocol is TCP or UDP, this is the start of the port range. If the protocol is ICMP or ICMPv6, this is the type number. A value of -1 indicates all ICMP/ICMPv6 types. If you specify all ICMP/ICMPv6 types, you must specify all ICMP/ICMPv6 codes.

", - "SecurityGroupRuleRequest$ToPort": "

If the protocol is TCP or UDP, this is the end of the port range. If the protocol is ICMP or ICMPv6, this is the code. A value of -1 indicates all ICMP/ICMPv6 codes. If you specify all ICMP/ICMPv6 types, you must specify all ICMP/ICMPv6 codes.

", + "SecurityGroupRule$FromPort": "

If the protocol is TCP or UDP, this is the start of the port range. If the protocol is ICMP or ICMPv6, this is the ICMP type or -1 (all ICMP types).

", + "SecurityGroupRule$ToPort": "

If the protocol is TCP or UDP, this is the end of the port range. If the protocol is ICMP or ICMPv6, this is the ICMP code or -1 (all ICMP codes). If the start port is -1 (all ICMP types), then the end port must be -1 (all ICMP codes).

", + "SecurityGroupRuleRequest$FromPort": "

If the protocol is TCP or UDP, this is the start of the port range. If the protocol is ICMP or ICMPv6, this is the ICMP type or -1 (all ICMP types).

", + "SecurityGroupRuleRequest$ToPort": "

If the protocol is TCP or UDP, this is the end of the port range. If the protocol is ICMP or ICMPv6, this is the ICMP code or -1 (all ICMP codes). If the start port is -1 (all ICMP types), then the end port must be -1 (all ICMP codes).

", "Snapshot$VolumeSize": "

The size of the volume, in GiB.

", "SnapshotInfo$VolumeSize": "

Size of the volume from which this snapshot was created.

", "SnapshotTierStatus$LastTieringProgress": "

The progress of the last archive or restore process, as a percentage.

", @@ -12304,8 +12304,8 @@ "SpotOptionsRequest$InstancePoolsToUseCount": "

The number of Spot pools across which to allocate your target Spot capacity. Supported only when Spot AllocationStrategy is set to lowest-price. EC2 Fleet selects the cheapest Spot pools and evenly allocates your target Spot capacity across the number of Spot pools that you specify.

Note that EC2 Fleet attempts to draw Spot Instances from the number of pools that you specify on a best effort basis. If a pool runs out of Spot capacity before fulfilling your target capacity, EC2 Fleet will continue to fulfill your request by drawing from the next cheapest pool. To ensure that your target capacity is met, you might receive Spot Instances from more than the number of pools that you specified. Similarly, if most of the pools have no Spot capacity, you might receive your full target capacity from fewer than the number of pools that you specified.

", "SpotOptionsRequest$MinTargetCapacity": "

The minimum target capacity for Spot Instances in the fleet. If the minimum target capacity is not reached, the fleet launches no instances.

Supported only for fleets of type instant.

At least one of the following must be specified: SingleAvailabilityZone | SingleInstanceType

", "SpotPlacementScore$Score": "

The placement score, on a scale from 1 to 10. A score of 10 indicates that your Spot request is highly likely to succeed in this Region or Availability Zone. A score of 1 indicates that your Spot request is not likely to succeed.

", - "StaleIpPermission$FromPort": "

The start of the port range for the TCP and UDP protocols, or an ICMP type number. A value of -1 indicates all ICMP types.

", - "StaleIpPermission$ToPort": "

The end of the port range for the TCP and UDP protocols, or an ICMP type number. A value of -1 indicates all ICMP types.

", + "StaleIpPermission$FromPort": "

If the protocol is TCP or UDP, this is the start of the port range. If the protocol is ICMP or ICMPv6, this is the ICMP type or -1 (all ICMP types).

", + "StaleIpPermission$ToPort": "

If the protocol is TCP or UDP, this is the end of the port range. If the protocol is ICMP or ICMPv6, this is the ICMP code or -1 (all ICMP codes).

", "StoreImageTaskResult$ProgressPercentage": "

The progress of the task as a percentage.

", "Subnet$AvailableIpAddressCount": "

The number of unused private IPv4 addresses in the subnet. The IPv4 addresses for any stopped instances are considered unavailable.

", "Subnet$EnableLniAtDeviceIndex": "

Indicates the device position for local network interfaces in this subnet. For example, 1 indicates local network interfaces in this subnet are the secondary network interface (eth1).

", @@ -12466,7 +12466,7 @@ } }, "IpPermission": { - "base": "

Describes a set of permissions for a security group rule.

", + "base": "

Describes the permissions for a security group rule.

", "refs": { "IpPermissionList$member": null } @@ -12474,8 +12474,8 @@ "IpPermissionList": { "base": null, "refs": { - "AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgressRequest$IpPermissions": "

The sets of IP permissions. You can't specify a destination security group and a CIDR IP address range in the same set of permissions.

", - "AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngressRequest$IpPermissions": "

The sets of IP permissions.

", + "AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgressRequest$IpPermissions": "

The permissions for the security group rules.

", + "AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngressRequest$IpPermissions": "

The permissions for the security group rules.

", "RevokeSecurityGroupEgressRequest$IpPermissions": "

The sets of IP permissions. You can't specify a destination security group and a CIDR IP address range in the same set of permissions.

", "RevokeSecurityGroupEgressResult$UnknownIpPermissions": "

The outbound rules that were unknown to the service. In some cases, unknownIpPermissionSet might be in a different format from the request parameter.

", "RevokeSecurityGroupIngressRequest$IpPermissions": "

The sets of IP permissions. You can't specify a source security group and a CIDR IP address range in the same set of permissions.

", @@ -12498,7 +12498,7 @@ } }, "IpRange": { - "base": "

Describes an IPv4 range.

", + "base": "

Describes an IPv4 address range.

", "refs": { "IpRangeList$member": null } @@ -12506,7 +12506,7 @@ "IpRangeList": { "base": null, "refs": { - "IpPermission$IpRanges": "

The IPv4 ranges.

" + "IpPermission$IpRanges": "

The IPv4 address ranges.

" } }, "IpRanges": { @@ -13237,7 +13237,7 @@ } }, "Ipv6Range": { - "base": "

Describes an IPv6 range.

", + "base": "

Describes an IPv6 address range.

", "refs": { "Ipv6RangeList$member": null } @@ -13245,7 +13245,7 @@ "Ipv6RangeList": { "base": null, "refs": { - "IpPermission$Ipv6Ranges": "

The IPv6 ranges.

" + "IpPermission$Ipv6Ranges": "

The IPv6 address ranges.

" } }, "Ipv6SupportValue": { @@ -18273,7 +18273,7 @@ "base": null, "refs": { "AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgressRequest$GroupId": "

The ID of the security group.

", - "AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngressRequest$GroupId": "

The ID of the security group. You must specify either the security group ID or the security group name in the request. For security groups in a nondefault VPC, you must specify the security group ID.

", + "AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngressRequest$GroupId": "

The ID of the security group.

", "ClientVpnSecurityGroupIdSet$member": null, "DeleteSecurityGroupRequest$GroupId": "

The ID of the security group.

", "GroupIdStringList$member": null, @@ -18340,7 +18340,7 @@ "SecurityGroupName": { "base": null, "refs": { - "AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngressRequest$GroupName": "

[Default VPC] The name of the security group. You must specify either the security group ID or the security group name in the request. For security groups in a nondefault VPC, you must specify the security group ID.

", + "AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngressRequest$GroupName": "

[Default VPC] The name of the security group. For security groups for a default VPC you can specify either the ID or the name of the security group. For security groups for a nondefault VPC, you must specify the ID of the security group.

", "DeleteSecurityGroupRequest$GroupName": "

[Default VPC] The name of the security group. You can specify either the security group name or the security group ID. For security groups in a nondefault VPC, you must specify the security group ID.

", "GroupNameStringList$member": null, "RevokeSecurityGroupIngressRequest$GroupName": "

[Default VPC] The name of the security group. You must specify either the security group ID or the security group name in the request. For security groups in a nondefault VPC, you must specify the security group ID.

", @@ -18364,12 +18364,12 @@ "SecurityGroupReferencingSupportValue": { "base": null, "refs": { - "CreateTransitGatewayVpcAttachmentRequestOptions$SecurityGroupReferencingSupport": "

Enables you to reference a security group across VPCs attached to a transit gateway (TGW). Use this option to simplify security group management and control of instance-to-instance traffic across VPCs that are connected by transit gateway. You can also use this option to migrate from VPC peering (which was the only option that supported security group referencing) to transit gateways (which now also support security group referencing). This option is disabled by default and there are no additional costs to use this feature.

If you don't enable or disable SecurityGroupReferencingSupport in the request, the attachment will inherit the security group referencing support setting on the transit gateway.

For important information about this feature, see Create a transit gateway attachment to a VPC in the Amazon Web Services Transit Gateway Guide.

", - "ModifyTransitGatewayOptions$SecurityGroupReferencingSupport": "

Enables you to reference a security group across VPCs attached to a transit gateway (TGW). Use this option to simplify security group management and control of instance-to-instance traffic across VPCs that are connected by transit gateway. You can also use this option to migrate from VPC peering (which was the only option that supported security group referencing) to transit gateways (which now also support security group referencing). This option is disabled by default and there are no additional costs to use this feature.

For important information about this feature, see Create a transit gateway in the Amazon Web Services Transit Gateway Guide.

", - "ModifyTransitGatewayVpcAttachmentRequestOptions$SecurityGroupReferencingSupport": "

Enables you to reference a security group across VPCs attached to a transit gateway (TGW). Use this option to simplify security group management and control of instance-to-instance traffic across VPCs that are connected by transit gateway. You can also use this option to migrate from VPC peering (which was the only option that supported security group referencing) to transit gateways (which now also support security group referencing). This option is disabled by default and there are no additional costs to use this feature.

For important information about this feature, see Create a transit gateway attachment to a VPC in the Amazon Web Services Transit Gateway Guide.

", - "TransitGatewayOptions$SecurityGroupReferencingSupport": "

Enables you to reference a security group across VPCs attached to a transit gateway (TGW). Use this option to simplify security group management and control of instance-to-instance traffic across VPCs that are connected by transit gateway. You can also use this option to migrate from VPC peering (which was the only option that supported security group referencing) to transit gateways (which now also support security group referencing). This option is disabled by default and there are no additional costs to use this feature.

For important information about this feature, see Create a transit gateway in the Amazon Web Services Transit Gateway Guide.

", - "TransitGatewayRequestOptions$SecurityGroupReferencingSupport": "

Enables you to reference a security group across VPCs attached to a transit gateway (TGW). Use this option to simplify security group management and control of instance-to-instance traffic across VPCs that are connected by transit gateway. You can also use this option to migrate from VPC peering (which was the only option that supported security group referencing) to transit gateways (which now also support security group referencing). This option is disabled by default and there are no additional costs to use this feature.

For important information about this feature, see Create a transit gateway in the Amazon Web Services Transit Gateway Guide.

", - "TransitGatewayVpcAttachmentOptions$SecurityGroupReferencingSupport": "

For important information about this feature, see Create a transit gateway attachment to a VPC in the Amazon Web Services Transit Gateway Guide.

" + "CreateTransitGatewayVpcAttachmentRequestOptions$SecurityGroupReferencingSupport": "

This parameter is in preview and may not be available for your account.

Enables you to reference a security group across VPCs attached to a transit gateway. Use this option to simplify security group management and control of instance-to-instance traffic across VPCs that are connected by transit gateway. You can also use this option to migrate from VPC peering (which was the only option that supported security group referencing) to transit gateways (which now also support security group referencing). This option is disabled by default and there are no additional costs to use this feature.

If you don't enable or disable SecurityGroupReferencingSupport in the request, the attachment will inherit the security group referencing support setting on the transit gateway.

", + "ModifyTransitGatewayOptions$SecurityGroupReferencingSupport": "

This parameter is in preview and may not be available for your account.

Enables you to reference a security group across VPCs attached to a transit gateway. Use this option to simplify security group management and control of instance-to-instance traffic across VPCs that are connected by transit gateway. You can also use this option to migrate from VPC peering (which was the only option that supported security group referencing) to transit gateways (which now also support security group referencing). This option is disabled by default and there are no additional costs to use this feature.

", + "ModifyTransitGatewayVpcAttachmentRequestOptions$SecurityGroupReferencingSupport": "

This parameter is in preview and may not be available for your account.

Enables you to reference a security group across VPCs attached to a transit gateway. Use this option to simplify security group management and control of instance-to-instance traffic across VPCs that are connected by transit gateway. You can also use this option to migrate from VPC peering (which was the only option that supported security group referencing) to transit gateways (which now also support security group referencing). This option is disabled by default and there are no additional costs to use this feature.

", + "TransitGatewayOptions$SecurityGroupReferencingSupport": "

This parameter is in preview and may not be available for your account.

Enables you to reference a security group across VPCs attached to a transit gateway. Use this option to simplify security group management and control of instance-to-instance traffic across VPCs that are connected by transit gateway. You can also use this option to migrate from VPC peering (which was the only option that supported security group referencing) to transit gateways (which now also support security group referencing). This option is disabled by default and there are no additional costs to use this feature.

", + "TransitGatewayRequestOptions$SecurityGroupReferencingSupport": "

This parameter is in preview and may not be available for your account.

Enables you to reference a security group across VPCs attached to a transit gateway. Use this option to simplify security group management and control of instance-to-instance traffic across VPCs that are connected by transit gateway. You can also use this option to migrate from VPC peering (which was the only option that supported security group referencing) to transit gateways (which now also support security group referencing). This option is disabled by default and there are no additional costs to use this feature.

", + "TransitGatewayVpcAttachmentOptions$SecurityGroupReferencingSupport": "

This parameter is in preview and may not be available for your account.

Enables you to reference a security group across VPCs attached to a transit gateway. Use this option to simplify security group management and control of instance-to-instance traffic across VPCs that are connected by transit gateway. You can also use this option to migrate from VPC peering (which was the only option that supported security group referencing) to transit gateways (which now also support security group referencing). This option is disabled by default and there are no additional costs to use this feature.

" } }, "SecurityGroupRule": { @@ -19183,14 +19183,14 @@ "AuthorizeClientVpnIngressRequest$AccessGroupId": "

The ID of the group to grant access to, for example, the Active Directory group or identity provider (IdP) group. Required if AuthorizeAllGroups is false or not specified.

", "AuthorizeClientVpnIngressRequest$Description": "

A brief description of the authorization rule.

", "AuthorizeClientVpnIngressRequest$ClientToken": "

Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. For more information, see How to ensure idempotency.

", - "AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgressRequest$CidrIp": "

Not supported. Use a set of IP permissions to specify the CIDR.

", - "AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgressRequest$IpProtocol": "

Not supported. Use a set of IP permissions to specify the protocol name or number.

", - "AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgressRequest$SourceSecurityGroupName": "

Not supported. Use a set of IP permissions to specify a destination security group.

", - "AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgressRequest$SourceSecurityGroupOwnerId": "

Not supported. Use a set of IP permissions to specify a destination security group.

", - "AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngressRequest$CidrIp": "

The IPv4 address range, in CIDR format. You can't specify this parameter when specifying a source security group. To specify an IPv6 address range, use a set of IP permissions.

Alternatively, use a set of IP permissions to specify multiple rules and a description for the rule.

", - "AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngressRequest$IpProtocol": "

The IP protocol name (tcp, udp, icmp) or number (see Protocol Numbers). To specify icmpv6, use a set of IP permissions.

Use -1 to specify all protocols. If you specify -1 or a protocol other than tcp, udp, or icmp, traffic on all ports is allowed, regardless of any ports you specify.

Alternatively, use a set of IP permissions to specify multiple rules and a description for the rule.

", - "AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngressRequest$SourceSecurityGroupName": "

[Default VPC] The name of the source security group. You can't specify this parameter in combination with the following parameters: the CIDR IP address range, the start of the port range, the IP protocol, and the end of the port range. Creates rules that grant full ICMP, UDP, and TCP access. To create a rule with a specific IP protocol and port range, use a set of IP permissions instead. The source security group must be in the same VPC.

", - "AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngressRequest$SourceSecurityGroupOwnerId": "

[Nondefault VPC] The Amazon Web Services account ID for the source security group, if the source security group is in a different account. You can't specify this parameter in combination with the following parameters: the CIDR IP address range, the IP protocol, the start of the port range, and the end of the port range. Creates rules that grant full ICMP, UDP, and TCP access. To create a rule with a specific IP protocol and port range, use a set of IP permissions instead.

", + "AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgressRequest$CidrIp": "

Not supported. Use IP permissions instead.

", + "AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgressRequest$IpProtocol": "

Not supported. Use IP permissions instead.

", + "AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgressRequest$SourceSecurityGroupName": "

Not supported. Use IP permissions instead.

", + "AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgressRequest$SourceSecurityGroupOwnerId": "

Not supported. Use IP permissions instead.

", + "AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngressRequest$CidrIp": "

The IPv4 address range, in CIDR format.

To specify an IPv6 address range, use IP permissions instead.

To specify multiple rules and descriptions for the rules, use IP permissions instead.

", + "AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngressRequest$IpProtocol": "

The IP protocol name (tcp, udp, icmp) or number (see Protocol Numbers). To specify all protocols, use -1.

To specify icmpv6, use IP permissions instead.

If you specify a protocol other than one of the supported values, traffic is allowed on all ports, regardless of any ports that you specify.

To specify multiple rules and descriptions for the rules, use IP permissions instead.

", + "AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngressRequest$SourceSecurityGroupName": "

[Default VPC] The name of the source security group.

The rule grants full ICMP, UDP, and TCP access. To create a rule with a specific protocol and port range, specify a set of IP permissions instead.

", + "AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngressRequest$SourceSecurityGroupOwnerId": "

The Amazon Web Services account ID for the source security group, if the source security group is in a different account.

The rule grants full ICMP, UDP, and TCP access. To create a rule with a specific protocol and port range, use IP permissions instead.

", "AvailabilityZone$RegionName": "

The name of the Region.

", "AvailabilityZone$ZoneName": "

The name of the Availability Zone, Local Zone, or Wavelength Zone.

", "AvailabilityZone$ZoneId": "

The ID of the Availability Zone, Local Zone, or Wavelength Zone.

", @@ -19323,10 +19323,10 @@ "CopyImageRequest$Name": "

The name of the new AMI in the destination Region.

", "CopyImageRequest$SourceImageId": "

The ID of the AMI to copy.

", "CopyImageRequest$SourceRegion": "

The name of the Region that contains the AMI to copy.

", - "CopyImageRequest$DestinationOutpostArn": "

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Outpost to which to copy the AMI. Only specify this parameter when copying an AMI from an Amazon Web Services Region to an Outpost. The AMI must be in the Region of the destination Outpost. You cannot copy an AMI from an Outpost to a Region, from one Outpost to another, or within the same Outpost.

For more information, see Copy AMIs from an Amazon Web Services Region to an Outpost in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

", + "CopyImageRequest$DestinationOutpostArn": "

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Outpost to which to copy the AMI. Only specify this parameter when copying an AMI from an Amazon Web Services Region to an Outpost. The AMI must be in the Region of the destination Outpost. You cannot copy an AMI from an Outpost to a Region, from one Outpost to another, or within the same Outpost.

For more information, see Copy AMIs from an Amazon Web Services Region to an Outpost in the Amazon EBS User Guide.

", "CopyImageResult$ImageId": "

The ID of the new AMI.

", "CopySnapshotRequest$Description": "

A description for the EBS snapshot.

", - "CopySnapshotRequest$DestinationOutpostArn": "

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Outpost to which to copy the snapshot. Only specify this parameter when copying a snapshot from an Amazon Web Services Region to an Outpost. The snapshot must be in the Region for the destination Outpost. You cannot copy a snapshot from an Outpost to a Region, from one Outpost to another, or within the same Outpost.

For more information, see Copy snapshots from an Amazon Web Services Region to an Outpost in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.

", + "CopySnapshotRequest$DestinationOutpostArn": "

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Outpost to which to copy the snapshot. Only specify this parameter when copying a snapshot from an Amazon Web Services Region to an Outpost. The snapshot must be in the Region for the destination Outpost. You cannot copy a snapshot from an Outpost to a Region, from one Outpost to another, or within the same Outpost.

For more information, see Copy snapshots from an Amazon Web Services Region to an Outpost in the Amazon EBS User Guide.

", "CopySnapshotRequest$DestinationRegion": "

The destination Region to use in the PresignedUrl parameter of a snapshot copy operation. This parameter is only valid for specifying the destination Region in a PresignedUrl parameter, where it is required.

The snapshot copy is sent to the regional endpoint that you sent the HTTP request to (for example, ec2.us-east-1.amazonaws.com). With the CLI, this is specified using the --region parameter or the default Region in your Amazon Web Services configuration file.

", "CopySnapshotRequest$SourceRegion": "

The ID of the Region that contains the snapshot to be copied.

", "CopySnapshotRequest$SourceSnapshotId": "

The ID of the EBS snapshot to copy.

", @@ -19358,7 +19358,7 @@ "CreateFleetRequest$ClientToken": "

Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. For more information, see Ensuring idempotency.

", "CreateFleetRequest$Context": "

Reserved.

", "CreateFlowLogsRequest$ClientToken": "

Unique, case-sensitive identifier that you provide to ensure the idempotency of the request. For more information, see How to ensure idempotency.

", - "CreateFlowLogsRequest$DeliverLogsPermissionArn": "

The ARN of the IAM role that allows Amazon EC2 to publish flow logs to a CloudWatch Logs log group in your account.

This parameter is required if the destination type is cloud-watch-logs and unsupported otherwise.

", + "CreateFlowLogsRequest$DeliverLogsPermissionArn": "

The ARN of the IAM role that allows Amazon EC2 to publish flow logs to the log destination.

This parameter is required if the destination type is cloud-watch-logs, or if the destination type is kinesis-data-firehose and the delivery stream and the resources to monitor are in different accounts.

", "CreateFlowLogsRequest$DeliverCrossAccountRole": "

The ARN of the IAM role that allows Amazon EC2 to publish flow logs across accounts.

", "CreateFlowLogsRequest$LogGroupName": "

The name of a new or existing CloudWatch Logs log group where Amazon EC2 publishes your flow logs.

This parameter is valid only if the destination type is cloud-watch-logs.

", "CreateFlowLogsRequest$LogDestination": "

The destination for the flow log data. The meaning of this parameter depends on the destination type.

", @@ -19424,9 +19424,9 @@ "CreateSecurityGroupRequest$GroupName": "

The name of the security group.

Constraints: Up to 255 characters in length. Cannot start with sg-.

Valid characters: a-z, A-Z, 0-9, spaces, and ._-:/()#,@[]+=&;{}!$*

", "CreateSecurityGroupResult$GroupId": "

The ID of the security group.

", "CreateSnapshotRequest$Description": "

A description for the snapshot.

", - "CreateSnapshotRequest$OutpostArn": "

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Outpost on which to create a local snapshot.

For more information, see Create local snapshots from volumes on an Outpost in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.

", + "CreateSnapshotRequest$OutpostArn": "

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Outpost on which to create a local snapshot.

For more information, see Create local snapshots from volumes on an Outpost in the Amazon EBS User Guide.

", "CreateSnapshotsRequest$Description": "

A description propagated to every snapshot specified by the instance.

", - "CreateSnapshotsRequest$OutpostArn": "

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Outpost on which to create the local snapshots.

For more information, see Create multi-volume local snapshots from instances on an Outpost in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.

", + "CreateSnapshotsRequest$OutpostArn": "

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Outpost on which to create the local snapshots.

For more information, see Create multi-volume local snapshots from instances on an Outpost in the Amazon EBS User Guide.

", "CreateSpotDatafeedSubscriptionRequest$Bucket": "

The name of the Amazon S3 bucket in which to store the Spot Instance data feed. For more information about bucket names, see Rules for bucket naming in the Amazon S3 Developer Guide.

", "CreateSpotDatafeedSubscriptionRequest$Prefix": "

The prefix for the data feed file names.

", "CreateStoreImageTaskRequest$Bucket": "

The name of the Amazon S3 bucket in which the AMI object will be stored. The bucket must be in the Region in which the request is being made. The AMI object appears in the bucket only after the upload task has completed.

", @@ -20161,7 +20161,7 @@ "IpList$member": null, "IpPermission$IpProtocol": "

The IP protocol name (tcp, udp, icmp, icmpv6) or number (see Protocol Numbers).

Use -1 to specify all protocols. When authorizing security group rules, specifying -1 or a protocol number other than tcp, udp, icmp, or icmpv6 allows traffic on all ports, regardless of any port range you specify. For tcp, udp, and icmp, you must specify a port range. For icmpv6, the port range is optional; if you omit the port range, traffic for all types and codes is allowed.

", "IpPrefixList$member": null, - "IpRange$CidrIp": "

The IPv4 CIDR range. You can either specify a CIDR range or a source security group, not both. To specify a single IPv4 address, use the /32 prefix length.

", + "IpRange$CidrIp": "

The IPv4 address range. You can either specify a CIDR block or a source security group, not both. To specify a single IPv4 address, use the /32 prefix length.

", "IpRange$Description": "

A description for the security group rule that references this IPv4 address range.

Constraints: Up to 255 characters in length. Allowed characters are a-z, A-Z, 0-9, spaces, and ._-:/()#,@[]+=&;{}!$*

", "IpRanges$member": null, "Ipam$OwnerId": "

The Amazon Web Services account ID of the owner of the IPAM.

", @@ -20251,7 +20251,7 @@ "Ipv6PrefixSpecification$Ipv6Prefix": "

The IPv6 prefix.

", "Ipv6PrefixSpecificationRequest$Ipv6Prefix": "

The IPv6 prefix.

", "Ipv6PrefixSpecificationResponse$Ipv6Prefix": "

The IPv6 delegated prefixes assigned to the network interface.

", - "Ipv6Range$CidrIpv6": "

The IPv6 CIDR range. You can either specify a CIDR range or a source security group, not both. To specify a single IPv6 address, use the /128 prefix length.

", + "Ipv6Range$CidrIpv6": "

The IPv6 address range. You can either specify a CIDR block or a source security group, not both. To specify a single IPv6 address, use the /128 prefix length.

", "Ipv6Range$Description": "

A description for the security group rule that references this IPv6 address range.

Constraints: Up to 255 characters in length. Allowed characters are a-z, A-Z, 0-9, spaces, and ._-:/()#,@[]+=&;{}!$*

", "KeyPair$KeyFingerprint": "", "KeyPair$KeyName": "

The name of the key pair.

", @@ -20553,7 +20553,7 @@ "ProductCodeStringList$member": null, "ProductDescriptionList$member": null, "PropagatingVgw$GatewayId": "

The ID of the virtual private gateway.

", - "ProvisionByoipCidrRequest$Cidr": "

The public IPv4 or IPv6 address range, in CIDR notation. The most specific IPv4 prefix that you can specify is /24. The most specific IPv6 prefix you can specify is /56. The address range cannot overlap with another address range that you've brought to this or another Region.

", + "ProvisionByoipCidrRequest$Cidr": "

The public IPv4 or IPv6 address range, in CIDR notation. The most specific IPv4 prefix that you can specify is /24. The most specific IPv6 address range that you can bring is /48 for CIDRs that are publicly advertisable and /56 for CIDRs that are not publicly advertisable. The address range cannot overlap with another address range that you've brought to this or another Region.

", "ProvisionByoipCidrRequest$Description": "

A description for the address range and the address pool.

", "ProvisionByoipCidrRequest$NetworkBorderGroup": "

If you have Local Zones enabled, you can choose a network border group for Local Zones when you provision and advertise a BYOIPv4 CIDR. Choose the network border group carefully as the EIP and the Amazon Web Services resource it is associated with must reside in the same network border group.

You can provision BYOIP address ranges to and advertise them in the following Local Zone network border groups:

You cannot provision or advertise BYOIPv6 address ranges in Local Zones at this time.

", "ProvisionIpamByoasnRequest$Asn": "

A public 2-byte or 4-byte ASN.

", @@ -20667,7 +20667,7 @@ "RestoreAddressToClassicRequest$PublicIp": "

The Elastic IP address.

", "RestoreAddressToClassicResult$PublicIp": "

The Elastic IP address.

", "RestoreSnapshotFromRecycleBinResult$SnapshotId": "

The ID of the snapshot.

", - "RestoreSnapshotFromRecycleBinResult$OutpostArn": "

The ARN of the Outpost on which the snapshot is stored. For more information, see Amazon EBS local snapshots on Outposts in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.

", + "RestoreSnapshotFromRecycleBinResult$OutpostArn": "

The ARN of the Outpost on which the snapshot is stored. For more information, see Amazon EBS local snapshots on Outposts in the Amazon EBS User Guide.

", "RestoreSnapshotFromRecycleBinResult$Description": "

The description for the snapshot.

", "RestoreSnapshotFromRecycleBinResult$OwnerId": "

The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the EBS snapshot.

", "RestoreSnapshotFromRecycleBinResult$Progress": "

The progress of the snapshot, as a percentage.

", @@ -20760,8 +20760,8 @@ "SecurityGroupIdentifier$GroupName": "

The name of the security group.

", "SecurityGroupReference$GroupId": "

The ID of your security group.

", "SecurityGroupReference$ReferencingVpcId": "

The ID of the VPC with the referencing security group.

", - "SecurityGroupReference$VpcPeeringConnectionId": "

The ID of the VPC peering connection (if applicable). For more information about security group referencing for peering connections, see Update your security groups to reference peer security groups in the VPC Peering Guide.

", - "SecurityGroupReference$TransitGatewayId": "

The ID of the transit gateway (if applicable). For more information about security group referencing for transit gateways, see Create a transit gateway attachment to a VPC in the Amazon Web Services Transit Gateway Guide.

", + "SecurityGroupReference$VpcPeeringConnectionId": "

The ID of the VPC peering connection (if applicable). For more information about security group referencing for peering connections, see Update your security groups to reference peer security groups in the VPC Peering Guide.

", + "SecurityGroupReference$TransitGatewayId": "

This parameter is in preview and may not be available for your account.

The ID of the transit gateway (if applicable).

", "SecurityGroupRule$GroupOwnerId": "

The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the security group.

", "SecurityGroupRule$IpProtocol": "

The IP protocol name (tcp, udp, icmp, icmpv6) or number (see Protocol Numbers).

Use -1 to specify all protocols.

", "SecurityGroupRule$CidrIpv4": "

The IPv4 CIDR range.

", @@ -20790,7 +20790,7 @@ "Snapshot$StateMessage": "

Encrypted Amazon EBS snapshots are copied asynchronously. If a snapshot copy operation fails (for example, if the proper Key Management Service (KMS) permissions are not obtained) this field displays error state details to help you diagnose why the error occurred. This parameter is only returned by DescribeSnapshots.

", "Snapshot$VolumeId": "

The ID of the volume that was used to create the snapshot. Snapshots created by the CopySnapshot action have an arbitrary volume ID that should not be used for any purpose.

", "Snapshot$OwnerAlias": "

The Amazon Web Services owner alias, from an Amazon-maintained list (amazon). This is not the user-configured Amazon Web Services account alias set using the IAM console.

", - "Snapshot$OutpostArn": "

The ARN of the Outpost on which the snapshot is stored. For more information, see Amazon EBS local snapshots on Outposts in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.

", + "Snapshot$OutpostArn": "

The ARN of the Outpost on which the snapshot is stored. For more information, see Amazon EBS local snapshots on Outposts in the Amazon EBS User Guide.

", "SnapshotDetail$Description": "

A description for the snapshot.

", "SnapshotDetail$DeviceName": "

The block device mapping for the snapshot.

", "SnapshotDetail$Format": "

The format of the disk image from which the snapshot is created.

", @@ -20805,7 +20805,7 @@ "SnapshotInfo$Progress": "

Progress this snapshot has made towards completing.

", "SnapshotInfo$OwnerId": "

Account id used when creating this snapshot.

", "SnapshotInfo$SnapshotId": "

Snapshot id that can be used to describe this snapshot.

", - "SnapshotInfo$OutpostArn": "

The ARN of the Outpost on which the snapshot is stored. For more information, see Amazon EBS local snapshots on Outposts in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.

", + "SnapshotInfo$OutpostArn": "

The ARN of the Outpost on which the snapshot is stored. For more information, see Amazon EBS local snapshots on Outposts in the Amazon EBS User Guide.

", "SnapshotRecycleBinInfo$SnapshotId": "

The ID of the snapshot.

", "SnapshotRecycleBinInfo$Description": "

The description for the snapshot.

", "SnapshotRecycleBinInfo$VolumeId": "

The ID of the volume from which the snapshot was created.

", @@ -20850,7 +20850,7 @@ "SpotPlacementScore$AvailabilityZoneId": "

The Availability Zone.

", "SpotPrice$AvailabilityZone": "

The Availability Zone.

", "SpotPrice$SpotPrice": "

The maximum price per unit hour that you are willing to pay for a Spot Instance. We do not recommend using this parameter because it can lead to increased interruptions. If you do not specify this parameter, you will pay the current Spot price.

If you specify a maximum price, your instances will be interrupted more frequently than if you do not specify this parameter.

", - "StaleIpPermission$IpProtocol": "

The IP protocol name (for tcp, udp, and icmp) or number (see Protocol Numbers).

", + "StaleIpPermission$IpProtocol": "

The IP protocol name (tcp, udp, icmp, icmpv6) or number (see Protocol Numbers).

", "StaleSecurityGroup$Description": "

The description of the security group.

", "StaleSecurityGroup$GroupId": "

The ID of the security group.

", "StaleSecurityGroup$GroupName": "

The name of the security group.

", @@ -21545,7 +21545,7 @@ "AllocateHostsRequest$TagSpecifications": "

The tags to apply to the Dedicated Host during creation.

", "AssociateIpamResourceDiscoveryRequest$TagSpecifications": "

Tag specifications.

", "AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgressRequest$TagSpecifications": "

The tags applied to the security group rule.

", - "AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngressRequest$TagSpecifications": "

[VPC Only] The tags applied to the security group rule.

", + "AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngressRequest$TagSpecifications": "

The tags applied to the security group rule.

", "CopyImageRequest$TagSpecifications": "

The tags to apply to the new AMI and new snapshots. You can tag the AMI, the snapshots, or both.

If you specify other values for ResourceType, the request fails.

To tag an AMI or snapshot after it has been created, see CreateTags.

", "CopySnapshotRequest$TagSpecifications": "

The tags to apply to the new snapshot.

", "CreateCapacityReservationFleetRequest$TagSpecifications": "

The tags to assign to the Capacity Reservation Fleet. The tags are automatically assigned to the Capacity Reservations in the Fleet.

", @@ -23725,11 +23725,11 @@ "VolumeType": { "base": null, "refs": { - "CreateVolumeRequest$VolumeType": "

The volume type. This parameter can be one of the following values:

Throughput Optimized HDD (st1) and Cold HDD (sc1) volumes can't be used as boot volumes.

For more information, see Amazon EBS volume types in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.

Default: gp2

", - "EbsBlockDevice$VolumeType": "

The volume type. For more information, see Amazon EBS volume types in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

", + "CreateVolumeRequest$VolumeType": "

The volume type. This parameter can be one of the following values:

Throughput Optimized HDD (st1) and Cold HDD (sc1) volumes can't be used as boot volumes.

For more information, see Amazon EBS volume types in the Amazon EBS User Guide.

Default: gp2

", + "EbsBlockDevice$VolumeType": "

The volume type. For more information, see Amazon EBS volume types in the Amazon EBS User Guide.

", "LaunchTemplateEbsBlockDevice$VolumeType": "

The volume type.

", - "LaunchTemplateEbsBlockDeviceRequest$VolumeType": "

The volume type. For more information, see Amazon EBS volume types in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.

", - "ModifyVolumeRequest$VolumeType": "

The target EBS volume type of the volume. For more information, see Amazon EBS volume types in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide.

Default: The existing type is retained.

", + "LaunchTemplateEbsBlockDeviceRequest$VolumeType": "

The volume type. For more information, see Amazon EBS volume types in the Amazon EBS User Guide.

", + "ModifyVolumeRequest$VolumeType": "

The target EBS volume type of the volume. For more information, see Amazon EBS volume types in the Amazon EBS User Guide.

Default: The existing type is retained.

", "Volume$VolumeType": "

The volume type.

", "VolumeModification$TargetVolumeType": "

The target EBS volume type of the volume.

", "VolumeModification$OriginalVolumeType": "

The original EBS volume type of the volume.

" diff --git a/models/apis/kafka/2018-11-14/api-2.json b/models/apis/kafka/2018-11-14/api-2.json index 23bd45af620..7ba624c82ad 100644 --- a/models/apis/kafka/2018-11-14/api-2.json +++ b/models/apis/kafka/2018-11-14/api-2.json @@ -4425,6 +4425,19 @@ } } }, + "ReplicationStartingPosition" : { + "type" : "structure", + "members" : { + "Type" : { + "shape" : "ReplicationStartingPositionType", + "locationName" : "type" + } + } + }, + "ReplicationStartingPositionType" : { + "type" : "string", + "enum" : [ "LATEST", "EARLIEST" ] + }, "ReplicationStateInfo": { "type": "structure", "members": { @@ -4625,6 +4638,10 @@ "shape": "__boolean", "locationName": "detectAndCopyNewTopics" }, + "StartingPosition" : { + "shape" : "ReplicationStartingPosition", + "locationName" : "startingPosition" + }, "TopicsToExclude": { "shape": "__listOf__stringMax249", "locationName": "topicsToExclude" diff --git a/models/apis/kafka/2018-11-14/docs-2.json b/models/apis/kafka/2018-11-14/docs-2.json index 4fdc27b042b..d6640fc522f 100644 --- a/models/apis/kafka/2018-11-14/docs-2.json +++ b/models/apis/kafka/2018-11-14/docs-2.json @@ -745,6 +745,18 @@ "__listOfReplicationInfoSummary$member" : null } }, + "ReplicationStartingPosition" : { + "base" : "

Configuration for specifying the position in the topics to start replicating from.

", + "refs" : { + "TopicReplication$StartingPosition" : "

Configuration for specifying the position in the topics to start replicating from.

" + } + }, + "ReplicationStartingPositionType" : { + "base" : "

The type of replication starting position.

", + "refs" : { + "ReplicationStartingPosition$Type" : "

The type of replication starting position.

" + } + }, "ReplicationStateInfo" : { "base" : "Details about the state of a replicator", "refs" : { diff --git a/models/apis/ssm/2014-11-06/docs-2.json b/models/apis/ssm/2014-11-06/docs-2.json index 03ef4f80f17..951065176b8 100644 --- a/models/apis/ssm/2014-11-06/docs-2.json +++ b/models/apis/ssm/2014-11-06/docs-2.json @@ -2,11 +2,11 @@ "version": "2.0", "service": "

Amazon Web Services Systems Manager is the operations hub for your Amazon Web Services applications and resources and a secure end-to-end management solution for hybrid cloud environments that enables safe and secure operations at scale.

This reference is intended to be used with the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. To get started, see Setting up Amazon Web Services Systems Manager.

Related resources

", "operations": { - "AddTagsToResource": "

Adds or overwrites one or more tags for the specified resource. Tags are metadata that you can assign to your automations, documents, managed nodes, maintenance windows, Parameter Store parameters, and patch baselines. Tags enable you to categorize your resources in different ways, for example, by purpose, owner, or environment. Each tag consists of a key and an optional value, both of which you define. For example, you could define a set of tags for your account's managed nodes that helps you track each node's owner and stack level. For example:

Most resources can have a maximum of 50 tags. Automations can have a maximum of 5 tags.

We recommend that you devise a set of tag keys that meets your needs for each resource type. Using a consistent set of tag keys makes it easier for you to manage your resources. You can search and filter the resources based on the tags you add. Tags don't have any semantic meaning to and are interpreted strictly as a string of characters.

For more information about using tags with Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud (Amazon EC2) instances, see Tagging your Amazon EC2 resources in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

", + "AddTagsToResource": "

Adds or overwrites one or more tags for the specified resource. Tags are metadata that you can assign to your automations, documents, managed nodes, maintenance windows, Parameter Store parameters, and patch baselines. Tags enable you to categorize your resources in different ways, for example, by purpose, owner, or environment. Each tag consists of a key and an optional value, both of which you define. For example, you could define a set of tags for your account's managed nodes that helps you track each node's owner and stack level. For example:

Most resources can have a maximum of 50 tags. Automations can have a maximum of 5 tags.

We recommend that you devise a set of tag keys that meets your needs for each resource type. Using a consistent set of tag keys makes it easier for you to manage your resources. You can search and filter the resources based on the tags you add. Tags don't have any semantic meaning to and are interpreted strictly as a string of characters.

For more information about using tags with Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud (Amazon EC2) instances, see Tag your Amazon EC2 resources in the Amazon EC2 User Guide.

", "AssociateOpsItemRelatedItem": "

Associates a related item to a Systems Manager OpsCenter OpsItem. For example, you can associate an Incident Manager incident or analysis with an OpsItem. Incident Manager and OpsCenter are capabilities of Amazon Web Services Systems Manager.

", "CancelCommand": "

Attempts to cancel the command specified by the Command ID. There is no guarantee that the command will be terminated and the underlying process stopped.

", "CancelMaintenanceWindowExecution": "

Stops a maintenance window execution that is already in progress and cancels any tasks in the window that haven't already starting running. Tasks already in progress will continue to completion.

", - "CreateActivation": "

Generates an activation code and activation ID you can use to register your on-premises servers, edge devices, or virtual machine (VM) with Amazon Web Services Systems Manager. Registering these machines with Systems Manager makes it possible to manage them using Systems Manager capabilities. You use the activation code and ID when installing SSM Agent on machines in your hybrid environment. For more information about requirements for managing on-premises machines using Systems Manager, see Setting up Amazon Web Services Systems Manager for hybrid environments in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide.

Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud (Amazon EC2) instances, edge devices, and on-premises servers and VMs that are configured for Systems Manager are all called managed nodes.

", + "CreateActivation": "

Generates an activation code and activation ID you can use to register your on-premises servers, edge devices, or virtual machine (VM) with Amazon Web Services Systems Manager. Registering these machines with Systems Manager makes it possible to manage them using Systems Manager capabilities. You use the activation code and ID when installing SSM Agent on machines in your hybrid environment. For more information about requirements for managing on-premises machines using Systems Manager, see Setting up Amazon Web Services Systems Manager for hybrid and multicloud environments in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide.

Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud (Amazon EC2) instances, edge devices, and on-premises servers and VMs that are configured for Systems Manager are all called managed nodes.

", "CreateAssociation": "

A State Manager association defines the state that you want to maintain on your managed nodes. For example, an association can specify that anti-virus software must be installed and running on your managed nodes, or that certain ports must be closed. For static targets, the association specifies a schedule for when the configuration is reapplied. For dynamic targets, such as an Amazon Web Services resource group or an Amazon Web Services autoscaling group, State Manager, a capability of Amazon Web Services Systems Manager applies the configuration when new managed nodes are added to the group. The association also specifies actions to take when applying the configuration. For example, an association for anti-virus software might run once a day. If the software isn't installed, then State Manager installs it. If the software is installed, but the service isn't running, then the association might instruct State Manager to start the service.

", "CreateAssociationBatch": "

Associates the specified Amazon Web Services Systems Manager document (SSM document) with the specified managed nodes or targets.

When you associate a document with one or more managed nodes using IDs or tags, Amazon Web Services Systems Manager Agent (SSM Agent) running on the managed node processes the document and configures the node as specified.

If you associate a document with a managed node that already has an associated document, the system returns the AssociationAlreadyExists exception.

", "CreateDocument": "

Creates a Amazon Web Services Systems Manager (SSM document). An SSM document defines the actions that Systems Manager performs on your managed nodes. For more information about SSM documents, including information about supported schemas, features, and syntax, see Amazon Web Services Systems Manager Documents in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide.

", @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ "DeleteParameters": "

Delete a list of parameters. After deleting a parameter, wait for at least 30 seconds to create a parameter with the same name.

", "DeletePatchBaseline": "

Deletes a patch baseline.

", "DeleteResourceDataSync": "

Deletes a resource data sync configuration. After the configuration is deleted, changes to data on managed nodes are no longer synced to or from the target. Deleting a sync configuration doesn't delete data.

", - "DeleteResourcePolicy": "

Deletes a Systems Manager resource policy. A resource policy helps you to define the IAM entity (for example, an Amazon Web Services account) that can manage your Systems Manager resources. The following resources support Systems Manager resource policies.

", + "DeleteResourcePolicy": "

Deletes a Systems Manager resource policy. A resource policy helps you to define the IAM entity (for example, an Amazon Web Services account) that can manage your Systems Manager resources. The following resources support Systems Manager resource policies.

", "DeregisterManagedInstance": "

Removes the server or virtual machine from the list of registered servers. You can reregister the node again at any time. If you don't plan to use Run Command on the server, we suggest uninstalling SSM Agent first.

", "DeregisterPatchBaselineForPatchGroup": "

Removes a patch group from a patch baseline.

", "DeregisterTargetFromMaintenanceWindow": "

Removes a target from a maintenance window.

", @@ -40,9 +40,9 @@ "DescribeAvailablePatches": "

Lists all patches eligible to be included in a patch baseline.

Currently, DescribeAvailablePatches supports only the Amazon Linux 1, Amazon Linux 2, and Windows Server operating systems.

", "DescribeDocument": "

Describes the specified Amazon Web Services Systems Manager document (SSM document).

", "DescribeDocumentPermission": "

Describes the permissions for a Amazon Web Services Systems Manager document (SSM document). If you created the document, you are the owner. If a document is shared, it can either be shared privately (by specifying a user's Amazon Web Services account ID) or publicly (All).

", - "DescribeEffectiveInstanceAssociations": "

All associations for the managed node(s).

", + "DescribeEffectiveInstanceAssociations": "

All associations for the managed nodes.

", "DescribeEffectivePatchesForPatchBaseline": "

Retrieves the current effective patches (the patch and the approval state) for the specified patch baseline. Applies to patch baselines for Windows only.

", - "DescribeInstanceAssociationsStatus": "

The status of the associations for the managed node(s).

", + "DescribeInstanceAssociationsStatus": "

The status of the associations for the managed nodes.

", "DescribeInstanceInformation": "

Provides information about one or more of your managed nodes, including the operating system platform, SSM Agent version, association status, and IP address. This operation does not return information for nodes that are either Stopped or Terminated.

If you specify one or more node IDs, the operation returns information for those managed nodes. If you don't specify node IDs, it returns information for all your managed nodes. If you specify a node ID that isn't valid or a node that you don't own, you receive an error.

The IamRole field returned for this API operation is the Identity and Access Management (IAM) role assigned to on-premises managed nodes. This operation does not return the IAM role for EC2 instances.

", "DescribeInstancePatchStates": "

Retrieves the high-level patch state of one or more managed nodes.

", "DescribeInstancePatchStatesForPatchGroup": "

Retrieves the high-level patch state for the managed nodes in the specified patch group.

", @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ "DescribeMaintenanceWindowTasks": "

Lists the tasks in a maintenance window.

For maintenance window tasks without a specified target, you can't supply values for --max-errors and --max-concurrency. Instead, the system inserts a placeholder value of 1, which may be reported in the response to this command. These values don't affect the running of your task and can be ignored.

", "DescribeMaintenanceWindows": "

Retrieves the maintenance windows in an Amazon Web Services account.

", "DescribeMaintenanceWindowsForTarget": "

Retrieves information about the maintenance window targets or tasks that a managed node is associated with.

", - "DescribeOpsItems": "

Query a set of OpsItems. You must have permission in Identity and Access Management (IAM) to query a list of OpsItems. For more information, see Set up OpsCenter in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide.

Operations engineers and IT professionals use Amazon Web Services Systems Manager OpsCenter to view, investigate, and remediate operational issues impacting the performance and health of their Amazon Web Services resources. For more information, see OpsCenter in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide.

", + "DescribeOpsItems": "

Query a set of OpsItems. You must have permission in Identity and Access Management (IAM) to query a list of OpsItems. For more information, see Set up OpsCenter in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide.

Operations engineers and IT professionals use Amazon Web Services Systems Manager OpsCenter to view, investigate, and remediate operational issues impacting the performance and health of their Amazon Web Services resources. For more information, see Amazon Web Services Systems Manager OpsCenter in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide.

", "DescribeParameters": "

Lists the parameters in your Amazon Web Services account or the parameters shared with you when you enable the Shared option.

Request results are returned on a best-effort basis. If you specify MaxResults in the request, the response includes information up to the limit specified. The number of items returned, however, can be between zero and the value of MaxResults. If the service reaches an internal limit while processing the results, it stops the operation and returns the matching values up to that point and a NextToken. You can specify the NextToken in a subsequent call to get the next set of results.

If you change the KMS key alias for the KMS key used to encrypt a parameter, then you must also update the key alias the parameter uses to reference KMS. Otherwise, DescribeParameters retrieves whatever the original key alias was referencing.

", "DescribePatchBaselines": "

Lists the patch baselines in your Amazon Web Services account.

", "DescribePatchGroupState": "

Returns high-level aggregated patch compliance state information for a patch group.

", @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ "GetMaintenanceWindowExecutionTask": "

Retrieves the details about a specific task run as part of a maintenance window execution.

", "GetMaintenanceWindowExecutionTaskInvocation": "

Retrieves information about a specific task running on a specific target.

", "GetMaintenanceWindowTask": "

Retrieves the details of a maintenance window task.

For maintenance window tasks without a specified target, you can't supply values for --max-errors and --max-concurrency. Instead, the system inserts a placeholder value of 1, which may be reported in the response to this command. These values don't affect the running of your task and can be ignored.

To retrieve a list of tasks in a maintenance window, instead use the DescribeMaintenanceWindowTasks command.

", - "GetOpsItem": "

Get information about an OpsItem by using the ID. You must have permission in Identity and Access Management (IAM) to view information about an OpsItem. For more information, see Set up OpsCenter in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide.

Operations engineers and IT professionals use Amazon Web Services Systems Manager OpsCenter to view, investigate, and remediate operational issues impacting the performance and health of their Amazon Web Services resources. For more information, see OpsCenter in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide.

", + "GetOpsItem": "

Get information about an OpsItem by using the ID. You must have permission in Identity and Access Management (IAM) to view information about an OpsItem. For more information, see Set up OpsCenter in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide.

Operations engineers and IT professionals use Amazon Web Services Systems Manager OpsCenter to view, investigate, and remediate operational issues impacting the performance and health of their Amazon Web Services resources. For more information, see Amazon Web Services Systems Manager OpsCenter in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide.

", "GetOpsMetadata": "

View operational metadata related to an application in Application Manager.

", "GetOpsSummary": "

View a summary of operations metadata (OpsData) based on specified filters and aggregators. OpsData can include information about Amazon Web Services Systems Manager OpsCenter operational workitems (OpsItems) as well as information about any Amazon Web Services resource or service configured to report OpsData to Amazon Web Services Systems Manager Explorer.

", "GetParameter": "

Get information about a single parameter by specifying the parameter name.

To get information about more than one parameter at a time, use the GetParameters operation.

", @@ -107,10 +107,10 @@ "ListResourceDataSync": "

Lists your resource data sync configurations. Includes information about the last time a sync attempted to start, the last sync status, and the last time a sync successfully completed.

The number of sync configurations might be too large to return using a single call to ListResourceDataSync. You can limit the number of sync configurations returned by using the MaxResults parameter. To determine whether there are more sync configurations to list, check the value of NextToken in the output. If there are more sync configurations to list, you can request them by specifying the NextToken returned in the call to the parameter of a subsequent call.

", "ListTagsForResource": "

Returns a list of the tags assigned to the specified resource.

For information about the ID format for each supported resource type, see AddTagsToResource.

", "ModifyDocumentPermission": "

Shares a Amazon Web Services Systems Manager document (SSM document)publicly or privately. If you share a document privately, you must specify the Amazon Web Services user IDs for those people who can use the document. If you share a document publicly, you must specify All as the account ID.

", - "PutComplianceItems": "

Registers a compliance type and other compliance details on a designated resource. This operation lets you register custom compliance details with a resource. This call overwrites existing compliance information on the resource, so you must provide a full list of compliance items each time that you send the request.

ComplianceType can be one of the following:

", + "PutComplianceItems": "

Registers a compliance type and other compliance details on a designated resource. This operation lets you register custom compliance details with a resource. This call overwrites existing compliance information on the resource, so you must provide a full list of compliance items each time that you send the request.

ComplianceType can be one of the following:

", "PutInventory": "

Bulk update custom inventory items on one or more managed nodes. The request adds an inventory item, if it doesn't already exist, or updates an inventory item, if it does exist.

", "PutParameter": "

Add a parameter to the system.

", - "PutResourcePolicy": "

Creates or updates a Systems Manager resource policy. A resource policy helps you to define the IAM entity (for example, an Amazon Web Services account) that can manage your Systems Manager resources. The following resources support Systems Manager resource policies.

", + "PutResourcePolicy": "

Creates or updates a Systems Manager resource policy. A resource policy helps you to define the IAM entity (for example, an Amazon Web Services account) that can manage your Systems Manager resources. The following resources support Systems Manager resource policies.

", "RegisterDefaultPatchBaseline": "

Defines the default patch baseline for the relevant operating system.

To reset the Amazon Web Services-predefined patch baseline as the default, specify the full patch baseline Amazon Resource Name (ARN) as the baseline ID value. For example, for CentOS, specify arn:aws:ssm:us-east-2:733109147000:patchbaseline/pb-0574b43a65ea646ed instead of pb-0574b43a65ea646ed.

", "RegisterPatchBaselineForPatchGroup": "

Registers a patch baseline for a patch group.

", "RegisterTargetWithMaintenanceWindow": "

Registers a target with a maintenance window.

", @@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ "UpdateMaintenanceWindowTarget": "

Modifies the target of an existing maintenance window. You can change the following:

If a parameter is null, then the corresponding field isn't modified.

", "UpdateMaintenanceWindowTask": "

Modifies a task assigned to a maintenance window. You can't change the task type, but you can change the following values:

One or more targets must be specified for maintenance window Run Command-type tasks. Depending on the task, targets are optional for other maintenance window task types (Automation, Lambda, and Step Functions). For more information about running tasks that don't specify targets, see Registering maintenance window tasks without targets in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide.

If the value for a parameter in UpdateMaintenanceWindowTask is null, then the corresponding field isn't modified. If you set Replace to true, then all fields required by the RegisterTaskWithMaintenanceWindow operation are required for this request. Optional fields that aren't specified are set to null.

When you update a maintenance window task that has options specified in TaskInvocationParameters, you must provide again all the TaskInvocationParameters values that you want to retain. The values you don't specify again are removed. For example, suppose that when you registered a Run Command task, you specified TaskInvocationParameters values for Comment, NotificationConfig, and OutputS3BucketName. If you update the maintenance window task and specify only a different OutputS3BucketName value, the values for Comment and NotificationConfig are removed.

", "UpdateManagedInstanceRole": "

Changes the Identity and Access Management (IAM) role that is assigned to the on-premises server, edge device, or virtual machines (VM). IAM roles are first assigned to these hybrid nodes during the activation process. For more information, see CreateActivation.

", - "UpdateOpsItem": "

Edit or change an OpsItem. You must have permission in Identity and Access Management (IAM) to update an OpsItem. For more information, see Set up OpsCenter in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide.

Operations engineers and IT professionals use Amazon Web Services Systems Manager OpsCenter to view, investigate, and remediate operational issues impacting the performance and health of their Amazon Web Services resources. For more information, see OpsCenter in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide.

", + "UpdateOpsItem": "

Edit or change an OpsItem. You must have permission in Identity and Access Management (IAM) to update an OpsItem. For more information, see Set up OpsCenter in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide.

Operations engineers and IT professionals use Amazon Web Services Systems Manager OpsCenter to view, investigate, and remediate operational issues impacting the performance and health of their Amazon Web Services resources. For more information, see Amazon Web Services Systems Manager OpsCenter in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide.

", "UpdateOpsMetadata": "

Amazon Web Services Systems Manager calls this API operation when you edit OpsMetadata in Application Manager.

", "UpdatePatchBaseline": "

Modifies an existing patch baseline. Fields not specified in the request are left unchanged.

For information about valid key-value pairs in PatchFilters for each supported operating system type, see PatchFilter.

", "UpdateResourceDataSync": "

Update a resource data sync. After you create a resource data sync for a Region, you can't change the account options for that sync. For example, if you create a sync in the us-east-2 (Ohio) Region and you choose the Include only the current account option, you can't edit that sync later and choose the Include all accounts from my Organizations configuration option. Instead, you must delete the first resource data sync, and create a new one.

This API operation only supports a resource data sync that was created with a SyncFromSource SyncType.

", @@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ "refs": { "DescribeDocumentPermissionResponse$AccountIds": "

The account IDs that have permission to use this document. The ID can be either an Amazon Web Services account or All.

", "ModifyDocumentPermissionRequest$AccountIdsToAdd": "

The Amazon Web Services users that should have access to the document. The account IDs can either be a group of account IDs or All.

", - "ModifyDocumentPermissionRequest$AccountIdsToRemove": "

The Amazon Web Services users that should no longer have access to the document. The Amazon Web Services user can either be a group of account IDs or All. This action has a higher priority than AccountIdsToAdd. If you specify an ID to add and the same ID to remove, the system removes access to the document.

" + "ModifyDocumentPermissionRequest$AccountIdsToRemove": "

The Amazon Web Services users that should no longer have access to the document. The Amazon Web Services user can either be a group of account IDs or All. This action has a higher priority than AccountIdsToAdd. If you specify an ID to add and the same ID to remove, the system removes access to the document.

" } }, "AccountSharingInfo": { @@ -968,7 +968,7 @@ "DeleteDocumentRequest$Force": "

Some SSM document types require that you specify a Force flag before you can delete the document. For example, you must specify a Force flag to delete a document of type ApplicationConfigurationSchema. You can restrict access to the Force flag in an Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy.

", "DeregisterTargetFromMaintenanceWindowRequest$Safe": "

The system checks if the target is being referenced by a task. If the target is being referenced, the system returns an error and doesn't deregister the target from the maintenance window.

", "DescribeAutomationStepExecutionsRequest$ReverseOrder": "

Indicates whether to list step executions in reverse order by start time. The default value is 'false'.

", - "DescribeParametersRequest$Shared": "

Lists parameters that are shared with you.

By default when using this option, the command returns parameters that have been shared using a standard Resource Access Manager Resource Share. In order for a parameter that was shared using the PutResourcePolicy command to be returned, the associated RAM Resource Share Created From Policy must have been promoted to a standard Resource Share using the RAM PromoteResourceShareCreatedFromPolicy API operation.

For more information about sharing parameters, see Working with shared parameters in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide.

", + "DescribeParametersRequest$Shared": "

Lists parameters that are shared with you.

By default when using this option, the command returns parameters that have been shared using a standard Resource Access Manager Resource Share. In order for a parameter that was shared using the PutResourcePolicy command to be returned, the associated RAM Resource Share Created From Policy must have been promoted to a standard Resource Share using the RAM PromoteResourceShareCreatedFromPolicy API operation.

For more information about sharing parameters, see Working with shared parameters in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide.

", "DocumentVersionInfo$IsDefaultVersion": "

An identifier for the default version of the document.

", "GetParameterHistoryRequest$WithDecryption": "

Return decrypted values for secure string parameters. This flag is ignored for String and StringList parameter types.

", "GetParameterRequest$WithDecryption": "

Return decrypted values for secure string parameters. This flag is ignored for String and StringList parameter types.

", @@ -1236,10 +1236,10 @@ } }, "ComplianceExecutionSummary": { - "base": "

A summary of the call execution that includes an execution ID, the type of execution (for example, Command), and the date/time of the execution using a datetime object that is saved in the following format: yyyy-MM-dd'T'HH:mm:ss'Z'.

", + "base": "

A summary of the call execution that includes an execution ID, the type of execution (for example, Command), and the date/time of the execution using a datetime object that is saved in the following format: yyyy-MM-dd'T'HH:mm:ss'Z'

", "refs": { "ComplianceItem$ExecutionSummary": "

A summary for the compliance item. The summary includes an execution ID, the execution type (for example, command), and the execution time.

", - "PutComplianceItemsRequest$ExecutionSummary": "

A summary of the call execution that includes an execution ID, the type of execution (for example, Command), and the date/time of the execution using a datetime object that is saved in the following format: yyyy-MM-dd'T'HH:mm:ss'Z'.

", + "PutComplianceItemsRequest$ExecutionSummary": "

A summary of the call execution that includes an execution ID, the type of execution (for example, Command), and the date/time of the execution using a datetime object that is saved in the following format: yyyy-MM-dd'T'HH:mm:ss'Z'

", "ResourceComplianceSummaryItem$ExecutionSummary": "

Information about the execution.

" } }, @@ -1592,7 +1592,7 @@ "CommandInvocation$RequestedDateTime": "

The time and date the request was sent to this managed node.

", "CommandPlugin$ResponseStartDateTime": "

The time the plugin started running.

", "CommandPlugin$ResponseFinishDateTime": "

The time the plugin stopped running. Could stop prematurely if, for example, a cancel command was sent.

", - "ComplianceExecutionSummary$ExecutionTime": "

The time the execution ran as a datetime object that is saved in the following format: yyyy-MM-dd'T'HH:mm:ss'Z'.

", + "ComplianceExecutionSummary$ExecutionTime": "

The time the execution ran as a datetime object that is saved in the following format: yyyy-MM-dd'T'HH:mm:ss'Z'

", "CreateOpsItemRequest$ActualStartTime": "

The time a runbook workflow started. Currently reported only for the OpsItem type /aws/changerequest.

", "CreateOpsItemRequest$ActualEndTime": "

The time a runbook workflow ended. Currently reported only for the OpsItem type /aws/changerequest.

", "CreateOpsItemRequest$PlannedStartTime": "

The time specified in a change request for a runbook workflow to start. Currently supported only for the OpsItem type /aws/changerequest.

", @@ -2218,8 +2218,8 @@ "InstanceAssociationStatusInfo$Name": "

The name of the association.

", "ListDocumentVersionsRequest$Name": "

The name of the document. You can specify an Amazon Resource Name (ARN).

", "Runbook$DocumentName": "

The name of the Automation runbook used in a runbook workflow.

", - "SendCommandRequest$DocumentName": "

The name of the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager document (SSM document) to run. This can be a public document or a custom document. To run a shared document belonging to another account, specify the document Amazon Resource Name (ARN). For more information about how to use shared documents, see Using shared SSM documents in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide.

If you specify a document name or ARN that hasn't been shared with your account, you receive an InvalidDocument error.

", - "StartAutomationExecutionRequest$DocumentName": "

The name of the SSM document to run. This can be a public document or a custom document. To run a shared document belonging to another account, specify the document ARN. For more information about how to use shared documents, see Using shared SSM documents in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide.

", + "SendCommandRequest$DocumentName": "

The name of the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager document (SSM document) to run. This can be a public document or a custom document. To run a shared document belonging to another account, specify the document Amazon Resource Name (ARN). For more information about how to use shared documents, see Sharing SSM documents in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide.

If you specify a document name or ARN that hasn't been shared with your account, you receive an InvalidDocument error.

", + "StartAutomationExecutionRequest$DocumentName": "

The name of the SSM document to run. This can be a public document or a custom document. To run a shared document belonging to another account, specify the document ARN. For more information about how to use shared documents, see Sharing SSM documents in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide.

", "StartChangeRequestExecutionRequest$DocumentName": "

The name of the change template document to run during the runbook workflow.

", "StartSessionRequest$DocumentName": "

The name of the SSM document you want to use to define the type of session, input parameters, or preferences for the session. For example, SSM-SessionManagerRunShell. You can call the GetDocument API to verify the document exists before attempting to start a session. If no document name is provided, a shell to the managed node is launched by default. For more information, see Start a session in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide.

", "UpdateAssociationRequest$Name": "

The name of the SSM Command document or Automation runbook that contains the configuration information for the managed node.

You can specify Amazon Web Services-predefined documents, documents you created, or a document that is shared with you from another account.

For Systems Manager document (SSM document) that are shared with you from other Amazon Web Services accounts, you must specify the complete SSM document ARN, in the following format:

arn:aws:ssm:region:account-id:document/document-name

For example:

arn:aws:ssm:us-east-2:12345678912:document/My-Shared-Document

For Amazon Web Services-predefined documents and SSM documents you created in your account, you only need to specify the document name. For example, AWS-ApplyPatchBaseline or My-Document.

", @@ -2242,9 +2242,9 @@ "DocumentContent": { "base": null, "refs": { - "CreateDocumentRequest$Content": "

The content for the new SSM document in JSON or YAML format. The content of the document must not exceed 64KB. This quota also includes the content specified for input parameters at runtime. We recommend storing the contents for your new document in an external JSON or YAML file and referencing the file in a command.

For examples, see the following topics in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide.

", + "CreateDocumentRequest$Content": "

The content for the new SSM document in JSON or YAML format. The content of the document must not exceed 64KB. This quota also includes the content specified for input parameters at runtime. We recommend storing the contents for your new document in an external JSON or YAML file and referencing the file in a command.

For examples, see the following topics in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide.

", "GetDocumentResult$Content": "

The contents of the SSM document.

", - "InstanceAssociation$Content": "

The content of the association document for the managed node(s).

", + "InstanceAssociation$Content": "

The content of the association document for the managed nodes.

", "UpdateDocumentRequest$Content": "

A valid JSON or YAML string.

" } }, @@ -2580,7 +2580,7 @@ "Command$DocumentVersion": "

The Systems Manager document (SSM document) version.

", "CommandInvocation$DocumentVersion": "

The Systems Manager document (SSM document) version.

", "CreateAssociationBatchRequestEntry$DocumentVersion": "

The document version.

", - "CreateAssociationRequest$DocumentVersion": "

The document version you want to associate with the target(s). Can be a specific version or the default version.

State Manager doesn't support running associations that use a new version of a document if that document is shared from another account. State Manager always runs the default version of a document if shared from another account, even though the Systems Manager console shows that a new version was processed. If you want to run an association using a new version of a document shared form another account, you must set the document version to default.

", + "CreateAssociationRequest$DocumentVersion": "

The document version you want to associate with the targets. Can be a specific version or the default version.

State Manager doesn't support running associations that use a new version of a document if that document is shared from another account. State Manager always runs the default version of a document if shared from another account, even though the Systems Manager console shows that a new version was processed. If you want to run an association using a new version of a document shared form another account, you must set the document version to default.

", "DeleteDocumentRequest$DocumentVersion": "

The version of the document that you want to delete. If not provided, all versions of the document are deleted.

", "DescribeDocumentRequest$DocumentVersion": "

The document version for which you want information. Can be a specific version or the default version.

", "DocumentDefaultVersionDescription$DefaultVersion": "

The default version of the document.

", @@ -3073,9 +3073,9 @@ "base": null, "refs": { "Activation$IamRole": "

The Identity and Access Management (IAM) role to assign to the managed node.

", - "CreateActivationRequest$IamRole": "

The name of the Identity and Access Management (IAM) role that you want to assign to the managed node. This IAM role must provide AssumeRole permissions for the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager service principal ssm.amazonaws.com. For more information, see Create an IAM service role for a hybrid environment in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide.

You can't specify an IAM service-linked role for this parameter. You must create a unique role.

", + "CreateActivationRequest$IamRole": "

The name of the Identity and Access Management (IAM) role that you want to assign to the managed node. This IAM role must provide AssumeRole permissions for the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager service principal ssm.amazonaws.com. For more information, see Create an IAM service role for a hybrid and multicloud environment in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide.

You can't specify an IAM service-linked role for this parameter. You must create a unique role.

", "InstanceInformation$IamRole": "

The Identity and Access Management (IAM) role assigned to the on-premises Systems Manager managed node. This call doesn't return the IAM role for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud (Amazon EC2) instances. To retrieve the IAM role for an EC2 instance, use the Amazon EC2 DescribeInstances operation. For information, see DescribeInstances in the Amazon EC2 API Reference or describe-instances in the Amazon Web Services CLI Command Reference.

", - "UpdateManagedInstanceRoleRequest$IamRole": "

The name of the Identity and Access Management (IAM) role that you want to assign to the managed node. This IAM role must provide AssumeRole permissions for the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager service principal ssm.amazonaws.com. For more information, see Create an IAM service role for a hybrid environment in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide.

You can't specify an IAM service-linked role for this parameter. You must create a unique role.

" + "UpdateManagedInstanceRoleRequest$IamRole": "

The name of the Identity and Access Management (IAM) role that you want to assign to the managed node. This IAM role must provide AssumeRole permissions for the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager service principal ssm.amazonaws.com. For more information, see Create an IAM service role for a hybrid and multicloud environment in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide.

You can't specify an IAM service-linked role for this parameter. You must create a unique role.

" } }, "IdempotencyToken": { @@ -3098,7 +3098,7 @@ "InstallOverrideList": { "base": null, "refs": { - "InstancePatchState$InstallOverrideList": "

An https URL or an Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3) path-style URL to a list of patches to be installed. This patch installation list, which you maintain in an S3 bucket in YAML format and specify in the SSM document AWS-RunPatchBaseline, overrides the patches specified by the default patch baseline.

For more information about the InstallOverrideList parameter, see About the AWS-RunPatchBaseline SSM document in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide.

" + "InstancePatchState$InstallOverrideList": "

An https URL or an Amazon Simple Storage Service (Amazon S3) path-style URL to a list of patches to be installed. This patch installation list, which you maintain in an S3 bucket in YAML format and specify in the SSM document AWS-RunPatchBaseline, overrides the patches specified by the default patch baseline.

For more information about the InstallOverrideList parameter, see About the AWS-RunPatchBaseline SSM document in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide.

" } }, "InstanceAggregatedAssociationOverview": { @@ -3126,7 +3126,7 @@ } }, "InstanceAssociationOutputLocation": { - "base": "

An S3 bucket where you want to store the results of this request.

For the minimal permissions required to enable Amazon S3 output for an association, see Creating associations in the Systems Manager User Guide.

", + "base": "

An S3 bucket where you want to store the results of this request.

For the minimal permissions required to enable Amazon S3 output for an association, see Create an association (console) in the Systems Manager User Guide.

", "refs": { "AssociationDescription$OutputLocation": "

An S3 bucket where you want to store the output details of the request.

", "AssociationVersionInfo$OutputLocation": "

The location in Amazon S3 specified for the association when the association version was created.

", @@ -3144,7 +3144,7 @@ "InstanceAssociationStatusAggregatedCount": { "base": null, "refs": { - "InstanceAggregatedAssociationOverview$InstanceAssociationStatusAggregatedCount": "

The number of associations for the managed node(s).

" + "InstanceAggregatedAssociationOverview$InstanceAssociationStatusAggregatedCount": "

The number of associations for the managed nodes.

" } }, "InstanceAssociationStatusInfo": { @@ -3202,7 +3202,7 @@ "CancelCommandRequest$InstanceIds": "

(Optional) A list of managed node IDs on which you want to cancel the command. If not provided, the command is canceled on every node on which it was requested.

", "Command$InstanceIds": "

The managed node IDs against which this command was requested.

", "DescribeInstancePatchStatesRequest$InstanceIds": "

The ID of the managed node for which patch state information should be retrieved.

", - "SendCommandRequest$InstanceIds": "

The IDs of the managed nodes where the command should run. Specifying managed node IDs is most useful when you are targeting a limited number of managed nodes, though you can specify up to 50 IDs.

To target a larger number of managed nodes, or if you prefer not to list individual node IDs, we recommend using the Targets option instead. Using Targets, which accepts tag key-value pairs to identify the managed nodes to send commands to, you can a send command to tens, hundreds, or thousands of nodes at once.

For more information about how to use targets, see Using targets and rate controls to send commands to a fleet in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide.

" + "SendCommandRequest$InstanceIds": "

The IDs of the managed nodes where the command should run. Specifying managed node IDs is most useful when you are targeting a limited number of managed nodes, though you can specify up to 50 IDs.

To target a larger number of managed nodes, or if you prefer not to list individual node IDs, we recommend using the Targets option instead. Using Targets, which accepts tag key-value pairs to identify the managed nodes to send commands to, you can a send command to tens, hundreds, or thousands of nodes at once.

For more information about how to use targets, see Run commands at scale in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide.

" } }, "InstanceInformation": { @@ -3474,7 +3474,7 @@ } }, "InvalidInstanceId": { - "base": "

The following problems can cause this exception:

", + "base": "

The following problems can cause this exception:

", "refs": { } }, @@ -3574,7 +3574,7 @@ } }, "InvalidRole": { - "base": "

The role name can't contain invalid characters. Also verify that you specified an IAM role for notifications that includes the required trust policy. For information about configuring the IAM role for Run Command notifications, see Configuring Amazon SNS Notifications for Run Command in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide.

", + "base": "

The role name can't contain invalid characters. Also verify that you specified an IAM role for notifications that includes the required trust policy. For information about configuring the IAM role for Run Command notifications, see Monitoring Systems Manager status changes using Amazon SNS notifications in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide.

", "refs": { } }, @@ -3666,7 +3666,7 @@ "InventoryDeletionSummary": { "base": "

Information about the delete operation.

", "refs": { - "DeleteInventoryResult$DeletionSummary": "

A summary of the delete operation. For more information about this summary, see Deleting custom inventory in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide.

", + "DeleteInventoryResult$DeletionSummary": "

A summary of the delete operation. For more information about this summary, see Understanding the delete inventory summary in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide.

", "InventoryDeletionStatusItem$DeletionSummary": "

Information about the delete operation. For more information about this summary, see Understanding the delete inventory summary in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide.

" } }, @@ -3767,7 +3767,7 @@ "refs": { "InventoryItem$CaptureTime": "

The time the inventory information was collected.

", "InventoryResultItem$CaptureTime": "

The time inventory item data was captured.

", - "ListInventoryEntriesResult$CaptureTime": "

The time that inventory information was collected for the managed node(s).

" + "ListInventoryEntriesResult$CaptureTime": "

The time that inventory information was collected for the managed nodes.

" } }, "InventoryItemContentContext": { @@ -3794,7 +3794,7 @@ "refs": { "InventoryItem$Content": "

The inventory data of the inventory type.

", "InventoryResultItem$Content": "

Contains all the inventory data of the item type. Results include attribute names and values.

", - "ListInventoryEntriesResult$Entries": "

A list of inventory items on the managed node(s).

" + "ListInventoryEntriesResult$Entries": "

A list of inventory items on the managed nodes.

" } }, "InventoryItemList": { @@ -3822,7 +3822,7 @@ "InventoryItem$SchemaVersion": "

The schema version for the inventory item.

", "InventoryItemSchema$Version": "

The schema version for the inventory item.

", "InventoryResultItem$SchemaVersion": "

The schema version for the inventory result item/

", - "ListInventoryEntriesResult$SchemaVersion": "

The inventory schema version used by the managed node(s).

" + "ListInventoryEntriesResult$SchemaVersion": "

The inventory schema version used by the managed nodes.

" } }, "InventoryItemTypeName": { @@ -4738,7 +4738,7 @@ "AssociationVersionInfo$MaxConcurrency": "

The maximum number of targets allowed to run the association at the same time. You can specify a number, for example 10, or a percentage of the target set, for example 10%. The default value is 100%, which means all targets run the association at the same time.

If a new managed node starts and attempts to run an association while Systems Manager is running MaxConcurrency associations, the association is allowed to run. During the next association interval, the new managed node will process its association within the limit specified for MaxConcurrency.

", "AutomationExecution$MaxConcurrency": "

The MaxConcurrency value specified by the user when the execution started.

", "AutomationExecutionMetadata$MaxConcurrency": "

The MaxConcurrency value specified by the user when starting the automation.

", - "Command$MaxConcurrency": "

The maximum number of managed nodes that are allowed to run the command at the same time. You can specify a number of managed nodes, such as 10, or a percentage of nodes, such as 10%. The default value is 50. For more information about how to use MaxConcurrency, see Running commands using Systems Manager Run Command in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide.

", + "Command$MaxConcurrency": "

The maximum number of managed nodes that are allowed to run the command at the same time. You can specify a number of managed nodes, such as 10, or a percentage of nodes, such as 10%. The default value is 50. For more information about how to use MaxConcurrency, see Amazon Web Services Systems Manager Run Command in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide.

", "CreateAssociationBatchRequestEntry$MaxConcurrency": "

The maximum number of targets allowed to run the association at the same time. You can specify a number, for example 10, or a percentage of the target set, for example 10%. The default value is 100%, which means all targets run the association at the same time.

If a new managed node starts and attempts to run an association while Systems Manager is running MaxConcurrency associations, the association is allowed to run. During the next association interval, the new managed node will process its association within the limit specified for MaxConcurrency.

", "CreateAssociationRequest$MaxConcurrency": "

The maximum number of targets allowed to run the association at the same time. You can specify a number, for example 10, or a percentage of the target set, for example 10%. The default value is 100%, which means all targets run the association at the same time.

If a new managed node starts and attempts to run an association while Systems Manager is running MaxConcurrency associations, the association is allowed to run. During the next association interval, the new managed node will process its association within the limit specified for MaxConcurrency.

", "GetMaintenanceWindowExecutionTaskResult$MaxConcurrency": "

The defined maximum number of task executions that could be run in parallel.

", @@ -4766,7 +4766,7 @@ "AssociationVersionInfo$MaxErrors": "

The number of errors that are allowed before the system stops sending requests to run the association on additional targets. You can specify either an absolute number of errors, for example 10, or a percentage of the target set, for example 10%. If you specify 3, for example, the system stops sending requests when the fourth error is received. If you specify 0, then the system stops sending requests after the first error is returned. If you run an association on 50 managed nodes and set MaxError to 10%, then the system stops sending the request when the sixth error is received.

Executions that are already running an association when MaxErrors is reached are allowed to complete, but some of these executions may fail as well. If you need to ensure that there won't be more than max-errors failed executions, set MaxConcurrency to 1 so that executions proceed one at a time.

", "AutomationExecution$MaxErrors": "

The MaxErrors value specified by the user when the execution started.

", "AutomationExecutionMetadata$MaxErrors": "

The MaxErrors value specified by the user when starting the automation.

", - "Command$MaxErrors": "

The maximum number of errors allowed before the system stops sending the command to additional targets. You can specify a number of errors, such as 10, or a percentage or errors, such as 10%. The default value is 0. For more information about how to use MaxErrors, see Running commands using Systems Manager Run Command in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide.

", + "Command$MaxErrors": "

The maximum number of errors allowed before the system stops sending the command to additional targets. You can specify a number of errors, such as 10, or a percentage or errors, such as 10%. The default value is 0. For more information about how to use MaxErrors, see Amazon Web Services Systems Manager Run Command in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide.

", "CreateAssociationBatchRequestEntry$MaxErrors": "

The number of errors that are allowed before the system stops sending requests to run the association on additional targets. You can specify either an absolute number of errors, for example 10, or a percentage of the target set, for example 10%. If you specify 3, for example, the system stops sending requests when the fourth error is received. If you specify 0, then the system stops sending requests after the first error is returned. If you run an association on 50 managed nodes and set MaxError to 10%, then the system stops sending the request when the sixth error is received.

Executions that are already running an association when MaxErrors is reached are allowed to complete, but some of these executions may fail as well. If you need to ensure that there won't be more than max-errors failed executions, set MaxConcurrency to 1 so that executions proceed one at a time.

", "CreateAssociationRequest$MaxErrors": "

The number of errors that are allowed before the system stops sending requests to run the association on additional targets. You can specify either an absolute number of errors, for example 10, or a percentage of the target set, for example 10%. If you specify 3, for example, the system stops sending requests when the fourth error is received. If you specify 0, then the system stops sending requests after the first error is returned. If you run an association on 50 managed nodes and set MaxError to 10%, then the system stops sending the request when the sixth error is received.

Executions that are already running an association when MaxErrors is reached are allowed to complete, but some of these executions may fail as well. If you need to ensure that there won't be more than max-errors failed executions, set MaxConcurrency to 1 so that executions proceed one at a time.

", "GetMaintenanceWindowExecutionTaskResult$MaxErrors": "

The defined maximum number of task execution errors allowed before scheduling of the task execution would have been stopped.

", @@ -5166,7 +5166,7 @@ } }, "OpsItem": { - "base": "

Operations engineers and IT professionals use Amazon Web Services Systems Manager OpsCenter to view, investigate, and remediate operational work items (OpsItems) impacting the performance and health of their Amazon Web Services resources. OpsCenter is integrated with Amazon EventBridge and Amazon CloudWatch. This means you can configure these services to automatically create an OpsItem in OpsCenter when a CloudWatch alarm enters the ALARM state or when EventBridge processes an event from any Amazon Web Services service that publishes events. Configuring Amazon CloudWatch alarms and EventBridge events to automatically create OpsItems allows you to quickly diagnose and remediate issues with Amazon Web Services resources from a single console.

To help you diagnose issues, each OpsItem includes contextually relevant information such as the name and ID of the Amazon Web Services resource that generated the OpsItem, alarm or event details, alarm history, and an alarm timeline graph. For the Amazon Web Services resource, OpsCenter aggregates information from Config, CloudTrail logs, and EventBridge, so you don't have to navigate across multiple console pages during your investigation. For more information, see OpsCenter in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide.

", + "base": "

Operations engineers and IT professionals use Amazon Web Services Systems Manager OpsCenter to view, investigate, and remediate operational work items (OpsItems) impacting the performance and health of their Amazon Web Services resources. OpsCenter is integrated with Amazon EventBridge and Amazon CloudWatch. This means you can configure these services to automatically create an OpsItem in OpsCenter when a CloudWatch alarm enters the ALARM state or when EventBridge processes an event from any Amazon Web Services service that publishes events. Configuring Amazon CloudWatch alarms and EventBridge events to automatically create OpsItems allows you to quickly diagnose and remediate issues with Amazon Web Services resources from a single console.

To help you diagnose issues, each OpsItem includes contextually relevant information such as the name and ID of the Amazon Web Services resource that generated the OpsItem, alarm or event details, alarm history, and an alarm timeline graph. For the Amazon Web Services resource, OpsCenter aggregates information from Config, CloudTrail logs, and EventBridge, so you don't have to navigate across multiple console pages during your investigation. For more information, see Amazon Web Services Systems Manager OpsCenter in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide.

", "refs": { "GetOpsItemResponse$OpsItem": "

The OpsItem.

" } @@ -5393,7 +5393,7 @@ "OpsItemOperationalData": { "base": null, "refs": { - "CreateOpsItemRequest$OperationalData": "

Operational data is custom data that provides useful reference details about the OpsItem. For example, you can specify log files, error strings, license keys, troubleshooting tips, or other relevant data. You enter operational data as key-value pairs. The key has a maximum length of 128 characters. The value has a maximum size of 20 KB.

Operational data keys can't begin with the following: amazon, aws, amzn, ssm, /amazon, /aws, /amzn, /ssm.

You can choose to make the data searchable by other users in the account or you can restrict search access. Searchable data means that all users with access to the OpsItem Overview page (as provided by the DescribeOpsItems API operation) can view and search on the specified data. Operational data that isn't searchable is only viewable by users who have access to the OpsItem (as provided by the GetOpsItem API operation).

Use the /aws/resources key in OperationalData to specify a related resource in the request. Use the /aws/automations key in OperationalData to associate an Automation runbook with the OpsItem. To view Amazon Web Services CLI example commands that use these keys, see Creating OpsItems manually in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide.

", + "CreateOpsItemRequest$OperationalData": "

Operational data is custom data that provides useful reference details about the OpsItem. For example, you can specify log files, error strings, license keys, troubleshooting tips, or other relevant data. You enter operational data as key-value pairs. The key has a maximum length of 128 characters. The value has a maximum size of 20 KB.

Operational data keys can't begin with the following: amazon, aws, amzn, ssm, /amazon, /aws, /amzn, /ssm.

You can choose to make the data searchable by other users in the account or you can restrict search access. Searchable data means that all users with access to the OpsItem Overview page (as provided by the DescribeOpsItems API operation) can view and search on the specified data. Operational data that isn't searchable is only viewable by users who have access to the OpsItem (as provided by the GetOpsItem API operation).

Use the /aws/resources key in OperationalData to specify a related resource in the request. Use the /aws/automations key in OperationalData to associate an Automation runbook with the OpsItem. To view Amazon Web Services CLI example commands that use these keys, see Create OpsItems manually in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide.

", "OpsItem$OperationalData": "

Operational data is custom data that provides useful reference details about the OpsItem. For example, you can specify log files, error strings, license keys, troubleshooting tips, or other relevant data. You enter operational data as key-value pairs. The key has a maximum length of 128 characters. The value has a maximum size of 20 KB.

Operational data keys can't begin with the following: amazon, aws, amzn, ssm, /amazon, /aws, /amzn, /ssm.

You can choose to make the data searchable by other users in the account or you can restrict search access. Searchable data means that all users with access to the OpsItem Overview page (as provided by the DescribeOpsItems API operation) can view and search on the specified data. Operational data that isn't searchable is only viewable by users who have access to the OpsItem (as provided by the GetOpsItem API operation).

Use the /aws/resources key in OperationalData to specify a related resource in the request. Use the /aws/automations key in OperationalData to associate an Automation runbook with the OpsItem. To view Amazon Web Services CLI example commands that use these keys, see Creating OpsItems manually in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide.

", "OpsItemSummary$OperationalData": "

Operational data is custom data that provides useful reference details about the OpsItem.

", "UpdateOpsItemRequest$OperationalData": "

Add new keys or edit existing key-value pairs of the OperationalData map in the OpsItem object.

Operational data is custom data that provides useful reference details about the OpsItem. For example, you can specify log files, error strings, license keys, troubleshooting tips, or other relevant data. You enter operational data as key-value pairs. The key has a maximum length of 128 characters. The value has a maximum size of 20 KB.

Operational data keys can't begin with the following: amazon, aws, amzn, ssm, /amazon, /aws, /amzn, /ssm.

You can choose to make the data searchable by other users in the account or you can restrict search access. Searchable data means that all users with access to the OpsItem Overview page (as provided by the DescribeOpsItems API operation) can view and search on the specified data. Operational data that isn't searchable is only viewable by users who have access to the OpsItem (as provided by the GetOpsItem API operation).

Use the /aws/resources key in OperationalData to specify a related resource in the request. Use the /aws/automations key in OperationalData to associate an Automation runbook with the OpsItem. To view Amazon Web Services CLI example commands that use these keys, see Creating OpsItems manually in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide.

" @@ -5762,7 +5762,7 @@ "Parameter$DataType": "

The data type of the parameter, such as text or aws:ec2:image. The default is text.

", "ParameterHistory$DataType": "

The data type of the parameter, such as text or aws:ec2:image. The default is text.

", "ParameterMetadata$DataType": "

The data type of the parameter, such as text or aws:ec2:image. The default is text.

", - "PutParameterRequest$DataType": "

The data type for a String parameter. Supported data types include plain text and Amazon Machine Image (AMI) IDs.

The following data type values are supported.

When you create a String parameter and specify aws:ec2:image, Amazon Web Services Systems Manager validates the parameter value is in the required format, such as ami-12345abcdeEXAMPLE, and that the specified AMI is available in your Amazon Web Services account.

If the action is successful, the service sends back an HTTP 200 response which indicates a successful PutParameter call for all cases except for data type aws:ec2:image. If you call PutParameter with aws:ec2:image data type, a successful HTTP 200 response does not guarantee that your parameter was successfully created or updated. The aws:ec2:image value is validated asynchronously, and the PutParameter call returns before the validation is complete. If you submit an invalid AMI value, the PutParameter operation will return success, but the asynchronous validation will fail and the parameter will not be created or updated. To monitor whether your aws:ec2:image parameters are created successfully, see Setting up notifications or trigger actions based on Parameter Store events. For more information about AMI format validation , see Native parameter support for Amazon Machine Image (AMI) IDs.

" + "PutParameterRequest$DataType": "

The data type for a String parameter. Supported data types include plain text and Amazon Machine Image (AMI) IDs.

The following data type values are supported.

When you create a String parameter and specify aws:ec2:image, Amazon Web Services Systems Manager validates the parameter value is in the required format, such as ami-12345abcdeEXAMPLE, and that the specified AMI is available in your Amazon Web Services account.

If the action is successful, the service sends back an HTTP 200 response which indicates a successful PutParameter call for all cases except for data type aws:ec2:image. If you call PutParameter with aws:ec2:image data type, a successful HTTP 200 response does not guarantee that your parameter was successfully created or updated. The aws:ec2:image value is validated asynchronously, and the PutParameter call returns before the validation is complete. If you submit an invalid AMI value, the PutParameter operation will return success, but the asynchronous validation will fail and the parameter will not be created or updated. To monitor whether your aws:ec2:image parameters are created successfully, see Setting up notifications or trigger actions based on Parameter Store events. For more information about AMI format validation , see Native parameter support for Amazon Machine Image IDs.

" } }, "ParameterDescription": { @@ -5809,7 +5809,7 @@ "base": null, "refs": { "LabelParameterVersionRequest$Labels": "

One or more labels to attach to the specified parameter version.

", - "LabelParameterVersionResult$InvalidLabels": "

The label doesn't meet the requirements. For information about parameter label requirements, see Labeling parameters in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide.

", + "LabelParameterVersionResult$InvalidLabels": "

The label doesn't meet the requirements. For information about parameter label requirements, see Working with parameter labels in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide.

", "ParameterHistory$Labels": "

Labels assigned to the parameter version.

", "UnlabelParameterVersionRequest$Labels": "

One or more labels to delete from the specified parameter version.

", "UnlabelParameterVersionResult$RemovedLabels": "

A list of all labels deleted from the parameter.

", @@ -5857,7 +5857,7 @@ "DeleteParametersRequest$Names": "

The names of the parameters to delete. After deleting a parameter, wait for at least 30 seconds to create a parameter with the same name.

You can't enter the Amazon Resource Name (ARN) for a parameter, only the parameter name itself.

", "DeleteParametersResult$DeletedParameters": "

The names of the deleted parameters.

", "DeleteParametersResult$InvalidParameters": "

The names of parameters that weren't deleted because the parameters aren't valid.

", - "GetParametersRequest$Names": "

The names or Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) of the parameters that you want to query. For parameters shared with you from another account, you must use the full ARNs.

To query by parameter label, use \"Name\": \"name:label\". To query by parameter version, use \"Name\": \"name:version\".

For more information about shared parameters, see Working with shared parameters in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide.

", + "GetParametersRequest$Names": "

The names or Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) of the parameters that you want to query. For parameters shared with you from another account, you must use the full ARNs.

To query by parameter label, use \"Name\": \"name:label\". To query by parameter version, use \"Name\": \"name:version\".

For more information about shared parameters, see Working with shared parameters in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide.

", "GetParametersResult$InvalidParameters": "

A list of parameters that aren't formatted correctly or don't run during an execution.

" } }, @@ -5926,7 +5926,7 @@ "refs": { "ParameterHistory$Tier": "

The parameter tier.

", "ParameterMetadata$Tier": "

The parameter tier.

", - "PutParameterRequest$Tier": "

The parameter tier to assign to a parameter.

Parameter Store offers a standard tier and an advanced tier for parameters. Standard parameters have a content size limit of 4 KB and can't be configured to use parameter policies. You can create a maximum of 10,000 standard parameters for each Region in an Amazon Web Services account. Standard parameters are offered at no additional cost.

Advanced parameters have a content size limit of 8 KB and can be configured to use parameter policies. You can create a maximum of 100,000 advanced parameters for each Region in an Amazon Web Services account. Advanced parameters incur a charge. For more information, see Standard and advanced parameter tiers in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide.

You can change a standard parameter to an advanced parameter any time. But you can't revert an advanced parameter to a standard parameter. Reverting an advanced parameter to a standard parameter would result in data loss because the system would truncate the size of the parameter from 8 KB to 4 KB. Reverting would also remove any policies attached to the parameter. Lastly, advanced parameters use a different form of encryption than standard parameters.

If you no longer need an advanced parameter, or if you no longer want to incur charges for an advanced parameter, you must delete it and recreate it as a new standard parameter.

Using the Default Tier Configuration

In PutParameter requests, you can specify the tier to create the parameter in. Whenever you specify a tier in the request, Parameter Store creates or updates the parameter according to that request. However, if you don't specify a tier in a request, Parameter Store assigns the tier based on the current Parameter Store default tier configuration.

The default tier when you begin using Parameter Store is the standard-parameter tier. If you use the advanced-parameter tier, you can specify one of the following as the default:

Options that require an advanced parameter include the following:

For more information about configuring the default tier option, see Specifying a default parameter tier in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide.

", + "PutParameterRequest$Tier": "

The parameter tier to assign to a parameter.

Parameter Store offers a standard tier and an advanced tier for parameters. Standard parameters have a content size limit of 4 KB and can't be configured to use parameter policies. You can create a maximum of 10,000 standard parameters for each Region in an Amazon Web Services account. Standard parameters are offered at no additional cost.

Advanced parameters have a content size limit of 8 KB and can be configured to use parameter policies. You can create a maximum of 100,000 advanced parameters for each Region in an Amazon Web Services account. Advanced parameters incur a charge. For more information, see Managing parameter tiers in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide.

You can change a standard parameter to an advanced parameter any time. But you can't revert an advanced parameter to a standard parameter. Reverting an advanced parameter to a standard parameter would result in data loss because the system would truncate the size of the parameter from 8 KB to 4 KB. Reverting would also remove any policies attached to the parameter. Lastly, advanced parameters use a different form of encryption than standard parameters.

If you no longer need an advanced parameter, or if you no longer want to incur charges for an advanced parameter, you must delete it and recreate it as a new standard parameter.

Using the Default Tier Configuration

In PutParameter requests, you can specify the tier to create the parameter in. Whenever you specify a tier in the request, Parameter Store creates or updates the parameter according to that request. However, if you don't specify a tier in a request, Parameter Store assigns the tier based on the current Parameter Store default tier configuration.

The default tier when you begin using Parameter Store is the standard-parameter tier. If you use the advanced-parameter tier, you can specify one of the following as the default:

Options that require an advanced parameter include the following:

For more information about configuring the default tier option, see Specifying a default parameter tier in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide.

", "PutParameterResult$Tier": "

The tier assigned to the parameter.

" } }, @@ -6022,9 +6022,9 @@ "base": null, "refs": { "BaselineOverride$RejectedPatchesAction": "

The action for Patch Manager to take on patches included in the RejectedPackages list. A patch can be allowed only if it is a dependency of another package, or blocked entirely along with packages that include it as a dependency.

", - "CreatePatchBaselineRequest$RejectedPatchesAction": "

The action for Patch Manager to take on patches included in the RejectedPackages list.

", + "CreatePatchBaselineRequest$RejectedPatchesAction": "

The action for Patch Manager to take on patches included in the RejectedPackages list.

", "GetPatchBaselineResult$RejectedPatchesAction": "

The action specified to take on patches included in the RejectedPatches list. A patch can be allowed only if it is a dependency of another package, or blocked entirely along with packages that include it as a dependency.

", - "UpdatePatchBaselineRequest$RejectedPatchesAction": "

The action for Patch Manager to take on patches included in the RejectedPackages list.

", + "UpdatePatchBaselineRequest$RejectedPatchesAction": "

The action for Patch Manager to take on patches included in the RejectedPackages list.

", "UpdatePatchBaselineResult$RejectedPatchesAction": "

The action specified to take on patches included in the RejectedPatches list. A patch can be allowed only if it is a dependency of another package, or blocked entirely along with packages that include it as a dependency.

" } }, @@ -6893,8 +6893,8 @@ "ResourceDataSyncEnableAllOpsDataSources": { "base": null, "refs": { - "ResourceDataSyncSource$EnableAllOpsDataSources": "

When you create a resource data sync, if you choose one of the Organizations options, then Systems Manager automatically enables all OpsData sources in the selected Amazon Web Services Regions for all Amazon Web Services accounts in your organization (or in the selected organization units). For more information, see About multiple account and Region resource data syncs in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide.

", - "ResourceDataSyncSourceWithState$EnableAllOpsDataSources": "

When you create a resource data sync, if you choose one of the Organizations options, then Systems Manager automatically enables all OpsData sources in the selected Amazon Web Services Regions for all Amazon Web Services accounts in your organization (or in the selected organization units). For more information, see About multiple account and Region resource data syncs in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide.

" + "ResourceDataSyncSource$EnableAllOpsDataSources": "

When you create a resource data sync, if you choose one of the Organizations options, then Systems Manager automatically enables all OpsData sources in the selected Amazon Web Services Regions for all Amazon Web Services accounts in your organization (or in the selected organization units). For more information, see Setting up Systems Manager Explorer to display data from multiple accounts and Regions in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide.

", + "ResourceDataSyncSourceWithState$EnableAllOpsDataSources": "

When you create a resource data sync, if you choose one of the Organizations options, then Systems Manager automatically enables all OpsData sources in the selected Amazon Web Services Regions for all Amazon Web Services accounts in your organization (or in the selected organization units). For more information, see Setting up Systems Manager Explorer to display data from multiple accounts and Regions in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide.

" } }, "ResourceDataSyncIncludeFutureRegions": { @@ -7242,7 +7242,7 @@ "AssociationDescription$ScheduleExpression": "

A cron expression that specifies a schedule when the association runs.

", "AssociationVersionInfo$ScheduleExpression": "

The cron or rate schedule specified for the association when the association version was created.

", "CreateAssociationBatchRequestEntry$ScheduleExpression": "

A cron expression that specifies a schedule when the association runs.

", - "CreateAssociationRequest$ScheduleExpression": "

A cron expression when the association will be applied to the target(s).

", + "CreateAssociationRequest$ScheduleExpression": "

A cron expression when the association will be applied to the targets.

", "UpdateAssociationRequest$ScheduleExpression": "

The cron expression used to schedule the association that you want to update.

" } }, @@ -7298,9 +7298,9 @@ "GetMaintenanceWindowTaskResult$ServiceRoleArn": "

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Identity and Access Management (IAM) service role to use to publish Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) notifications for maintenance window Run Command tasks.

", "MaintenanceWindowRunCommandParameters$ServiceRoleArn": "

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Identity and Access Management (IAM) service role to use to publish Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) notifications for maintenance window Run Command tasks.

", "MaintenanceWindowTask$ServiceRoleArn": "

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Identity and Access Management (IAM) service role to use to publish Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) notifications for maintenance window Run Command tasks.

", - "RegisterTaskWithMaintenanceWindowRequest$ServiceRoleArn": "

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM service role for Amazon Web Services Systems Manager to assume when running a maintenance window task. If you do not specify a service role ARN, Systems Manager uses your account's service-linked role. If no service-linked role for Systems Manager exists in your account, it is created when you run RegisterTaskWithMaintenanceWindow.

For more information, see the following topics in the in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide:

", + "RegisterTaskWithMaintenanceWindowRequest$ServiceRoleArn": "

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM service role for Amazon Web Services Systems Manager to assume when running a maintenance window task. If you do not specify a service role ARN, Systems Manager uses your account's service-linked role. If no service-linked role for Systems Manager exists in your account, it is created when you run RegisterTaskWithMaintenanceWindow.

For more information, see Using service-linked roles for Systems Manager in the in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide:

", "SendCommandRequest$ServiceRoleArn": "

The ARN of the Identity and Access Management (IAM) service role to use to publish Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) notifications for Run Command commands.

This role must provide the sns:Publish permission for your notification topic. For information about creating and using this service role, see Monitoring Systems Manager status changes using Amazon SNS notifications in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide.

", - "UpdateMaintenanceWindowTaskRequest$ServiceRoleArn": "

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM service role for Amazon Web Services Systems Manager to assume when running a maintenance window task. If you do not specify a service role ARN, Systems Manager uses your account's service-linked role. If no service-linked role for Systems Manager exists in your account, it is created when you run RegisterTaskWithMaintenanceWindow.

For more information, see the following topics in the in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide:

", + "UpdateMaintenanceWindowTaskRequest$ServiceRoleArn": "

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM service role for Amazon Web Services Systems Manager to assume when running a maintenance window task. If you do not specify a service role ARN, Systems Manager uses your account's service-linked role. If no service-linked role for Systems Manager exists in your account, it is created when you run RegisterTaskWithMaintenanceWindow.

For more information, see Using service-linked roles for Systems Manager in the in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide:

", "UpdateMaintenanceWindowTaskResult$ServiceRoleArn": "

The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Identity and Access Management (IAM) service role to use to publish Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon SNS) notifications for maintenance window Run Command tasks.

" } }, @@ -7719,13 +7719,13 @@ "FeatureNotAvailableException$Message": null, "GetResourcePoliciesRequest$NextToken": "

A token to start the list. Use this token to get the next set of results.

", "GetResourcePoliciesResponse$NextToken": "

The token for the next set of items to return. Use this token to get the next set of results.

", - "HierarchyLevelLimitExceededException$message": "

A hierarchy can have a maximum of 15 levels. For more information, see Requirements and constraints for parameter names in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide.

", + "HierarchyLevelLimitExceededException$message": "

A hierarchy can have a maximum of 15 levels. For more information, see About requirements and constraints for parameter names in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide.

", "HierarchyTypeMismatchException$message": "

Parameter Store doesn't support changing a parameter type in a hierarchy. For example, you can't change a parameter from a String type to a SecureString type. You must create a new, unique parameter.

", "IdempotentParameterMismatch$Message": null, "IncompatiblePolicyException$message": null, "InstanceInformation$PlatformName": "

The name of the operating system platform running on your managed node.

", "InstanceInformation$PlatformVersion": "

The version of the OS platform running on your managed node.

", - "InstanceInformation$Name": "

The name assigned to an on-premises server, edge device, or virtual machine (VM) when it is activated as a Systems Manager managed node. The name is specified as the DefaultInstanceName property using the CreateActivation command. It is applied to the managed node by specifying the Activation Code and Activation ID when you install SSM Agent on the node, as explained in Install SSM Agent for a hybrid environment (Linux) and Install SSM Agent for a hybrid environment (Windows). To retrieve the Name tag of an EC2 instance, use the Amazon EC2 DescribeInstances operation. For information, see DescribeInstances in the Amazon EC2 API Reference or describe-instances in the Amazon Web Services CLI Command Reference.

", + "InstanceInformation$Name": "

The name assigned to an on-premises server, edge device, or virtual machine (VM) when it is activated as a Systems Manager managed node. The name is specified as the DefaultInstanceName property using the CreateActivation command. It is applied to the managed node by specifying the Activation Code and Activation ID when you install SSM Agent on the node, as explained in Install SSM Agent for a hybrid and multicloud environment (Linux) and Install SSM Agent for a hybrid and multicloud environment (Windows). To retrieve the Name tag of an EC2 instance, use the Amazon EC2 DescribeInstances operation. For information, see DescribeInstances in the Amazon EC2 API Reference or describe-instances in the Amazon Web Services CLI Command Reference.

", "InternalServerError$Message": null, "InvalidActivation$Message": null, "InvalidActivationId$Message": null, @@ -7928,7 +7928,7 @@ } }, "Target": { - "base": "

An array of search criteria that targets managed nodes using a key-value pair that you specify.

One or more targets must be specified for maintenance window Run Command-type tasks. Depending on the task, targets are optional for other maintenance window task types (Automation, Lambda, and Step Functions). For more information about running tasks that don't specify targets, see Registering maintenance window tasks without targets in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide.

Supported formats include the following.

For example:

For more information about how to send commands that target managed nodes using Key,Value parameters, see Targeting multiple instances in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide.

", + "base": "

An array of search criteria that targets managed nodes using a key-value pair that you specify.

One or more targets must be specified for maintenance window Run Command-type tasks. Depending on the task, targets are optional for other maintenance window task types (Automation, Lambda, and Step Functions). For more information about running tasks that don't specify targets, see Registering maintenance window tasks without targets in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide.

Supported formats include the following.

For example:

For more information about how to send commands that target managed nodes using Key,Value parameters, see Targeting multiple managed nodes in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide.

", "refs": { "Targets$member": null } @@ -8051,7 +8051,7 @@ "AutomationExecutionMetadata$Targets": "

The targets defined by the user when starting the automation.

", "Command$Targets": "

An array of search criteria that targets managed nodes using a Key,Value combination that you specify. Targets is required if you don't provide one or more managed node IDs in the call.

", "CreateAssociationBatchRequestEntry$Targets": "

The managed nodes targeted by the request.

", - "CreateAssociationRequest$Targets": "

The targets for the association. You can target managed nodes by using tags, Amazon Web Services resource groups, all managed nodes in an Amazon Web Services account, or individual managed node IDs. You can target all managed nodes in an Amazon Web Services account by specifying the InstanceIds key with a value of *. For more information about choosing targets for an association, see Using targets and rate controls with State Manager associations in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide.

", + "CreateAssociationRequest$Targets": "

The targets for the association. You can target managed nodes by using tags, Amazon Web Services resource groups, all managed nodes in an Amazon Web Services account, or individual managed node IDs. You can target all managed nodes in an Amazon Web Services account by specifying the InstanceIds key with a value of *. For more information about choosing targets for an association, see About targets and rate controls in State Manager associations in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide.

", "DescribeMaintenanceWindowScheduleRequest$Targets": "

The managed node ID or key-value pair to retrieve information about.

", "DescribeMaintenanceWindowsForTargetRequest$Targets": "

The managed node ID or key-value pair to retrieve information about.

", "GetMaintenanceWindowTaskResult$Targets": "

The targets where the task should run.

", @@ -8060,7 +8060,7 @@ "RegisterTargetWithMaintenanceWindowRequest$Targets": "

The targets to register with the maintenance window. In other words, the managed nodes to run commands on when the maintenance window runs.

If a single maintenance window task is registered with multiple targets, its task invocations occur sequentially and not in parallel. If your task must run on multiple targets at the same time, register a task for each target individually and assign each task the same priority level.

You can specify targets using managed node IDs, resource group names, or tags that have been applied to managed nodes.

Example 1: Specify managed node IDs

Key=InstanceIds,Values=<instance-id-1>,<instance-id-2>,<instance-id-3>

Example 2: Use tag key-pairs applied to managed nodes

Key=tag:<my-tag-key>,Values=<my-tag-value-1>,<my-tag-value-2>

Example 3: Use tag-keys applied to managed nodes

Key=tag-key,Values=<my-tag-key-1>,<my-tag-key-2>

Example 4: Use resource group names

Key=resource-groups:Name,Values=<resource-group-name>

Example 5: Use filters for resource group types

Key=resource-groups:ResourceTypeFilters,Values=<resource-type-1>,<resource-type-2>

For Key=resource-groups:ResourceTypeFilters, specify resource types in the following format

Key=resource-groups:ResourceTypeFilters,Values=AWS::EC2::INSTANCE,AWS::EC2::VPC

For more information about these examples formats, including the best use case for each one, see Examples: Register targets with a maintenance window in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide.

", "RegisterTaskWithMaintenanceWindowRequest$Targets": "

The targets (either managed nodes or maintenance window targets).

One or more targets must be specified for maintenance window Run Command-type tasks. Depending on the task, targets are optional for other maintenance window task types (Automation, Lambda, and Step Functions). For more information about running tasks that don't specify targets, see Registering maintenance window tasks without targets in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide.

Specify managed nodes using the following format:

Key=InstanceIds,Values=<instance-id-1>,<instance-id-2>

Specify maintenance window targets using the following format:

Key=WindowTargetIds,Values=<window-target-id-1>,<window-target-id-2>

", "Runbook$Targets": "

A key-value mapping to target resources that the runbook operation performs tasks on. Required if you specify TargetParameterName.

", - "SendCommandRequest$Targets": "

An array of search criteria that targets managed nodes using a Key,Value combination that you specify. Specifying targets is most useful when you want to send a command to a large number of managed nodes at once. Using Targets, which accepts tag key-value pairs to identify managed nodes, you can send a command to tens, hundreds, or thousands of nodes at once.

To send a command to a smaller number of managed nodes, you can use the InstanceIds option instead.

For more information about how to use targets, see Sending commands to a fleet in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide.

", + "SendCommandRequest$Targets": "

An array of search criteria that targets managed nodes using a Key,Value combination that you specify. Specifying targets is most useful when you want to send a command to a large number of managed nodes at once. Using Targets, which accepts tag key-value pairs to identify managed nodes, you can send a command to tens, hundreds, or thousands of nodes at once.

To send a command to a smaller number of managed nodes, you can use the InstanceIds option instead.

For more information about how to use targets, see Run commands at scale in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide.

", "StartAutomationExecutionRequest$Targets": "

A key-value mapping to target resources. Required if you specify TargetParameterName.

", "StepExecution$Targets": "

The targets for the step execution.

", "UpdateAssociationRequest$Targets": "

The targets of the association.

", @@ -8141,7 +8141,7 @@ } }, "UnsupportedFeatureRequiredException": { - "base": "

Patching for applications released by Microsoft is only available on EC2 instances and advanced instances. To patch applications released by Microsoft on on-premises servers and VMs, you must enable advanced instances. For more information, see Enabling the advanced-instances tier in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide.

", + "base": "

Patching for applications released by Microsoft is only available on EC2 instances and advanced instances. To patch applications released by Microsoft on on-premises servers and VMs, you must enable advanced instances. For more information, see Turning on the advanced-instances tier in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide.

", "refs": { } }, @@ -8166,7 +8166,7 @@ } }, "UnsupportedPlatformType": { - "base": "

The document doesn't support the platform type of the given managed node ID(s). For example, you sent an document for a Windows managed node to a Linux node.

", + "base": "

The document doesn't support the platform type of the given managed node IDs. For example, you sent an document for a Windows managed node to a Linux node.

", "refs": { } }, diff --git a/service/cloudformation/api.go b/service/cloudformation/api.go index c5898794488..da57a5b67c3 100644 --- a/service/cloudformation/api.go +++ b/service/cloudformation/api.go @@ -2415,7 +2415,8 @@ func (c *CloudFormation) DescribeStackEventsRequest(input *DescribeStackEventsIn // DescribeStackEvents API operation for AWS CloudFormation. // // Returns all stack related events for a specified stack in reverse chronological -// order. For more information about a stack's event history, go to Stacks (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/concept-stack.html) +// order. For more information about a stack's event history, see CloudFormation +// stack creation events (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/stack-resource-configuration-complete.html) // in the CloudFormation User Guide. // // You can list events for stacks that have failed to create or have been deleted @@ -3103,7 +3104,9 @@ func (c *CloudFormation) DescribeStacksRequest(input *DescribeStacksInput) (req // DescribeStacks API operation for AWS CloudFormation. // // Returns the description for the specified stack; if no stack name was specified, -// then it returns the description for all the stacks created. +// then it returns the description for all the stacks created. For more information +// about a stack's event history, see CloudFormation stack creation events (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSCloudFormation/latest/UserGuide/stack-resource-configuration-complete.html) +// in the CloudFormation User Guide. // // If the stack doesn't exist, a ValidationError is returned. // @@ -22114,12 +22117,6 @@ type StackInstanceComprehensiveStatus struct { // the stack set operation fails in enough accounts within a Region, the // failure tolerance for the stack set operation as a whole might be exceeded. // - // * FAILED_IMPORT: The import of the stack instance in the specified account - // and Region failed and left the stack in an unstable state. Once the issues - // causing the failure are fixed, the import operation can be retried. If - // enough stack set operations fail in enough accounts within a Region, the - // failure tolerance for the stack set operation as a whole might be exceeded. - // // * INOPERABLE: A DeleteStackInstances operation has failed and left the // stack in an unstable state. Stacks in this state are excluded from further // UpdateStackSet operations. You might need to perform a DeleteStackInstances diff --git a/service/connect/api.go b/service/connect/api.go index f75a716baf0..881b1468837 100644 --- a/service/connect/api.go +++ b/service/connect/api.go @@ -5464,6 +5464,18 @@ func (c *Connect) DeleteQuickConnectRequest(input *DeleteQuickConnectInput) (req // // Deletes a quick connect. // +// After calling DeleteUser (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/connect/latest/APIReference/API_DeleteUser.html), +// it's important to call DeleteQuickConnect to delete any records related to +// the deleted users. This will help you: +// +// - Avoid dangling resources that impact your service quotas. +// +// - Remove deleted users so they don't appear to agents as transfer options. +// +// - Avoid the disruption of other Amazon Connect processes, such as instance +// replication and syncing if you're using Amazon Connect Global Resiliency +// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/connect/latest/adminguide/setup-connect-global-resiliency.html). +// // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. @@ -6123,6 +6135,17 @@ func (c *Connect) DeleteUserRequest(input *DeleteUserInput) (req *request.Reques // deleted, see Delete Users from Your Amazon Connect Instance (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/connect/latest/adminguide/delete-users.html) // in the Amazon Connect Administrator Guide. // +// After calling DeleteUser, call DeleteQuickConnect (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/connect/latest/APIReference/API_DeleteQuickConnect.html) +// to delete any records related to the deleted users. This will help you: +// +// - Avoid dangling resources that impact your service quotas. +// +// - Remove deleted users so they don't appear to agents as transfer options. +// +// - Avoid the disruption of other Amazon Connect processes, such as instance +// replication and syncing if you're using Amazon Connect Global Resiliency +// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/connect/latest/adminguide/setup-connect-global-resiliency.html). +// // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. @@ -12436,7 +12459,8 @@ func (c *Connect) ListContactReferencesRequest(input *ListContactReferencesInput // This API is in preview release for Amazon Connect and is subject to change. // // For the specified referenceTypes, returns a list of references associated -// with the contact. +// with the contact. References are links to documents that are related to a +// contact, such as emails, attachments, or URLs. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -21284,8 +21308,8 @@ func (c *Connect) StopContactRequest(input *StopContactInput) (req *request.Requ // StopContact API operation for Amazon Connect Service. // -// Ends the specified contact. This call does not work for voice contacts that -// use the following initiation methods: +// Ends the specified contact. Use this API to stop queued callbacks. It does +// not work for voice contacts that use the following initiation methods: // // - DISCONNECT // @@ -21293,8 +21317,8 @@ func (c *Connect) StopContactRequest(input *StopContactInput) (req *request.Requ // // - QUEUE_TRANSFER // -// Chat and task contacts, however, can be terminated in any state, regardless -// of initiation method. +// Chat and task contacts can be terminated in any state, regardless of initiation +// method. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -26983,6 +27007,10 @@ type AgentContactReference struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The state of the contact (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/connect/latest/adminguide/about-contact-states.html). + // + // When AgentContactState is set to CONNECTED_ONHOLD, StateStartTimestamp is + // not changed. Instead, StateStartTimestamp reflects the time the contact was + // CONNECTED to the agent. AgentContactState *string `type:"string" enum:"ContactState"` // The channel of the contact. @@ -35176,6 +35204,14 @@ type CreateUserInput struct { // SAML for identity management, the user name can include up to 64 characters // from [a-zA-Z0-9_-.\@]+. // + // Username can include @ only if used in an email format. For example: + // + // * Correct: testuser + // + // * Correct: testuser@example.com + // + // * Incorrect: testuser@example + // // Username is a required field Username *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` } @@ -46334,8 +46370,8 @@ type GetMetricDataV2Input struct { // * Filter keys: A maximum of 5 filter keys are supported in a single request. // Valid filter keys: QUEUE | ROUTING_PROFILE | AGENT | CHANNEL | AGENT_HIERARCHY_LEVEL_ONE // | AGENT_HIERARCHY_LEVEL_TWO | AGENT_HIERARCHY_LEVEL_THREE | AGENT_HIERARCHY_LEVEL_FOUR - // | AGENT_HIERARCHY_LEVEL_FIVE | FEATURE | contact/segmentAttributes/connect:Subtype - // | ROUTING_STEP_EXPRESSION + // | AGENT_HIERARCHY_LEVEL_FIVE | FEATURE | CASE_TEMPLATE_ARN | CASE_STATUS + // | contact/segmentAttributes/connect:Subtype | ROUTING_STEP_EXPRESSION // // * Filter values: A maximum of 100 filter values are supported in a single // request. VOICE, CHAT, and TASK are valid filterValue for the CHANNEL filter @@ -46363,8 +46399,8 @@ type GetMetricDataV2Input struct { // // Valid grouping keys: QUEUE | ROUTING_PROFILE | AGENT | CHANNEL | AGENT_HIERARCHY_LEVEL_ONE // | AGENT_HIERARCHY_LEVEL_TWO | AGENT_HIERARCHY_LEVEL_THREE | AGENT_HIERARCHY_LEVEL_FOUR - // | AGENT_HIERARCHY_LEVEL_FIVE, contact/segmentAttributes/connect:Subtype | - // ROUTING_STEP_EXPRESSION + // | AGENT_HIERARCHY_LEVEL_FIVE | CASE_TEMPLATE_ARN | CASE_STATUS | contact/segmentAttributes/connect:Subtype + // | ROUTING_STEP_EXPRESSION Groupings []*string `type:"list"` // The interval period and timezone to apply to returned metrics. @@ -46402,6 +46438,8 @@ type GetMetricDataV2Input struct { // Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent // Hierarchy, Feature, contact/segmentAttributes/connect:Subtype // + // UI name: Abandonment rate (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/connect/latest/adminguide/historical-metrics-definitions.html#abandonment-rate-historical) + // // AGENT_ADHERENT_TIME // // This metric is available only in Amazon Web Services Regions where Forecasting, @@ -46413,6 +46451,8 @@ type GetMetricDataV2Input struct { // Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent // Hierarchy // + // UI name: Adherent time (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/connect/latest/adminguide/historical-metrics-definitions.html#adherent-time-historical) + // // AGENT_ANSWER_RATE // // Unit: Percent @@ -46420,6 +46460,8 @@ type GetMetricDataV2Input struct { // Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent // Hierarchy // + // UI name: Agent answer rate (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/connect/latest/adminguide/historical-metrics-definitions.html#agent-answer-rate-historical) + // // AGENT_NON_ADHERENT_TIME // // Unit: Seconds @@ -46427,6 +46469,8 @@ type GetMetricDataV2Input struct { // Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent // Hierarchy // + // UI name: Non-adherent time (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/connect/latest/adminguide/historical-metrics-definitions.html#non-adherent-time) + // // AGENT_NON_RESPONSE // // Unit: Count @@ -46434,6 +46478,8 @@ type GetMetricDataV2Input struct { // Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent // Hierarchy // + // UI name: Agent non-response (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/connect/latest/adminguide/historical-metrics-definitions.html#agent-non-response) + // // AGENT_NON_RESPONSE_WITHOUT_CUSTOMER_ABANDONS // // Unit: Count @@ -46443,12 +46489,16 @@ type GetMetricDataV2Input struct { // // Data for this metric is available starting from October 1, 2023 0:00:00 GMT. // + // UI name: Agent non-response without customer abandons (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/connect/latest/adminguide/historical-metrics-definitions.html#agent-nonresponse-no-abandon-historical) + // // AGENT_OCCUPANCY // // Unit: Percentage // // Valid groupings and filters: Routing Profile, Agent, Agent Hierarchy // + // UI name: Occupancy (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/connect/latest/adminguide/historical-metrics-definitions.html#occupancy-historical) + // // AGENT_SCHEDULE_ADHERENCE // // This metric is available only in Amazon Web Services Regions where Forecasting, @@ -46460,6 +46510,8 @@ type GetMetricDataV2Input struct { // Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent // Hierarchy // + // UI name: Adherence (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/connect/latest/adminguide/historical-metrics-definitions.html#adherence-historical) + // // AGENT_SCHEDULED_TIME // // This metric is available only in Amazon Web Services Regions where Forecasting, @@ -46471,6 +46523,8 @@ type GetMetricDataV2Input struct { // Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent // Hierarchy // + // UI name: Scheduled time (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/connect/latest/adminguide/historical-metrics-definitions.html#scheduled-time-historical) + // // AVG_ABANDON_TIME // // Unit: Seconds @@ -46478,6 +46532,8 @@ type GetMetricDataV2Input struct { // Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent // Hierarchy, Feature, contact/segmentAttributes/connect:Subtype // + // UI name: Average queue abandon time (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/connect/latest/adminguide/historical-metrics-definitions.html#average-queue-abandon-time-historical) + // // AVG_ACTIVE_TIME // // Unit: Seconds @@ -46485,6 +46541,8 @@ type GetMetricDataV2Input struct { // Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent // Hierarchy // + // UI name: Average active time (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/connect/latest/adminguide/historical-metrics-definitions.html#average-active-time-historical) + // // AVG_AFTER_CONTACT_WORK_TIME // // Unit: Seconds @@ -46494,6 +46552,8 @@ type GetMetricDataV2Input struct { // Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent // Hierarchy, Feature, contact/segmentAttributes/connect:Subtype // + // UI name: Average after contact work time (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/connect/latest/adminguide/historical-metrics-definitions.html#average-acw-time-historical) + // // Feature is a valid filter but not a valid grouping. // // AVG_AGENT_CONNECTING_TIME @@ -46506,6 +46566,8 @@ type GetMetricDataV2Input struct { // Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent // Hierarchy // + // UI name: Average agent API connecting time (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/connect/latest/adminguide/historical-metrics-definitions.html#htm-avg-agent-api-connecting-time) + // // The Negate key in Metric Level Filters is not applicable for this metric. // // AVG_AGENT_PAUSE_TIME @@ -46515,6 +46577,28 @@ type GetMetricDataV2Input struct { // Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent // Hierarchy // + // UI name: Average agent pause time (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/connect/latest/adminguide/historical-metrics-definitions.html#average-agent-pause-time-historical) + // + // AVG_CASE_RELATED_CONTACTS + // + // Unit: Count + // + // Required filter key: CASE_TEMPLATE_ARN + // + // Valid groupings and filters: CASE_TEMPLATE_ARN, CASE_STATUS + // + // UI name: Average contacts per case (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/connect/latest/adminguide/historical-metrics-definitions.html#average-contacts-case-historical) + // + // AVG_CASE_RESOLUTION_TIME + // + // Unit: Seconds + // + // Required filter key: CASE_TEMPLATE_ARN + // + // Valid groupings and filters: CASE_TEMPLATE_ARN, CASE_STATUS + // + // UI name: Average case resolution time (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/connect/latest/adminguide/historical-metrics-definitions.html#average-case-resolution-time-historical) + // // AVG_CONTACT_DURATION // // Unit: Seconds @@ -46522,6 +46606,8 @@ type GetMetricDataV2Input struct { // Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent // Hierarchy, Feature, contact/segmentAttributes/connect:Subtype // + // UI name: Average contact duration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/connect/latest/adminguide/historical-metrics-definitions.html#average-contact-duration-historical) + // // Feature is a valid filter but not a valid grouping. // // AVG_CONVERSATION_DURATION @@ -46531,6 +46617,8 @@ type GetMetricDataV2Input struct { // Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent // Hierarchy, Feature, contact/segmentAttributes/connect:Subtype // + // UI name: Average conversation duration (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/connect/latest/adminguide/historical-metrics-definitions.html#average-conversation-duration-historical) + // // AVG_GREETING_TIME_AGENT // // This metric is available only for contacts analyzed by Contact Lens conversational @@ -46541,6 +46629,8 @@ type GetMetricDataV2Input struct { // Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent // Hierarchy, contact/segmentAttributes/connect:Subtype // + // UI name: Average greeting time agent (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/connect/latest/adminguide/historical-metrics-definitions.html#average-greeting-time-agent-historical) + // // AVG_HANDLE_TIME // // Unit: Seconds @@ -46548,6 +46638,8 @@ type GetMetricDataV2Input struct { // Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent // Hierarchy, Feature, contact/segmentAttributes/connect:Subtype, RoutingStepExpression // + // UI name: Average handle time (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/connect/latest/adminguide/historical-metrics-definitions.html#average-handle-time-historical) + // // Feature is a valid filter but not a valid grouping. // // AVG_HOLD_TIME @@ -46557,6 +46649,8 @@ type GetMetricDataV2Input struct { // Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent // Hierarchy, Feature, contact/segmentAttributes/connect:Subtype // + // UI name: Average customer hold time (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/connect/latest/adminguide/historical-metrics-definitions.html#average-customer-hold-time-historical) + // // Feature is a valid filter but not a valid grouping. // // AVG_HOLD_TIME_ALL_CONTACTS @@ -46566,6 +46660,8 @@ type GetMetricDataV2Input struct { // Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent // Hierarchy, contact/segmentAttributes/connect:Subtype // + // UI name: Average customer hold time all contacts (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/connect/latest/adminguide/historical-metrics-definitions.html#avg-customer-hold-time-all-contacts-historical) + // // AVG_HOLDS // // Unit: Count @@ -46573,6 +46669,8 @@ type GetMetricDataV2Input struct { // Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent // Hierarchy, Feature, contact/segmentAttributes/connect:Subtype // + // UI name: Average holds (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/connect/latest/adminguide/historical-metrics-definitions.html#average-holds-historical) + // // Feature is a valid filter but not a valid grouping. // // AVG_INTERACTION_AND_HOLD_TIME @@ -46582,6 +46680,8 @@ type GetMetricDataV2Input struct { // Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent // Hierarchy, contact/segmentAttributes/connect:Subtype // + // UI name: Average agent interaction and customer hold time (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/connect/latest/adminguide/historical-metrics-definitions.html#average-agent-interaction-customer-hold-time-historical) + // // AVG_INTERACTION_TIME // // Unit: Seconds @@ -46590,6 +46690,8 @@ type GetMetricDataV2Input struct { // // Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Feature, contact/segmentAttributes/connect:Subtype // + // UI name: Average agent interaction time (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/connect/latest/adminguide/historical-metrics-definitions.html#average-agent-interaction-time-historical) + // // Feature is a valid filter but not a valid grouping. // // AVG_INTERRUPTIONS_AGENT @@ -46602,6 +46704,8 @@ type GetMetricDataV2Input struct { // Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent // Hierarchy, contact/segmentAttributes/connect:Subtype // + // UI name: Average interruptions agent (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/connect/latest/adminguide/historical-metrics-definitions.html#average-interruptions-agent-historical) + // // AVG_INTERRUPTION_TIME_AGENT // // This metric is available only for contacts analyzed by Contact Lens conversational @@ -46612,6 +46716,8 @@ type GetMetricDataV2Input struct { // Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent // Hierarchy, contact/segmentAttributes/connect:Subtype // + // UI name: Average interruption time agent (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/connect/latest/adminguide/historical-metrics-definitions.html#average-interruptions-time-agent-historical) + // // AVG_NON_TALK_TIME // // This metric is available only for contacts analyzed by Contact Lens conversational @@ -46622,12 +46728,16 @@ type GetMetricDataV2Input struct { // Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent // Hierarchy, contact/segmentAttributes/connect:Subtype // + // UI name: Average non-talk time (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/connect/latest/adminguide/historical-metrics-definitions.html##average-non-talk-time-historical) + // // AVG_QUEUE_ANSWER_TIME // // Unit: Seconds // // Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Feature, contact/segmentAttributes/connect:Subtype // + // UI name: Average queue answer time (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/connect/latest/adminguide/historical-metrics-definitions.html#average-queue-answer-time-historical) + // // Feature is a valid filter but not a valid grouping. // // AVG_RESOLUTION_TIME @@ -46636,6 +46746,8 @@ type GetMetricDataV2Input struct { // // Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, contact/segmentAttributes/connect:Subtype // + // UI name: Average resolution time (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/connect/latest/adminguide/historical-metrics-definitions.html#average-resolution-time-historical) + // // AVG_TALK_TIME // // This metric is available only for contacts analyzed by Contact Lens conversational @@ -46646,6 +46758,8 @@ type GetMetricDataV2Input struct { // Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent // Hierarchy, contact/segmentAttributes/connect:Subtype // + // UI name: Average talk time (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/connect/latest/adminguide/historical-metrics-definitions.html#average-talk-time-historical) + // // AVG_TALK_TIME_AGENT // // This metric is available only for contacts analyzed by Contact Lens conversational @@ -46656,6 +46770,8 @@ type GetMetricDataV2Input struct { // Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent // Hierarchy, contact/segmentAttributes/connect:Subtype // + // UI name: Average talk time agent (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/connect/latest/adminguide/historical-metrics-definitions.html#average-talk-time-agent-historical) + // // AVG_TALK_TIME_CUSTOMER // // This metric is available only for contacts analyzed by Contact Lens conversational @@ -46666,6 +46782,18 @@ type GetMetricDataV2Input struct { // Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent // Hierarchy, contact/segmentAttributes/connect:Subtype // + // UI name: Average talk time customer (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/connect/latest/adminguide/historical-metrics-definitions.html#average-talk-time-customer-historical) + // + // CASES_CREATED + // + // Unit: Count + // + // Required filter key: CASE_TEMPLATE_ARN + // + // Valid groupings and filters: CASE_TEMPLATE_ARN, CASE_STATUS + // + // UI name: Cases created (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/connect/latest/adminguide/historical-metrics-definitions.html##cases-created-historical) + // // CONTACTS_ABANDONED // // Unit: Count @@ -46673,6 +46801,8 @@ type GetMetricDataV2Input struct { // Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent // Hierarchy, contact/segmentAttributes/connect:Subtype, RoutingStepExpression // + // UI name: Contact abandoned (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/connect/latest/adminguide/historical-metrics-definitions.html#contacts-abandoned-historical) + // // CONTACTS_CREATED // // Unit: Count @@ -46681,6 +46811,8 @@ type GetMetricDataV2Input struct { // // Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Feature, contact/segmentAttributes/connect:Subtype // + // UI name: Contacts created (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/connect/latest/adminguide/historical-metrics-definitions.html#contacts-created-historical) + // // Feature is a valid filter but not a valid grouping. // // CONTACTS_HANDLED @@ -46692,6 +46824,8 @@ type GetMetricDataV2Input struct { // Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent // Hierarchy, Feature, contact/segmentAttributes/connect:Subtype, RoutingStepExpression // + // UI name: API contacts handled (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/connect/latest/adminguide/historical-metrics-definitions.html#api-contacts-handled-historical) + // // Feature is a valid filter but not a valid grouping. // // CONTACTS_HANDLED_BY_CONNECTED_TO_AGENT @@ -46702,6 +46836,8 @@ type GetMetricDataV2Input struct { // // Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Agent, Agent Hierarchy, contact/segmentAttributes/connect:Subtype // + // UI name: Contacts handled by Connected to agent (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/connect/latest/adminguide/historical-metrics-definitions.html#contacts-handled-by-connected-to-agent-historical) + // // CONTACTS_HOLD_ABANDONS // // Unit: Count @@ -46709,6 +46845,8 @@ type GetMetricDataV2Input struct { // Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent // Hierarchy, contact/segmentAttributes/connect:Subtype // + // UI name: Contacts hold disconnect (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/connect/latest/adminguide/historical-metrics-definitions.html#contacts-handled-by-connected-to-agent-historical) + // // CONTACTS_ON_HOLD_AGENT_DISCONNECT // // Unit: Count @@ -46716,6 +46854,8 @@ type GetMetricDataV2Input struct { // Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent // Hierarchy // + // UI name: Contacts hold agent disconnect (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/connect/latest/adminguide/historical-metrics-definitions.html#contacts-hold-agent-disconnect-historical) + // // CONTACTS_ON_HOLD_CUSTOMER_DISCONNECT // // Unit: Count @@ -46723,6 +46863,8 @@ type GetMetricDataV2Input struct { // Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent // Hierarchy // + // UI name: Contacts hold customer disconnect (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/connect/latest/adminguide/historical-metrics-definitions.html#contacts-hold-customer-disconnect-historical) + // // CONTACTS_PUT_ON_HOLD // // Unit: Count @@ -46730,6 +46872,8 @@ type GetMetricDataV2Input struct { // Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent // Hierarchy // + // UI name: Contacts put on hold (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/connect/latest/adminguide/historical-metrics-definitions.html#contacts-hold-customer-disconnect-historical) + // // CONTACTS_TRANSFERRED_OUT_EXTERNAL // // Unit: Count @@ -46737,6 +46881,8 @@ type GetMetricDataV2Input struct { // Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent // Hierarchy // + // UI name: Contacts transferred out external (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/connect/latest/adminguide/historical-metrics-definitions.html#contacts-transferred-out-external-historical) + // // CONTACTS_TRANSFERRED_OUT_INTERNAL // // Unit: Percent @@ -46744,6 +46890,8 @@ type GetMetricDataV2Input struct { // Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent // Hierarchy // + // UI name: Contacts transferred out internal (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/connect/latest/adminguide/historical-metrics-definitions.html#contacts-transferred-out-internal-historical) + // // CONTACTS_QUEUED // // Unit: Count @@ -46751,12 +46899,16 @@ type GetMetricDataV2Input struct { // Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent // Hierarchy, contact/segmentAttributes/connect:Subtype // + // UI name: Contacts queued (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/connect/latest/adminguide/historical-metrics-definitions.html#contacts-queued-historical) + // // CONTACTS_QUEUED_BY_ENQUEUE // // Unit: Count // // Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Agent, Agent Hierarchy, contact/segmentAttributes/connect:Subtype // + // UI name: Contacts queued by Enqueue (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/connect/latest/adminguide/historical-metrics-definitions.html#contacts-queued-by-enqueue-historical) + // // CONTACTS_RESOLVED_IN_X // // Unit: Count @@ -46766,6 +46918,8 @@ type GetMetricDataV2Input struct { // Threshold: For ThresholdValue enter any whole number from 1 to 604800 (inclusive), // in seconds. For Comparison, you must enter LT (for "Less than"). // + // UI name: Contacts resolved in X (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/connect/latest/adminguide/historical-metrics-definitions.html#contacts-resolved-historical) + // // CONTACTS_TRANSFERRED_OUT // // Unit: Count @@ -46773,6 +46927,8 @@ type GetMetricDataV2Input struct { // Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent // Hierarchy, Feature, contact/segmentAttributes/connect:Subtype // + // UI name: Contacts transferred out (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/connect/latest/adminguide/historical-metrics-definitions.html#contacts-transferred-out-historical) + // // Feature is a valid filter but not a valid grouping. // // CONTACTS_TRANSFERRED_OUT_BY_AGENT @@ -46782,6 +46938,8 @@ type GetMetricDataV2Input struct { // Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent // Hierarchy, contact/segmentAttributes/connect:Subtype // + // UI name: Contacts transferred out by agent (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/connect/latest/adminguide/historical-metrics-definitions.html#contacts-transferred-out-by-agent-historical) + // // CONTACTS_TRANSFERRED_OUT_FROM_QUEUE // // Unit: Count @@ -46789,6 +46947,18 @@ type GetMetricDataV2Input struct { // Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent // Hierarchy, contact/segmentAttributes/connect:Subtype // + // UI name: Contacts transferred out queue (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/connect/latest/adminguide/historical-metrics-definitions.html#contacts-transferred-out-by-agent-historical) + // + // CURRENT_CASES + // + // Unit: Count + // + // Required filter key: CASE_TEMPLATE_ARN + // + // Valid groupings and filters: CASE_TEMPLATE_ARN, CASE_STATUS + // + // UI name: Current cases (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/connect/latest/adminguide/historical-metrics-definitions.html#current-cases-historical) + // // MAX_QUEUED_TIME // // Unit: Seconds @@ -46796,18 +46966,34 @@ type GetMetricDataV2Input struct { // Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent // Hierarchy, contact/segmentAttributes/connect:Subtype // + // UI name: Maximum queued time (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/connect/latest/adminguide/historical-metrics-definitions.html#maximum-queued-time-historical) + // + // PERCENT_CASES_FIRST_CONTACT_RESOLVED + // + // Unit: Percent + // + // Required filter key: CASE_TEMPLATE_ARN + // + // Valid groupings and filters: CASE_TEMPLATE_ARN, CASE_STATUS + // + // UI name: Cases resolved on first contact (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/connect/latest/adminguide/historical-metrics-definitions.html#cases-resolved-first-contact-historical) + // // PERCENT_CONTACTS_STEP_EXPIRED // // Unit: Percent // // Valid groupings and filters: Queue, RoutingStepExpression // + // UI name: Not available + // // PERCENT_CONTACTS_STEP_JOINED // // Unit: Percent // // Valid groupings and filters: Queue, RoutingStepExpression // + // UI name: Not available + // // PERCENT_NON_TALK_TIME // // This metric is available only for contacts analyzed by Contact Lens conversational @@ -46818,6 +47004,8 @@ type GetMetricDataV2Input struct { // Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent // Hierarchy, contact/segmentAttributes/connect:Subtype // + // UI name: Non-talk time percent (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/connect/latest/adminguide/historical-metrics-definitions.html#ntt-historical) + // // PERCENT_TALK_TIME // // This metric is available only for contacts analyzed by Contact Lens conversational @@ -46828,6 +47016,8 @@ type GetMetricDataV2Input struct { // Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent // Hierarchy, contact/segmentAttributes/connect:Subtype // + // UI name: Talk time percent (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/connect/latest/adminguide/historical-metrics-definitions.html#tt-historical) + // // PERCENT_TALK_TIME_AGENT // // This metric is available only for contacts analyzed by Contact Lens conversational @@ -46838,6 +47028,8 @@ type GetMetricDataV2Input struct { // Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent // Hierarchy, contact/segmentAttributes/connect:Subtype // + // UI name: Talk time agent percent (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/connect/latest/adminguide/historical-metrics-definitions.html#ttagent-historical) + // // PERCENT_TALK_TIME_CUSTOMER // // This metric is available only for contacts analyzed by Contact Lens conversational @@ -46848,6 +47040,28 @@ type GetMetricDataV2Input struct { // Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent // Hierarchy, contact/segmentAttributes/connect:Subtype // + // UI name: Talk time customer percent (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/connect/latest/adminguide/historical-metrics-definitions.html#ttcustomer-historical) + // + // REOPENED_CASE_ACTIONS + // + // Unit: Count + // + // Required filter key: CASE_TEMPLATE_ARN + // + // Valid groupings and filters: CASE_TEMPLATE_ARN, CASE_STATUS + // + // UI name: Cases reopened (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/connect/latest/adminguide/historical-metrics-definitions.html#cases-reopened-historical) + // + // RESOLVED_CASE_ACTIONS + // + // Unit: Count + // + // Required filter key: CASE_TEMPLATE_ARN + // + // Valid groupings and filters: CASE_TEMPLATE_ARN, CASE_STATUS + // + // UI name: Cases resolved (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/connect/latest/adminguide/historical-metrics-definitions.html#cases-resolved-historicall) + // // SERVICE_LEVEL // // You can include up to 20 SERVICE_LEVEL metrics in a request. @@ -46859,12 +47073,16 @@ type GetMetricDataV2Input struct { // Threshold: For ThresholdValue, enter any whole number from 1 to 604800 (inclusive), // in seconds. For Comparison, you must enter LT (for "Less than"). // + // UI name: Service level X (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/connect/latest/adminguide/historical-metrics-definitions.html#service-level-historical) + // // STEP_CONTACTS_QUEUED // // Unit: Count // // Valid groupings and filters: Queue, RoutingStepExpression // + // UI name: Not available + // // SUM_AFTER_CONTACT_WORK_TIME // // Unit: Seconds @@ -46872,6 +47090,8 @@ type GetMetricDataV2Input struct { // Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent // Hierarchy // + // UI name: After contact work time (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/connect/latest/adminguide/historical-metrics-definitions.html#acw-historical) + // // SUM_CONNECTING_TIME_AGENT // // Unit: Seconds @@ -46883,6 +47103,8 @@ type GetMetricDataV2Input struct { // Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent // Hierarchy // + // UI name: Agent API connecting time (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/connect/latest/adminguide/historical-metrics-definitions.html#htm-agent-api-connecting-time) + // // The Negate key in Metric Level Filters is not applicable for this metric. // // SUM_CONTACT_FLOW_TIME @@ -46892,6 +47114,8 @@ type GetMetricDataV2Input struct { // Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent // Hierarchy // + // UI name: Contact flow time (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/connect/latest/adminguide/historical-metrics-definitions.html#contact-flow-time-historical) + // // SUM_CONTACT_TIME_AGENT // // Unit: Seconds @@ -46899,6 +47123,8 @@ type GetMetricDataV2Input struct { // Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent // Hierarchy // + // UI name: Agent on contact time (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/connect/latest/adminguide/historical-metrics-definitions.html#agent-on-contact-time-historical) + // // SUM_CONTACTS_ANSWERED_IN_X // // Unit: Count @@ -46908,6 +47134,8 @@ type GetMetricDataV2Input struct { // Threshold: For ThresholdValue, enter any whole number from 1 to 604800 (inclusive), // in seconds. For Comparison, you must enter LT (for "Less than"). // + // UI name: Contacts answered in X seconds (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/connect/latest/adminguide/historical-metrics-definitions.html#contacts-answered-x-historical) + // // SUM_CONTACTS_ABANDONED_IN_X // // Unit: Count @@ -46917,6 +47145,8 @@ type GetMetricDataV2Input struct { // Threshold: For ThresholdValue, enter any whole number from 1 to 604800 (inclusive), // in seconds. For Comparison, you must enter LT (for "Less than"). // + // UI name: Contacts abandoned in X seconds (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/connect/latest/adminguide/historical-metrics-definitions.html#contacts-abandoned-x-historical) + // // SUM_CONTACTS_DISCONNECTED // // Valid metric filter key: DISCONNECT_REASON @@ -46926,6 +47156,8 @@ type GetMetricDataV2Input struct { // Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent // Hierarchy, contact/segmentAttributes/connect:Subtype // + // UI name: Contact disconnected (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/connect/latest/adminguide/historical-metrics-definitions.html#contact-disconnected-historical) + // // SUM_ERROR_STATUS_TIME_AGENT // // Unit: Seconds @@ -46933,6 +47165,8 @@ type GetMetricDataV2Input struct { // Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent // Hierarchy // + // UI name: Error status time (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/connect/latest/adminguide/historical-metrics-definitions.html#error-status-time-historical) + // // SUM_HANDLE_TIME // // Unit: Seconds @@ -46940,6 +47174,8 @@ type GetMetricDataV2Input struct { // Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent // Hierarchy // + // UI name: Contact handle time (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/connect/latest/adminguide/historical-metrics-definitions.html#contact-handle-time-historical) + // // SUM_HOLD_TIME // // Unit: Count @@ -46947,12 +47183,16 @@ type GetMetricDataV2Input struct { // Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent // Hierarchy // + // UI name: Customer hold time (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/connect/latest/adminguide/historical-metrics-definitions.html#customer-hold-time-historical) + // // SUM_IDLE_TIME_AGENT // // Unit: Seconds // // Valid groupings and filters: Routing Profile, Agent, Agent Hierarchy // + // UI name: Agent idle time (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/connect/latest/adminguide/historical-metrics-definitions.html#agent-idle-time-historica) + // // SUM_INTERACTION_AND_HOLD_TIME // // Unit: Seconds @@ -46960,6 +47200,8 @@ type GetMetricDataV2Input struct { // Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent // Hierarchy // + // UI name: Agent interaction and hold time (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/connect/latest/adminguide/historical-metrics-definitions.html#agent-interaction-hold-time-historical) + // // SUM_INTERACTION_TIME // // Unit: Seconds @@ -46967,24 +47209,32 @@ type GetMetricDataV2Input struct { // Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, Agent, Agent // Hierarchy // + // UI name: Agent interaction time (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/connect/latest/adminguide/historical-metrics-definitions.html#agent-interaction-time-historical) + // // SUM_NON_PRODUCTIVE_TIME_AGENT // // Unit: Seconds // // Valid groupings and filters: Routing Profile, Agent, Agent Hierarchy // + // UI name: Non-Productive Time (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/connect/latest/adminguide/historical-metrics-definitions.html#npt-historical) + // // SUM_ONLINE_TIME_AGENT // // Unit: Seconds // // Valid groupings and filters: Routing Profile, Agent, Agent Hierarchy // + // UI name: Online time (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/connect/latest/adminguide/historical-metrics-definitions.html#online-time-historical) + // // SUM_RETRY_CALLBACK_ATTEMPTS // // Unit: Count // // Valid groupings and filters: Queue, Channel, Routing Profile, contact/segmentAttributes/connect:Subtype // + // UI name: Callback attempts (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/connect/latest/adminguide/historical-metrics-definitions.html#callback-attempts-historical) + // // Metrics is a required field Metrics []*MetricV2 `type:"list" required:"true"` @@ -65552,7 +65802,8 @@ type StartChatContactInput struct { // ContactFlowId is a required field ContactFlowId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` - // The initial message to be sent to the newly created chat. + // The initial message to be sent to the newly created chat. If you have a Lex + // bot in your flow, the initial message is not delivered to the Lex bot. InitialMessage *ChatMessage `type:"structure"` // The identifier of the Amazon Connect instance. You can find the instance @@ -75668,6 +75919,10 @@ func (s *UserDataFilters) SetUserHierarchyGroups(v []*string) *UserDataFilters { } // Contains information about the identity of a user. +// +// For Amazon Connect instances that are created with the EXISTING_DIRECTORY +// identity management type, FirstName, LastName, and Email cannot be updated +// from within Amazon Connect because they are managed by the directory. type UserIdentityInfo struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -75891,7 +76146,11 @@ func (s *UserNotFoundException) RequestID() string { type UserPhoneConfig struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` - // The After Call Work (ACW) timeout setting, in seconds. + // The After Call Work (ACW) timeout setting, in seconds. This parameter has + // a minimum value of 0 and a maximum value of 2,000,000 seconds (24 days). + // Enter 0 if you don't want to allocate a specific amount of ACW time. It essentially + // means an indefinite amount of time. When the conversation ends, ACW starts; + // the agent must choose Close contact to end ACW. // // When returned by a SearchUsers call, AfterContactWorkTimeLimit is returned // in milliseconds. @@ -76239,8 +76498,8 @@ type UserSearchCriteria struct { // A leaf node condition which can be used to specify a string condition. // - // The currently supported values for FieldName are username, firstname, lastname, - // resourceId, routingProfileId, securityProfileId, agentGroupId, and agentGroupPathIds. + // The currently supported values for FieldName are Username, FirstName, LastName, + // RoutingProfileId, SecurityProfileId, ResourceId. StringCondition *StringCondition `type:"structure"` } diff --git a/service/ec2/api.go b/service/ec2/api.go index f9eee24a1cc..ef529889e25 100644 --- a/service/ec2/api.go +++ b/service/ec2/api.go @@ -2864,11 +2864,11 @@ func (c *EC2) AttachVolumeRequest(input *AttachVolumeInput) (req *request.Reques // the instance with the specified device name. // // Encrypted EBS volumes must be attached to instances that support Amazon EBS -// encryption. For more information, see Amazon EBS encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/EBSEncryption.html) -// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +// encryption. For more information, see Amazon EBS encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/ebs-encryption.html) +// in the Amazon EBS User Guide. // // After you attach an EBS volume, you must make it available. For more information, -// see Make an EBS volume available for use (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ebs-using-volumes.html). +// see Make an EBS volume available for use (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/ebs-using-volumes.html). // // If a volume has an Amazon Web Services Marketplace product code: // @@ -2883,8 +2883,8 @@ func (c *EC2) AttachVolumeRequest(input *AttachVolumeInput) (req *request.Reques // the product. For example, you can't detach a volume from a Windows instance // and attach it to a Linux instance. // -// For more information, see Attach an Amazon EBS volume to an instance (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ebs-attaching-volume.html) -// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +// For more information, see Attach an Amazon EBS volume to an instance (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/ebs-attaching-volume.html) +// in the Amazon EBS User Guide. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -3110,29 +3110,28 @@ func (c *EC2) AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgressRequest(input *AuthorizeSecurityGroupE // AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgress API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. // -// Adds the specified outbound (egress) rules to a security group for use with -// a VPC. +// Adds the specified outbound (egress) rules to a security group. // // An outbound rule permits instances to send traffic to the specified IPv4 -// or IPv6 CIDR address ranges, or to the instances that are associated with -// the specified source security groups. When specifying an outbound rule for -// your security group in a VPC, the IpPermissions must include a destination -// for the traffic. +// or IPv6 address ranges, the IP address ranges specified by a prefix list, +// or the instances that are associated with a source security group. For more +// information, see Security group rules (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/security-group-rules.html). // -// You specify a protocol for each rule (for example, TCP). For the TCP and -// UDP protocols, you must also specify the destination port or port range. -// For the ICMP protocol, you must also specify the ICMP type and code. You -// can use -1 for the type or code to mean all types or all codes. +// You must specify exactly one of the following destinations: an IPv4 or IPv6 +// address range, a prefix list, or a security group. You must specify a protocol +// for each rule (for example, TCP). If the protocol is TCP or UDP, you must +// also specify a port or port range. If the protocol is ICMP or ICMPv6, you +// must also specify the ICMP type and code. // -// Rule changes are propagated to affected instances as quickly as possible. -// However, a small delay might occur. +// Rule changes are propagated to instances associated with the security group +// as quickly as possible. However, a small delay might occur. // -// For information about VPC security group quotas, see Amazon VPC quotas (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/amazon-vpc-limits.html). +// For examples of rules that you can add to security groups for specific access +// scenarios, see Security group rules for different use cases (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/security-group-rules-reference.html) +// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. // -// If you want to reference a security group across VPCs attached to a transit -// gateway using the security group referencing feature (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/tgw/tgw-transit-gateways.html#create-tgw), -// note that you can only reference security groups for ingress rules. You cannot -// reference a security group for egress rules. +// For information about security group quotas, see Amazon VPC quotas (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/amazon-vpc-limits.html) +// in the Amazon VPC User Guide. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -3208,21 +3207,25 @@ func (c *EC2) AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngressRequest(input *AuthorizeSecurityGroup // Adds the specified inbound (ingress) rules to a security group. // // An inbound rule permits instances to receive traffic from the specified IPv4 -// or IPv6 CIDR address range, or from the instances that are associated with -// the specified destination security groups. When specifying an inbound rule -// for your security group in a VPC, the IpPermissions must include a source -// for the traffic. +// or IPv6 address range, the IP address ranges that are specified by a prefix +// list, or the instances that are associated with a destination security group. +// For more information, see Security group rules (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/security-group-rules.html). // -// You specify a protocol for each rule (for example, TCP). For TCP and UDP, -// you must also specify the destination port or port range. For ICMP/ICMPv6, -// you must also specify the ICMP/ICMPv6 type and code. You can use -1 to mean -// all types or all codes. +// You must specify exactly one of the following sources: an IPv4 or IPv6 address +// range, a prefix list, or a security group. You must specify a protocol for +// each rule (for example, TCP). If the protocol is TCP or UDP, you must also +// specify a port or port range. If the protocol is ICMP or ICMPv6, you must +// also specify the ICMP/ICMPv6 type and code. // -// Rule changes are propagated to instances within the security group as quickly -// as possible. However, a small delay might occur. +// Rule changes are propagated to instances associated with the security group +// as quickly as possible. However, a small delay might occur. // -// For more information about VPC security group quotas, see Amazon VPC quotas -// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/amazon-vpc-limits.html). +// For examples of rules that you can add to security groups for specific access +// scenarios, see Security group rules for different use cases (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/security-group-rules-reference.html) +// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// +// For more information about security group quotas, see Amazon VPC quotas (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/amazon-vpc-limits.html) +// in the Amazon VPC User Guide. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -4316,8 +4319,8 @@ func (c *EC2) CopyImageRequest(input *CopyImageInput) (req *request.Request, out // by default using the default encryption key for the Region, or a different // key that you specify in the request using KmsKeyId. Outposts do not support // unencrypted snapshots. For more information, Amazon EBS local snapshots on -// Outposts (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/snapshots-outposts.html#ami) -// in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. +// Outposts (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/snapshots-outposts.html#ami) +// in the Amazon EBS User Guide. // // For more information about the prerequisites and limits when copying an AMI, // see Copy an AMI (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/CopyingAMIs.html) @@ -4412,14 +4415,14 @@ func (c *EC2) CopySnapshotRequest(input *CopySnapshotInput) (req *request.Reques // Snapshots copied to an Outpost are encrypted by default using the default // encryption key for the Region, or a different key that you specify in the // request using KmsKeyId. Outposts do not support unencrypted snapshots. For -// more information, Amazon EBS local snapshots on Outposts (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/snapshots-outposts.html#ami) -// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +// more information, Amazon EBS local snapshots on Outposts (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/snapshots-outposts.html#ami) +// in the Amazon EBS User Guide. // // Snapshots created by copying another snapshot have an arbitrary volume ID // that should not be used for any purpose. // -// For more information, see Copy an Amazon EBS snapshot (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ebs-copy-snapshot.html) -// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +// For more information, see Copy an Amazon EBS snapshot (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/ebs-copy-snapshot.html) +// in the Amazon EBS User Guide. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -5281,45 +5284,48 @@ func (c *EC2) CreateDhcpOptionsRequest(input *CreateDhcpOptionsInput) (req *requ // CreateDhcpOptions API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. // -// Creates a set of DHCP options for your VPC. After creating the set, you must -// associate it with the VPC, causing all existing and new instances that you -// launch in the VPC to use this set of DHCP options. The following are the -// individual DHCP options you can specify. For more information about the options, -// see RFC 2132 (http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc2132.txt). +// Creates a custom set of DHCP options. After you create a DHCP option set, +// you associate it with a VPC. After you associate a DHCP option set with a +// VPC, all existing and newly launched instances in the VPC use this set of +// DHCP options. // -// - domain-name-servers - The IP addresses of up to four domain name servers, -// or AmazonProvidedDNS. The default DHCP option set specifies AmazonProvidedDNS. -// If specifying more than one domain name server, specify the IP addresses -// in a single parameter, separated by commas. To have your instance receive -// a custom DNS hostname as specified in domain-name, you must set domain-name-servers -// to a custom DNS server. +// The following are the individual DHCP options you can specify. For more information, +// see DHCP options sets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/VPC_DHCP_Options.html) +// in the Amazon VPC User Guide. // // - domain-name - If you're using AmazonProvidedDNS in us-east-1, specify -// ec2.internal. If you're using AmazonProvidedDNS in another Region, specify -// region.compute.internal (for example, ap-northeast-1.compute.internal). -// Otherwise, specify a domain name (for example, ExampleCompany.com). This -// value is used to complete unqualified DNS hostnames. Important: Some Linux -// operating systems accept multiple domain names separated by spaces. However, -// Windows and other Linux operating systems treat the value as a single -// domain, which results in unexpected behavior. If your DHCP options set -// is associated with a VPC that has instances with multiple operating systems, -// specify only one domain name. -// -// - ntp-servers - The IP addresses of up to four Network Time Protocol (NTP) -// servers. +// ec2.internal. If you're using AmazonProvidedDNS in any other Region, specify +// region.compute.internal. Otherwise, specify a custom domain name. This +// value is used to complete unqualified DNS hostnames. Some Linux operating +// systems accept multiple domain names separated by spaces. However, Windows +// and other Linux operating systems treat the value as a single domain, +// which results in unexpected behavior. If your DHCP option set is associated +// with a VPC that has instances running operating systems that treat the +// value as a single domain, specify only one domain name. +// +// - domain-name-servers - The IP addresses of up to four DNS servers, or +// AmazonProvidedDNS. To specify multiple domain name servers in a single +// parameter, separate the IP addresses using commas. To have your instances +// receive custom DNS hostnames as specified in domain-name, you must specify +// a custom DNS server. +// +// - ntp-servers - The IP addresses of up to eight Network Time Protocol +// (NTP) servers (four IPv4 addresses and four IPv6 addresses). // // - netbios-name-servers - The IP addresses of up to four NetBIOS name servers. // // - netbios-node-type - The NetBIOS node type (1, 2, 4, or 8). We recommend -// that you specify 2 (broadcast and multicast are not currently supported). -// For more information about these node types, see RFC 2132 (http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc2132.txt). -// -// Your VPC automatically starts out with a set of DHCP options that includes -// only a DNS server that we provide (AmazonProvidedDNS). If you create a set -// of options, and if your VPC has an internet gateway, make sure to set the -// domain-name-servers option either to AmazonProvidedDNS or to a domain name -// server of your choice. For more information, see DHCP options sets (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/userguide/VPC_DHCP_Options.html) -// in the Amazon VPC User Guide. +// that you specify 2. Broadcast and multicast are not supported. For more +// information about NetBIOS node types, see RFC 2132 (http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc2132.txt). +// +// - ipv6-preferred-lease-time - A value (in seconds, minutes, hours, or +// years) for how frequently a running instance with an IPv6 assigned to +// it goes through DHCPv6 lease renewal. Acceptable values are between 140 +// and 2147483647 seconds (approximately 68 years). If no value is entered, +// the default lease time is 140 seconds. If you use long-term addressing +// for EC2 instances, you can increase the lease time and avoid frequent +// lease renewal requests. Lease renewal typically occurs when half of the +// lease time has elapsed. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -8370,9 +8376,9 @@ func (c *EC2) CreateSnapshotRequest(input *CreateSnapshotInput) (req *request.Re // your Amazon EC2 resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Using_Tags.html) // in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. // -// For more information, see Amazon Elastic Block Store (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/AmazonEBS.html) -// and Amazon EBS encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/EBSEncryption.html) -// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +// For more information, see Amazon Elastic Block Store (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/what-is-ebs.html) +// and Amazon EBS encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/ebs-encryption.html) +// in the Amazon EBS User Guide. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -10435,15 +10441,15 @@ func (c *EC2) CreateVolumeRequest(input *CreateVolumeInput) (req *request.Reques // You can create encrypted volumes. Encrypted volumes must be attached to instances // that support Amazon EBS encryption. Volumes that are created from encrypted // snapshots are also automatically encrypted. For more information, see Amazon -// EBS encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/EBSEncryption.html) -// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +// EBS encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/ebs-encryption.html) +// in the Amazon EBS User Guide. // // You can tag your volumes during creation. For more information, see Tag your // Amazon EC2 resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Using_Tags.html) // in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. // -// For more information, see Create an Amazon EBS volume (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ebs-creating-volume.html) -// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +// For more information, see Create an Amazon EBS volume (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/ebs-creating-volume.html) +// in the Amazon EBS User Guide. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -14297,8 +14303,8 @@ func (c *EC2) DeleteSnapshotRequest(input *DeleteSnapshotInput) (req *request.Re // a registered AMI. You must first de-register the AMI before you can delete // the snapshot. // -// For more information, see Delete an Amazon EBS snapshot (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ebs-deleting-snapshot.html) -// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +// For more information, see Delete an Amazon EBS snapshot (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/ebs-deleting-snapshot.html) +// in the Amazon EBS User Guide. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -16074,8 +16080,8 @@ func (c *EC2) DeleteVolumeRequest(input *DeleteVolumeInput) (req *request.Reques // // The volume can remain in the deleting state for several minutes. // -// For more information, see Delete an Amazon EBS volume (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ebs-deleting-volume.html) -// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +// For more information, see Delete an Amazon EBS volume (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/ebs-deleting-volume.html) +// in the Amazon EBS User Guide. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -17415,6 +17421,10 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeAccountAttributesRequest(input *DescribeAccountAttributesI // - vpc-max-security-groups-per-interface: The maximum number of security // groups that you can assign to a network interface. // +// The order of the elements in the response, including those within nested +// structures, might vary. Applications should not assume the elements appear +// in a particular order. +// // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. @@ -17926,6 +17936,10 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeAvailabilityZonesRequest(input *DescribeAvailabilityZonesI // Zones, see Regions and zones (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/using-regions-availability-zones.html) // in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. // +// The order of the elements in the response, including those within nested +// structures, might vary. Applications should not assume the elements appear +// in a particular order. +// // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. @@ -27932,6 +27946,10 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeRegionsRequest(input *DescribeRegionsInput) (req *request. // Managing Amazon Web Services Regions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/general/latest/gr/rande-manage.html) // in the Amazon Web Services General Reference. // +// The order of the elements in the response, including those within nested +// structures, might vary. Applications should not assume the elements appear +// in a particular order. +// // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. @@ -29004,9 +29022,8 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeSecurityGroupReferencesRequest(input *DescribeSecurityGrou // DescribeSecurityGroupReferences API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. // -// Describes the VPCs on the other side of a VPC peering connection or the VPCs -// attached to a transit gateway that are referencing the security groups you've -// specified in this request. +// Describes the VPCs on the other side of a VPC peering connection that are +// referencing the security groups you've specified in this request. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -29342,8 +29359,8 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeSnapshotAttributeRequest(input *DescribeSnapshotAttributeI // Describes the specified attribute of the specified snapshot. You can specify // only one attribute at a time. // -// For more information about EBS snapshots, see Amazon EBS snapshots (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/EBSSnapshots.html) -// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +// For more information about EBS snapshots, see Amazon EBS snapshots (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/ebs-snapshots.html) +// in the Amazon EBS User Guide. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -29598,8 +29615,8 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeSnapshotsRequest(input *DescribeSnapshotsInput) (req *requ // // To get the state of fast snapshot restores for a snapshot, use DescribeFastSnapshotRestores. // -// For more information about EBS snapshots, see Amazon EBS snapshots (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/EBSSnapshots.html) -// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +// For more information about EBS snapshots, see Amazon EBS snapshots (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/ebs-snapshots.html) +// in the Amazon EBS User Guide. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -30376,12 +30393,8 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeStaleSecurityGroupsRequest(input *DescribeStaleSecurityGro // // Describes the stale security group rules for security groups in a specified // VPC. Rules are stale when they reference a deleted security group in the -// same VPC, peered VPC, or in separate VPCs attached to a transit gateway (with -// security group referencing support (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/tgw/tgw-transit-gateways.html#create-tgw) -// enabled). Rules can also be stale if they reference a security group in a -// peer VPC for which the VPC peering connection has been deleted or if they -// reference a security group in a VPC that has been detached from a transit -// gateway. +// same VPC or peered VPC. Rules can also be stale if they reference a security +// group in a peer VPC for which the VPC peering connection has been deleted. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -30795,6 +30808,10 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeTagsRequest(input *DescribeTagsInput) (req *request.Reques // For more information about tags, see Tag your Amazon EC2 resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Using_Tags.html) // in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. // +// The order of the elements in the response, including those within nested +// structures, might vary. Applications should not assume the elements appear +// in a particular order. +// // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. @@ -33397,8 +33414,8 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeVolumeAttributeRequest(input *DescribeVolumeAttributeInput // Describes the specified attribute of the specified volume. You can specify // only one attribute at a time. // -// For more information about EBS volumes, see Amazon EBS volumes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/EBSVolumes.html) -// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +// For more information about EBS volumes, see Amazon EBS volumes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/ebs-volumes.html) +// in the Amazon EBS User Guide. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -33495,8 +33512,8 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeVolumeStatusRequest(input *DescribeVolumeStatusInput) (req // If the status is insufficient-data, then the checks might still be taking // place on your volume at the time. We recommend that you retry the request. // For more information about volume status, see Monitor the status of your -// volumes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/monitoring-volume-status.html) -// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +// volumes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/monitoring-volume-status.html) +// in the Amazon EBS User Guide. // // Events: Reflect the cause of a volume status and might require you to take // action. For example, if your volume returns an impaired status, then the @@ -33514,6 +33531,10 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeVolumeStatusRequest(input *DescribeVolumeStatusInput) (req // the volume state. Therefore, volume status does not indicate volumes in the // error state (for example, when a volume is incapable of accepting I/O.) // +// The order of the elements in the response, including those within nested +// structures, might vary. Applications should not assume the elements appear +// in a particular order. +// // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about // the error. @@ -33648,8 +33669,12 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeVolumesRequest(input *DescribeVolumesInput) (req *request. // the output to make the list more manageable. For more information, see Pagination // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/Query-Requests.html#api-pagination). // -// For more information about EBS volumes, see Amazon EBS volumes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/EBSVolumes.html) -// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +// For more information about EBS volumes, see Amazon EBS volumes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/ebs-volumes.html) +// in the Amazon EBS User Guide. +// +// The order of the elements in the response, including those within nested +// structures, might vary. Applications should not assume the elements appear +// in a particular order. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -33789,8 +33814,8 @@ func (c *EC2) DescribeVolumesModificationsRequest(input *DescribeVolumesModifica // You can also use CloudWatch Events to check the status of a modification // to an EBS volume. For information about CloudWatch Events, see the Amazon // CloudWatch Events User Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudWatch/latest/events/). -// For more information, see Monitor the progress of volume modifications (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/monitoring-volume-modifications.html) -// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +// For more information, see Monitor the progress of volume modifications (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/monitoring-volume-modifications.html) +// in the Amazon EBS User Guide. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -35661,8 +35686,8 @@ func (c *EC2) DetachVolumeRequest(input *DetachVolumeInput) (req *request.Reques // or Fargate tasks. Attempting to do this results in the UnsupportedOperationException // exception with the Unable to detach volume attached to ECS tasks error message. // -// For more information, see Detach an Amazon EBS volume (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ebs-detaching-volume.html) -// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +// For more information, see Detach an Amazon EBS volume (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/ebs-detaching-volume.html) +// in the Amazon EBS User Guide. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -35972,8 +35997,8 @@ func (c *EC2) DisableEbsEncryptionByDefaultRequest(input *DisableEbsEncryptionBy // Disabling encryption by default does not change the encryption status of // your existing volumes. // -// For more information, see Amazon EBS encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/EBSEncryption.html) -// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +// For more information, see Amazon EBS encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/ebs-encryption.html) +// in the Amazon EBS User Guide. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -36608,8 +36633,8 @@ func (c *EC2) DisableSnapshotBlockPublicAccessRequest(input *DisableSnapshotBloc // block public access, all snapshots that were previously publicly shared are // no longer treated as private and they become publicly accessible again. // -// For more information, see Block public access for snapshots (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/block-public-access-snapshots.html) -// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide . +// For more information, see Block public access for snapshots (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/block-public-access-snapshots.html) +// in the Amazon EBS User Guide . // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -38293,8 +38318,8 @@ func (c *EC2) EnableEbsEncryptionByDefaultRequest(input *EnableEbsEncryptionByDe // After you enable encryption by default, the EBS volumes that you create are // always encrypted, either using the default KMS key or the KMS key that you // specified when you created each volume. For more information, see Amazon -// EBS encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/EBSEncryption.html) -// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +// EBS encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/ebs-encryption.html) +// in the Amazon EBS User Guide. // // You can specify the default KMS key for encryption by default using ModifyEbsDefaultKmsKeyId // or ResetEbsDefaultKmsKeyId. @@ -38304,7 +38329,7 @@ func (c *EC2) EnableEbsEncryptionByDefaultRequest(input *EnableEbsEncryptionByDe // // After you enable encryption by default, you can no longer launch instances // using instance types that do not support encryption. For more information, -// see Supported instance types (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/EBSEncryption.html#EBSEncryption_supported_instances). +// see Supported instance types (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/ebs-encryption-requirements.html#ebs-encryption_supported_instances). // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -38465,8 +38490,8 @@ func (c *EC2) EnableFastSnapshotRestoresRequest(input *EnableFastSnapshotRestore // state. To get the current state of fast snapshot restores, use DescribeFastSnapshotRestores. // To disable fast snapshot restores, use DisableFastSnapshotRestores. // -// For more information, see Amazon EBS fast snapshot restore (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ebs-fast-snapshot-restore.html) -// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +// For more information, see Amazon EBS fast snapshot restore (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/ebs-fast-snapshot-restore.html) +// in the Amazon EBS User Guide. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -39023,8 +39048,8 @@ func (c *EC2) EnableSnapshotBlockPublicAccessRequest(input *EnableSnapshotBlockP // shared are no longer treated as private and they become publicly accessible // again. // -// For more information, see Block public access for snapshots (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/block-public-access-snapshots.html) -// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +// For more information, see Block public access for snapshots (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/block-public-access-snapshots.html) +// in the Amazon EBS User Guide. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -40519,8 +40544,8 @@ func (c *EC2) GetEbsDefaultKmsKeyIdRequest(input *GetEbsDefaultKmsKeyIdInput) (r // in this Region. You can change the default KMS key for encryption by default // using ModifyEbsDefaultKmsKeyId or ResetEbsDefaultKmsKeyId. // -// For more information, see Amazon EBS encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/EBSEncryption.html) -// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +// For more information, see Amazon EBS encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/ebs-encryption.html) +// in the Amazon EBS User Guide. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -40596,8 +40621,8 @@ func (c *EC2) GetEbsEncryptionByDefaultRequest(input *GetEbsEncryptionByDefaultI // Describes whether EBS encryption by default is enabled for your account in // the current Region. // -// For more information, see Amazon EBS encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/EBSEncryption.html) -// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +// For more information, see Amazon EBS encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/ebs-encryption.html) +// in the Amazon EBS User Guide. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -43069,8 +43094,8 @@ func (c *EC2) GetSnapshotBlockPublicAccessStateRequest(input *GetSnapshotBlockPu // Gets the current state of block public access for snapshots setting for the // account and Region. // -// For more information, see Block public access for snapshots (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/block-public-access-snapshots.html) -// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +// For more information, see Block public access for snapshots (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/block-public-access-snapshots.html) +// in the Amazon EBS User Guide. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -45972,8 +45997,8 @@ func (c *EC2) ModifyEbsDefaultKmsKeyIdRequest(input *ModifyEbsDefaultKmsKeyIdInp // If you delete or disable the customer managed KMS key that you specified // for use with encryption by default, your instances will fail to launch. // -// For more information, see Amazon EBS encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/EBSEncryption.html) -// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +// For more information, see Amazon EBS encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/ebs-encryption.html) +// in the Amazon EBS User Guide. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -48145,8 +48170,8 @@ func (c *EC2) ModifySnapshotAttributeRequest(input *ModifySnapshotAttributeInput // cannot be shared with other accounts. // // For more information about modifying snapshot permissions, see Share a snapshot -// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ebs-modifying-snapshot-permissions.html) -// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/ebs-modifying-snapshot-permissions.html) +// in the Amazon EBS User Guide. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -48223,8 +48248,8 @@ func (c *EC2) ModifySnapshotTierRequest(input *ModifySnapshotTierInput) (req *re // to a full snapshot that includes all of the blocks of data that were written // to the volume at the time the snapshot was created, and moved from the standard // tier to the archive tier. For more information, see Archive Amazon EBS snapshots -// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/snapshot-archive.html) -// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/snapshot-archive.html) +// in the Amazon EBS User Guide. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -49457,21 +49482,19 @@ func (c *EC2) ModifyVolumeRequest(input *ModifyVolumeInput) (req *request.Reques // size, volume type, and IOPS capacity. If your EBS volume is attached to a // current-generation EC2 instance type, you might be able to apply these changes // without stopping the instance or detaching the volume from it. For more information -// about modifying EBS volumes, see Amazon EBS Elastic Volumes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ebs-modify-volume.html) -// (Linux instances) or Amazon EBS Elastic Volumes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/WindowsGuide/ebs-modify-volume.html) -// (Windows instances). +// about modifying EBS volumes, see Amazon EBS Elastic Volumes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/ebs-modify-volume.html) +// in the Amazon EBS User Guide. // // When you complete a resize operation on your volume, you need to extend the // volume's file-system size to take advantage of the new storage capacity. -// For more information, see Extend a Linux file system (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ebs-expand-volume.html#recognize-expanded-volume-linux) -// or Extend a Windows file system (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/WindowsGuide/ebs-expand-volume.html#recognize-expanded-volume-windows). +// For more information, see Extend the file system (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/recognize-expanded-volume-linux.html). // // You can use CloudWatch Events to check the status of a modification to an // EBS volume. For information about CloudWatch Events, see the Amazon CloudWatch // Events User Guide (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AmazonCloudWatch/latest/events/). // You can also track the status of a modification using DescribeVolumesModifications. // For information about tracking status changes using either method, see Monitor -// the progress of volume modifications (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/monitoring-volume-modifications.html). +// the progress of volume modifications (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/monitoring-volume-modifications.html). // // With previous-generation instance types, resizing an EBS volume might require // detaching and reattaching the volume or stopping and restarting the instance. @@ -53441,8 +53464,8 @@ func (c *EC2) ResetEbsDefaultKmsKeyIdRequest(input *ResetEbsDefaultKmsKeyIdInput // After resetting the default KMS key to the Amazon Web Services managed KMS // key, you can continue to encrypt by a customer managed KMS key by specifying // it when you create the volume. For more information, see Amazon EBS encryption -// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/EBSEncryption.html) -// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/ebs-encryption.html) in +// the Amazon EBS User Guide. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -53824,8 +53847,8 @@ func (c *EC2) ResetSnapshotAttributeRequest(input *ResetSnapshotAttributeInput) // Resets permission settings for the specified snapshot. // // For more information about modifying snapshot permissions, see Share a snapshot -// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ebs-modifying-snapshot-permissions.html) -// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/ebs-modifying-snapshot-permissions.html) +// in the Amazon EBS User Guide. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -54126,8 +54149,8 @@ func (c *EC2) RestoreSnapshotFromRecycleBinRequest(input *RestoreSnapshotFromRec // RestoreSnapshotFromRecycleBin API operation for Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. // // Restores a snapshot from the Recycle Bin. For more information, see Restore -// snapshots from the Recycle Bin (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/recycle-bin-working-with-snaps.html#recycle-bin-restore-snaps) -// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +// snapshots from the Recycle Bin (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/recycle-bin-working-with-snaps.html#recycle-bin-restore-snaps) +// in the Amazon EBS User Guide. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -54204,10 +54227,10 @@ func (c *EC2) RestoreSnapshotTierRequest(input *RestoreSnapshotTierInput) (req * // or modifies the restore period or restore type for a snapshot that was previously // temporarily restored. // -// For more information see Restore an archived snapshot (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/working-with-snapshot-archiving.html#restore-archived-snapshot) +// For more information see Restore an archived snapshot (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/working-with-snapshot-archiving.html#restore-archived-snapshot) // and modify the restore period or restore type for a temporarily restored -// snapshot (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/working-with-snapshot-archiving.html#modify-temp-restore-period) -// in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. +// snapshot (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/working-with-snapshot-archiving.html#modify-temp-restore-period) +// in the Amazon EBS User Guide. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -63291,7 +63314,7 @@ func (s *AuthorizeClientVpnIngressOutput) SetStatus(v *ClientVpnAuthorizationRul type AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgressInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` - // Not supported. Use a set of IP permissions to specify the CIDR. + // Not supported. Use IP permissions instead. CidrIp *string `locationName:"cidrIp" type:"string"` // Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without @@ -63300,7 +63323,7 @@ type AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgressInput struct { // it is UnauthorizedOperation. DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"` - // Not supported. Use a set of IP permissions to specify the port. + // Not supported. Use IP permissions instead. FromPort *int64 `locationName:"fromPort" type:"integer"` // The ID of the security group. @@ -63308,26 +63331,22 @@ type AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgressInput struct { // GroupId is a required field GroupId *string `locationName:"groupId" type:"string" required:"true"` - // The sets of IP permissions. You can't specify a destination security group - // and a CIDR IP address range in the same set of permissions. + // The permissions for the security group rules. IpPermissions []*IpPermission `locationName:"ipPermissions" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"` - // Not supported. Use a set of IP permissions to specify the protocol name or - // number. + // Not supported. Use IP permissions instead. IpProtocol *string `locationName:"ipProtocol" type:"string"` - // Not supported. Use a set of IP permissions to specify a destination security - // group. + // Not supported. Use IP permissions instead. SourceSecurityGroupName *string `locationName:"sourceSecurityGroupName" type:"string"` - // Not supported. Use a set of IP permissions to specify a destination security - // group. + // Not supported. Use IP permissions instead. SourceSecurityGroupOwnerId *string `locationName:"sourceSecurityGroupOwnerId" type:"string"` // The tags applied to the security group rule. TagSpecifications []*TagSpecification `locationName:"TagSpecification" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"` - // Not supported. Use a set of IP permissions to specify the port. + // Not supported. Use IP permissions instead. ToPort *int64 `locationName:"toPort" type:"integer"` } @@ -63465,12 +63484,12 @@ func (s *AuthorizeSecurityGroupEgressOutput) SetSecurityGroupRules(v []*Security type AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngressInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` - // The IPv4 address range, in CIDR format. You can't specify this parameter - // when specifying a source security group. To specify an IPv6 address range, - // use a set of IP permissions. + // The IPv4 address range, in CIDR format. + // + // To specify an IPv6 address range, use IP permissions instead. // - // Alternatively, use a set of IP permissions to specify multiple rules and - // a description for the rule. + // To specify multiple rules and descriptions for the rules, use IP permissions + // instead. CidrIp *string `type:"string"` // Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without @@ -63480,63 +63499,58 @@ type AuthorizeSecurityGroupIngressInput struct { DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"` // If the protocol is TCP or UDP, this is the start of the port range. If the - // protocol is ICMP, this is the type number. A value of -1 indicates all ICMP - // types. If you specify all ICMP types, you must specify all ICMP codes. + // protocol is ICMP, this is the ICMP type or -1 (all ICMP types). // - // Alternatively, use a set of IP permissions to specify multiple rules and - // a description for the rule. + // To specify multiple rules and descriptions for the rules, use IP permissions + // instead. FromPort *int64 `type:"integer"` - // The ID of the security group. You must specify either the security group - // ID or the security group name in the request. For security groups in a nondefault - // VPC, you must specify the security group ID. + // The ID of the security group. GroupId *string `type:"string"` - // [Default VPC] The name of the security group. You must specify either the - // security group ID or the security group name in the request. For security - // groups in a nondefault VPC, you must specify the security group ID. + // [Default VPC] The name of the security group. For security groups for a default + // VPC you can specify either the ID or the name of the security group. For + // security groups for a nondefault VPC, you must specify the ID of the security + // group. GroupName *string `type:"string"` - // The sets of IP permissions. + // The permissions for the security group rules. IpPermissions []*IpPermission `locationNameList:"item" type:"list"` // The IP protocol name (tcp, udp, icmp) or number (see Protocol Numbers (http://www.iana.org/assignments/protocol-numbers/protocol-numbers.xhtml)). - // To specify icmpv6, use a set of IP permissions. + // To specify all protocols, use -1. + // + // To specify icmpv6, use IP permissions instead. // - // Use -1 to specify all protocols. If you specify -1 or a protocol other than - // tcp, udp, or icmp, traffic on all ports is allowed, regardless of any ports - // you specify. + // If you specify a protocol other than one of the supported values, traffic + // is allowed on all ports, regardless of any ports that you specify. // - // Alternatively, use a set of IP permissions to specify multiple rules and - // a description for the rule. + // To specify multiple rules and descriptions for the rules, use IP permissions + // instead. IpProtocol *string `type:"string"` - // [Default VPC] The name of the source security group. You can't specify this - // parameter in combination with the following parameters: the CIDR IP address - // range, the start of the port range, the IP protocol, and the end of the port - // range. Creates rules that grant full ICMP, UDP, and TCP access. To create - // a rule with a specific IP protocol and port range, use a set of IP permissions - // instead. The source security group must be in the same VPC. + // [Default VPC] The name of the source security group. + // + // The rule grants full ICMP, UDP, and TCP access. To create a rule with a specific + // protocol and port range, specify a set of IP permissions instead. SourceSecurityGroupName *string `type:"string"` - // [Nondefault VPC] The Amazon Web Services account ID for the source security - // group, if the source security group is in a different account. You can't - // specify this parameter in combination with the following parameters: the - // CIDR IP address range, the IP protocol, the start of the port range, and - // the end of the port range. Creates rules that grant full ICMP, UDP, and TCP - // access. To create a rule with a specific IP protocol and port range, use - // a set of IP permissions instead. + // The Amazon Web Services account ID for the source security group, if the + // source security group is in a different account. + // + // The rule grants full ICMP, UDP, and TCP access. To create a rule with a specific + // protocol and port range, use IP permissions instead. SourceSecurityGroupOwnerId *string `type:"string"` - // [VPC Only] The tags applied to the security group rule. + // The tags applied to the security group rule. TagSpecifications []*TagSpecification `locationName:"TagSpecification" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"` // If the protocol is TCP or UDP, this is the end of the port range. If the - // protocol is ICMP, this is the code. A value of -1 indicates all ICMP codes. - // If you specify all ICMP types, you must specify all ICMP codes. + // protocol is ICMP, this is the ICMP code or -1 (all ICMP codes). If the start + // port is -1 (all ICMP types), then the end port must be -1 (all ICMP codes). // - // Alternatively, use a set of IP permissions to specify multiple rules and - // a description for the rule. + // To specify multiple rules and descriptions for the rules, use IP permissions + // instead. ToPort *int64 `type:"integer"` } @@ -69238,8 +69252,8 @@ type CopyImageInput struct { // or within the same Outpost. // // For more information, see Copy AMIs from an Amazon Web Services Region to - // an Outpost (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/snapshots-outposts.html#copy-amis) - // in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. + // an Outpost (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/snapshots-outposts.html#copy-amis) + // in the Amazon EBS User Guide. DestinationOutpostArn *string `type:"string"` // Checks whether you have the required permissions for the action, without @@ -69253,8 +69267,8 @@ type CopyImageInput struct { // create an unencrypted copy of an encrypted snapshot. The default KMS key // for Amazon EBS is used unless you specify a non-default Key Management Service // (KMS) KMS key using KmsKeyId. For more information, see Amazon EBS encryption - // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/EBSEncryption.html) - // in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. + // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/ebs-encryption.html) in + // the Amazon EBS User Guide. Encrypted *bool `locationName:"encrypted" type:"boolean"` // The identifier of the symmetric Key Management Service (KMS) KMS key to use @@ -69458,8 +69472,8 @@ type CopySnapshotInput struct { // Outpost to another, or within the same Outpost. // // For more information, see Copy snapshots from an Amazon Web Services Region - // to an Outpost (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/snapshots-outposts.html#copy-snapshots) - // in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. + // to an Outpost (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/snapshots-outposts.html#copy-snapshots) + // in the Amazon EBS User Guide. DestinationOutpostArn *string `type:"string"` // The destination Region to use in the PresignedUrl parameter of a snapshot @@ -69482,8 +69496,8 @@ type CopySnapshotInput struct { // not enabled, enable encryption using this parameter. Otherwise, omit this // parameter. Encrypted snapshots are encrypted, even if you omit this parameter // and encryption by default is not enabled. You cannot set this parameter to - // false. For more information, see Amazon EBS encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/EBSEncryption.html) - // in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. + // false. For more information, see Amazon EBS encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/ebs-encryption.html) + // in the Amazon EBS User Guide. Encrypted *bool `locationName:"encrypted" type:"boolean"` // The identifier of the Key Management Service (KMS) KMS key to use for Amazon @@ -72065,11 +72079,12 @@ type CreateFlowLogsInput struct { // accounts. DeliverCrossAccountRole *string `type:"string"` - // The ARN of the IAM role that allows Amazon EC2 to publish flow logs to a - // CloudWatch Logs log group in your account. + // The ARN of the IAM role that allows Amazon EC2 to publish flow logs to the + // log destination. // - // This parameter is required if the destination type is cloud-watch-logs and - // unsupported otherwise. + // This parameter is required if the destination type is cloud-watch-logs, or + // if the destination type is kinesis-data-firehose and the delivery stream + // and the resources to monitor are in different accounts. DeliverLogsPermissionArn *string `type:"string"` // The destination options. @@ -77184,8 +77199,8 @@ type CreateSnapshotInput struct { // must be created on the same Outpost as the volume. // // For more information, see Create local snapshots from volumes on an Outpost - // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/snapshots-outposts.html#create-snapshot) - // in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. + // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/snapshots-outposts.html#create-snapshot) + // in the Amazon EBS User Guide. OutpostArn *string `type:"string"` // The tags to apply to the snapshot during creation. @@ -77293,8 +77308,8 @@ type CreateSnapshotsInput struct { // must be created on the same Outpost as the instance. // // For more information, see Create multi-volume local snapshots from instances - // on an Outpost (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/snapshots-outposts.html#create-multivol-snapshot) - // in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. + // on an Outpost (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/snapshots-outposts.html#create-multivol-snapshot) + // in the Amazon EBS User Guide. OutpostArn *string `type:"string"` // Tags to apply to every snapshot specified by the instance. @@ -80182,22 +80197,20 @@ type CreateTransitGatewayVpcAttachmentRequestOptions struct { // Enable or disable IPv6 support. The default is disable. Ipv6Support *string `type:"string" enum:"Ipv6SupportValue"` + // + // This parameter is in preview and may not be available for your account. + // // Enables you to reference a security group across VPCs attached to a transit - // gateway (TGW). Use this option to simplify security group management and - // control of instance-to-instance traffic across VPCs that are connected by - // transit gateway. You can also use this option to migrate from VPC peering - // (which was the only option that supported security group referencing) to - // transit gateways (which now also support security group referencing). This - // option is disabled by default and there are no additional costs to use this - // feature. + // gateway. Use this option to simplify security group management and control + // of instance-to-instance traffic across VPCs that are connected by transit + // gateway. You can also use this option to migrate from VPC peering (which + // was the only option that supported security group referencing) to transit + // gateways (which now also support security group referencing). This option + // is disabled by default and there are no additional costs to use this feature. // // If you don't enable or disable SecurityGroupReferencingSupport in the request, // the attachment will inherit the security group referencing support setting // on the transit gateway. - // - // For important information about this feature, see Create a transit gateway - // attachment to a VPC (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/tgw/tgw-vpc-attachments.html#create-vpc-attachment) - // in the Amazon Web Services Transit Gateway Guide. SecurityGroupReferencingSupport *string `type:"string" enum:"SecurityGroupReferencingSupportValue"` } @@ -81208,11 +81221,11 @@ type CreateVolumeInput struct { // Indicates whether the volume should be encrypted. The effect of setting the // encryption state to true depends on the volume origin (new or from a snapshot), // starting encryption state, ownership, and whether encryption by default is - // enabled. For more information, see Encryption by default (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/EBSEncryption.html#encryption-by-default) - // in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. + // enabled. For more information, see Encryption by default (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/work-with-ebs-encr.html#encryption-by-default) + // in the Amazon EBS User Guide. // // Encrypted Amazon EBS volumes must be attached to instances that support Amazon - // EBS encryption. For more information, see Supported instance types (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/EBSEncryption.html#EBSEncryption_supported_instances). + // EBS encryption. For more information, see Supported instance types (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/ebs-encryption-requirements.html#ebs-encryption_supported_instances). Encrypted *bool `locationName:"encrypted" type:"boolean"` // The number of I/O operations per second (IOPS). For gp3, io1, and io2 volumes, @@ -81260,8 +81273,8 @@ type CreateVolumeInput struct { // you can attach the volume to up to 16 Instances built on the Nitro System // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/instance-types.html#ec2-nitro-instances) // in the same Availability Zone. This parameter is supported with io1 and io2 - // volumes only. For more information, see Amazon EBS Multi-Attach (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ebs-volumes-multi.html) - // in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. + // volumes only. For more information, see Amazon EBS Multi-Attach (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/ebs-volumes-multi.html) + // in the Amazon EBS User Guide. MultiAttachEnabled *bool `type:"boolean"` // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Outpost. @@ -81314,8 +81327,8 @@ type CreateVolumeInput struct { // Throughput Optimized HDD (st1) and Cold HDD (sc1) volumes can't be used as // boot volumes. // - // For more information, see Amazon EBS volume types (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/EBSVolumeTypes.html) - // in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. + // For more information, see Amazon EBS volume types (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/ebs-volume-types.html) + // in the Amazon EBS User Guide. // // Default: gp2 VolumeType *string `type:"string" enum:"VolumeType"` @@ -91445,7 +91458,7 @@ type DescribeAvailabilityZonesInput struct { // * group-name - For Availability Zones, use the Region name. For Local // Zones, use the name of the group associated with the Local Zone (for example, // us-west-2-lax-1) For Wavelength Zones, use the name of the group associated - // with the Wavelength Zone (for example, us-east-1-wl1-bos-wlz-1). + // with the Wavelength Zone (for example, us-east-1-wl1). // // * message - The Zone message. // @@ -116899,13 +116912,13 @@ type EbsBlockDevice struct { // being restored from a backing snapshot. The effect of setting the encryption // state to true depends on the volume origin (new or from a snapshot), starting // encryption state, ownership, and whether encryption by default is enabled. - // For more information, see Amazon EBS encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/EBSEncryption.html#encryption-parameters) - // in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. + // For more information, see Amazon EBS encryption (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/ebs-encryption.html#encryption-parameters) + // in the Amazon EBS User Guide. // // In no case can you remove encryption from an encrypted volume. // // Encrypted volumes can only be attached to instances that support Amazon EBS - // encryption. For more information, see Supported instance types (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/EBSEncryption.html#EBSEncryption_supported_instances). + // encryption. For more information, see Supported instance types (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/ebs-encryption-requirements.html#ebs-encryption_supported_instances). // // This parameter is not returned by DescribeImageAttribute. // @@ -116998,8 +117011,8 @@ type EbsBlockDevice struct { // * standard: 1 - 1024 GiB VolumeSize *int64 `locationName:"volumeSize" type:"integer"` - // The volume type. For more information, see Amazon EBS volume types (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/EBSVolumeTypes.html) - // in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. + // The volume type. For more information, see Amazon EBS volume types (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/ebs-volume-types.html) + // in the Amazon EBS User Guide. VolumeType *string `locationName:"volumeType" type:"string" enum:"VolumeType"` } @@ -135360,6 +135373,8 @@ type InstanceMetadataOptionsRequest struct { HttpEndpoint *string `type:"string" enum:"InstanceMetadataEndpointState"` // Enables or disables the IPv6 endpoint for the instance metadata service. + // + // Default: disabled HttpProtocolIpv6 *string `type:"string" enum:"InstanceMetadataProtocolState"` // The desired HTTP PUT response hop limit for instance metadata requests. The @@ -135456,6 +135471,8 @@ type InstanceMetadataOptionsResponse struct { // Indicates whether the IPv6 endpoint for the instance metadata service is // enabled or disabled. + // + // Default: disabled HttpProtocolIpv6 *string `locationName:"httpProtocolIpv6" type:"string" enum:"InstanceMetadataProtocolState"` // The desired HTTP PUT response hop limit for instance metadata requests. The @@ -135962,10 +135979,10 @@ type InstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification struct { // one. You cannot specify more than one network interface in the request. If // launching into a default subnet, the default value is true. // - // Starting on February 1, 2024, Amazon Web Services will charge for all public - // IPv4 addresses, including public IPv4 addresses associated with running instances - // and Elastic IP addresses. For more information, see the Public IPv4 Address - // tab on the Amazon VPC pricing page (http://aws.amazon.com/vpc/pricing/). + // Amazon Web Services charges for all public IPv4 addresses, including public + // IPv4 addresses associated with running instances and Elastic IP addresses. + // For more information, see the Public IPv4 Address tab on the Amazon VPC pricing + // page (http://aws.amazon.com/vpc/pricing/). AssociatePublicIpAddress *bool `locationName:"associatePublicIpAddress" type:"boolean"` // A security group connection tracking specification that enables you to set @@ -138562,14 +138579,12 @@ func (s *InternetGatewayAttachment) SetVpcId(v string) *InternetGatewayAttachmen return s } -// Describes a set of permissions for a security group rule. +// Describes the permissions for a security group rule. type IpPermission struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // If the protocol is TCP or UDP, this is the start of the port range. If the - // protocol is ICMP or ICMPv6, this is the type number. A value of -1 indicates - // all ICMP/ICMPv6 types. If you specify all ICMP/ICMPv6 types, you must specify - // all ICMP/ICMPv6 codes. + // protocol is ICMP or ICMPv6, this is the ICMP type or -1 (all ICMP types). FromPort *int64 `locationName:"fromPort" type:"integer"` // The IP protocol name (tcp, udp, icmp, icmpv6) or number (see Protocol Numbers @@ -138582,19 +138597,19 @@ type IpPermission struct { // if you omit the port range, traffic for all types and codes is allowed. IpProtocol *string `locationName:"ipProtocol" type:"string"` - // The IPv4 ranges. + // The IPv4 address ranges. IpRanges []*IpRange `locationName:"ipRanges" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"` - // The IPv6 ranges. + // The IPv6 address ranges. Ipv6Ranges []*Ipv6Range `locationName:"ipv6Ranges" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"` // The prefix list IDs. PrefixListIds []*PrefixListId `locationName:"prefixListIds" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"` // If the protocol is TCP or UDP, this is the end of the port range. If the - // protocol is ICMP or ICMPv6, this is the code. A value of -1 indicates all - // ICMP/ICMPv6 codes. If you specify all ICMP/ICMPv6 types, you must specify - // all ICMP/ICMPv6 codes. + // protocol is ICMP or ICMPv6, this is the ICMP code or -1 (all ICMP codes). + // If the start port is -1 (all ICMP types), then the end port must be -1 (all + // ICMP codes). ToPort *int64 `locationName:"toPort" type:"integer"` // The security group and Amazon Web Services account ID pairs. @@ -138661,11 +138676,11 @@ func (s *IpPermission) SetUserIdGroupPairs(v []*UserIdGroupPair) *IpPermission { return s } -// Describes an IPv4 range. +// Describes an IPv4 address range. type IpRange struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` - // The IPv4 CIDR range. You can either specify a CIDR range or a source security + // The IPv4 address range. You can either specify a CIDR block or a source security // group, not both. To specify a single IPv4 address, use the /32 prefix length. CidrIp *string `locationName:"cidrIp" type:"string"` @@ -141269,11 +141284,11 @@ func (s *Ipv6PrefixSpecificationResponse) SetIpv6Prefix(v string) *Ipv6PrefixSpe return s } -// Describes an IPv6 range. +// Describes an IPv6 address range. type Ipv6Range struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` - // The IPv6 CIDR range. You can either specify a CIDR range or a source security + // The IPv6 address range. You can either specify a CIDR block or a source security // group, not both. To specify a single IPv6 address, use the /128 prefix length. CidrIpv6 *string `locationName:"cidrIpv6" type:"string"` @@ -142407,8 +142422,8 @@ type LaunchTemplateEbsBlockDeviceRequest struct { // * standard: 1 - 1024 GiB VolumeSize *int64 `type:"integer"` - // The volume type. For more information, see Amazon EBS volume types (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/EBSVolumeTypes.html) - // in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. + // The volume type. For more information, see Amazon EBS volume types (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/ebs-volume-types.html) + // in the Amazon EBS User Guide. VolumeType *string `type:"string" enum:"VolumeType"` } @@ -143267,10 +143282,10 @@ type LaunchTemplateInstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecification struct { // Indicates whether to associate a public IPv4 address with eth0 for a new // network interface. // - // Starting on February 1, 2024, Amazon Web Services will charge for all public - // IPv4 addresses, including public IPv4 addresses associated with running instances - // and Elastic IP addresses. For more information, see the Public IPv4 Address - // tab on the Amazon VPC pricing page (http://aws.amazon.com/vpc/pricing/). + // Amazon Web Services charges for all public IPv4 addresses, including public + // IPv4 addresses associated with running instances and Elastic IP addresses. + // For more information, see the Public IPv4 Address tab on the Amazon VPC pricing + // page (http://aws.amazon.com/vpc/pricing/). AssociatePublicIpAddress *bool `locationName:"associatePublicIpAddress" type:"boolean"` // A security group connection tracking specification that enables you to set @@ -143508,10 +143523,10 @@ type LaunchTemplateInstanceNetworkInterfaceSpecificationRequest struct { // Associates a public IPv4 address with eth0 for a new network interface. // - // Starting on February 1, 2024, Amazon Web Services will charge for all public - // IPv4 addresses, including public IPv4 addresses associated with running instances - // and Elastic IP addresses. For more information, see the Public IPv4 Address - // tab on the Amazon VPC pricing page (http://aws.amazon.com/vpc/pricing/). + // Amazon Web Services charges for all public IPv4 addresses, including public + // IPv4 addresses associated with running instances and Elastic IP addresses. + // For more information, see the Public IPv4 Address tab on the Amazon VPC pricing + // page (http://aws.amazon.com/vpc/pricing/). AssociatePublicIpAddress *bool `type:"boolean"` // A security group connection tracking specification that enables you to set @@ -149389,8 +149404,6 @@ type ModifyInstanceMetadataOptionsInput struct { // Set to disabled to turn off access to instance tags from the instance metadata. // For more information, see Work with instance tags using the instance metadata // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Using_Tags.html#work-with-tags-in-IMDS). - // - // Default: disabled InstanceMetadataTags *string `type:"string" enum:"InstanceMetadataTagsState"` } @@ -151689,10 +151702,10 @@ type ModifySubnetAttributeInput struct { // Specify true to indicate that network interfaces attached to instances created // in the specified subnet should be assigned a public IPv4 address. // - // Starting on February 1, 2024, Amazon Web Services will charge for all public - // IPv4 addresses, including public IPv4 addresses associated with running instances - // and Elastic IP addresses. For more information, see the Public IPv4 Address - // tab on the Amazon VPC pricing page (http://aws.amazon.com/vpc/pricing/). + // Amazon Web Services charges for all public IPv4 addresses, including public + // IPv4 addresses associated with running instances and Elastic IP addresses. + // For more information, see the Public IPv4 Address tab on the Amazon VPC pricing + // page (http://aws.amazon.com/vpc/pricing/). MapPublicIpOnLaunch *AttributeBooleanValue `type:"structure"` // The type of hostname to assign to instances in the subnet at launch. For @@ -152402,18 +152415,16 @@ type ModifyTransitGatewayOptions struct { // Removes CIDR blocks for the transit gateway. RemoveTransitGatewayCidrBlocks []*string `locationNameList:"item" type:"list"` + // + // This parameter is in preview and may not be available for your account. + // // Enables you to reference a security group across VPCs attached to a transit - // gateway (TGW). Use this option to simplify security group management and - // control of instance-to-instance traffic across VPCs that are connected by - // transit gateway. You can also use this option to migrate from VPC peering - // (which was the only option that supported security group referencing) to - // transit gateways (which now also support security group referencing). This - // option is disabled by default and there are no additional costs to use this - // feature. - // - // For important information about this feature, see Create a transit gateway - // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/tgw/tgw-transit-gateways.html#create-tgw) - // in the Amazon Web Services Transit Gateway Guide. + // gateway. Use this option to simplify security group management and control + // of instance-to-instance traffic across VPCs that are connected by transit + // gateway. You can also use this option to migrate from VPC peering (which + // was the only option that supported security group referencing) to transit + // gateways (which now also support security group referencing). This option + // is disabled by default and there are no additional costs to use this feature. SecurityGroupReferencingSupport *string `type:"string" enum:"SecurityGroupReferencingSupportValue"` // Enable or disable Equal Cost Multipath Protocol support. @@ -152788,18 +152799,16 @@ type ModifyTransitGatewayVpcAttachmentRequestOptions struct { // Enable or disable IPv6 support. The default is enable. Ipv6Support *string `type:"string" enum:"Ipv6SupportValue"` + // + // This parameter is in preview and may not be available for your account. + // // Enables you to reference a security group across VPCs attached to a transit - // gateway (TGW). Use this option to simplify security group management and - // control of instance-to-instance traffic across VPCs that are connected by - // transit gateway. You can also use this option to migrate from VPC peering - // (which was the only option that supported security group referencing) to - // transit gateways (which now also support security group referencing). This - // option is disabled by default and there are no additional costs to use this - // feature. - // - // For important information about this feature, see Create a transit gateway - // attachment to a VPC (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/tgw/tgw-vpc-attachments.html#create-vpc-attachment) - // in the Amazon Web Services Transit Gateway Guide. + // gateway. Use this option to simplify security group management and control + // of instance-to-instance traffic across VPCs that are connected by transit + // gateway. You can also use this option to migrate from VPC peering (which + // was the only option that supported security group referencing) to transit + // gateways (which now also support security group referencing). This option + // is disabled by default and there are no additional costs to use this feature. SecurityGroupReferencingSupport *string `type:"string" enum:"SecurityGroupReferencingSupportValue"` } @@ -154129,8 +154138,8 @@ type ModifyVolumeInput struct { // Specifies whether to enable Amazon EBS Multi-Attach. If you enable Multi-Attach, // you can attach the volume to up to 16 Nitro-based instances (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/instance-types.html#ec2-nitro-instances) // in the same Availability Zone. This parameter is supported with io1 and io2 - // volumes only. For more information, see Amazon EBS Multi-Attach (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/ebs-volumes-multi.html) - // in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. + // volumes only. For more information, see Amazon EBS Multi-Attach (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/ebs-volumes-multi.html) + // in the Amazon EBS User Guide. MultiAttachEnabled *bool `type:"boolean"` // The target size of the volume, in GiB. The target volume size must be greater @@ -154166,8 +154175,8 @@ type ModifyVolumeInput struct { VolumeId *string `type:"string" required:"true"` // The target EBS volume type of the volume. For more information, see Amazon - // EBS volume types (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/EBSVolumeTypes.html) - // in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. + // EBS volume types (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/ebs-volume-types.html) + // in the Amazon EBS User Guide. // // Default: The existing type is retained. VolumeType *string `type:"string" enum:"VolumeType"` @@ -161465,9 +161474,10 @@ type ProvisionByoipCidrInput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The public IPv4 or IPv6 address range, in CIDR notation. The most specific - // IPv4 prefix that you can specify is /24. The most specific IPv6 prefix you - // can specify is /56. The address range cannot overlap with another address - // range that you've brought to this or another Region. + // IPv4 prefix that you can specify is /24. The most specific IPv6 address range + // that you can bring is /48 for CIDRs that are publicly advertisable and /56 + // for CIDRs that are not publicly advertisable. The address range cannot overlap + // with another address range that you've brought to this or another Region. // // Cidr is a required field Cidr *string `type:"string" required:"true"` @@ -163246,8 +163256,8 @@ type RegisterImageInput struct { // If you create an AMI on an Outpost, then all backing snapshots must be on // the same Outpost or in the Region of that Outpost. AMIs on an Outpost that // include local snapshots can be used to launch instances on the same Outpost - // only. For more information, Amazon EBS local snapshots on Outposts (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/snapshots-outposts.html#ami) - // in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. + // only. For more information, Amazon EBS local snapshots on Outposts (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/snapshots-outposts.html#ami) + // in the Amazon EBS User Guide. BlockDeviceMappings []*BlockDeviceMapping `locationName:"BlockDeviceMapping" locationNameList:"BlockDeviceMapping" type:"list"` // The boot mode of the AMI. A value of uefi-preferred indicates that the AMI @@ -169570,8 +169580,8 @@ type RestoreSnapshotFromRecycleBinOutput struct { Encrypted *bool `locationName:"encrypted" type:"boolean"` // The ARN of the Outpost on which the snapshot is stored. For more information, - // see Amazon EBS local snapshots on Outposts (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/snapshots-outposts.html) - // in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. + // see Amazon EBS local snapshots on Outposts (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/snapshots-outposts.html) + // in the Amazon EBS User Guide. OutpostArn *string `locationName:"outpostArn" type:"string"` // The ID of the Amazon Web Services account that owns the EBS snapshot. @@ -170137,8 +170147,7 @@ type RevokeSecurityGroupIngressInput struct { DryRun *bool `locationName:"dryRun" type:"boolean"` // If the protocol is TCP or UDP, this is the start of the port range. If the - // protocol is ICMP, this is the type number. A value of -1 indicates all ICMP - // types. + // protocol is ICMP, this is the ICMP type or -1 (all ICMP types). FromPort *int64 `type:"integer"` // The ID of the security group. @@ -170171,7 +170180,7 @@ type RevokeSecurityGroupIngressInput struct { SourceSecurityGroupOwnerId *string `type:"string"` // If the protocol is TCP or UDP, this is the end of the port range. If the - // protocol is ICMP, this is the code. A value of -1 indicates all ICMP codes. + // protocol is ICMP, this is the ICMP code or -1 (all ICMP codes). ToPort *int64 `type:"integer"` } @@ -173507,15 +173516,15 @@ type SecurityGroupReference struct { // The ID of the VPC with the referencing security group. ReferencingVpcId *string `locationName:"referencingVpcId" type:"string"` - // The ID of the transit gateway (if applicable). For more information about - // security group referencing for transit gateways, see Create a transit gateway - // attachment to a VPC (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/tgw/tgw-vpc-attachments.html#create-vpc-attachment) - // in the Amazon Web Services Transit Gateway Guide. + // + // This parameter is in preview and may not be available for your account. + // + // The ID of the transit gateway (if applicable). TransitGatewayId *string `locationName:"transitGatewayId" type:"string"` // The ID of the VPC peering connection (if applicable). For more information // about security group referencing for peering connections, see Update your - // security groups to reference peer security groups (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/peering/vpc-peering-security-groups.html) + // security groups to reference peer security groups (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/peering/vpc-peering-security-groups.html) // in the VPC Peering Guide. VpcPeeringConnectionId *string `locationName:"vpcPeeringConnectionId" type:"string"` } @@ -173576,9 +173585,7 @@ type SecurityGroupRule struct { Description *string `locationName:"description" type:"string"` // If the protocol is TCP or UDP, this is the start of the port range. If the - // protocol is ICMP or ICMPv6, this is the type number. A value of -1 indicates - // all ICMP/ICMPv6 types. If you specify all ICMP/ICMPv6 types, you must specify - // all ICMP/ICMPv6 codes. + // protocol is ICMP or ICMPv6, this is the ICMP type or -1 (all ICMP types). FromPort *int64 `locationName:"fromPort" type:"integer"` // The ID of the security group. @@ -173609,9 +173616,9 @@ type SecurityGroupRule struct { Tags []*Tag `locationName:"tagSet" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"` // If the protocol is TCP or UDP, this is the end of the port range. If the - // protocol is ICMP or ICMPv6, this is the type number. A value of -1 indicates - // all ICMP/ICMPv6 codes. If you specify all ICMP/ICMPv6 types, you must specify - // all ICMP/ICMPv6 codes. + // protocol is ICMP or ICMPv6, this is the ICMP code or -1 (all ICMP codes). + // If the start port is -1 (all ICMP types), then the end port must be -1 (all + // ICMP codes). ToPort *int64 `locationName:"toPort" type:"integer"` } @@ -173786,9 +173793,7 @@ type SecurityGroupRuleRequest struct { Description *string `type:"string"` // If the protocol is TCP or UDP, this is the start of the port range. If the - // protocol is ICMP or ICMPv6, this is the type number. A value of -1 indicates - // all ICMP/ICMPv6 types. If you specify all ICMP/ICMPv6 types, you must specify - // all ICMP/ICMPv6 codes. + // protocol is ICMP or ICMPv6, this is the ICMP type or -1 (all ICMP types). FromPort *int64 `type:"integer"` // The IP protocol name (tcp, udp, icmp, icmpv6) or number (see Protocol Numbers @@ -173804,9 +173809,9 @@ type SecurityGroupRuleRequest struct { ReferencedGroupId *string `type:"string"` // If the protocol is TCP or UDP, this is the end of the port range. If the - // protocol is ICMP or ICMPv6, this is the code. A value of -1 indicates all - // ICMP/ICMPv6 codes. If you specify all ICMP/ICMPv6 types, you must specify - // all ICMP/ICMPv6 codes. + // protocol is ICMP or ICMPv6, this is the ICMP code or -1 (all ICMP codes). + // If the start port is -1 (all ICMP types), then the end port must be -1 (all + // ICMP codes). ToPort *int64 `type:"integer"` } @@ -174495,8 +174500,8 @@ type Snapshot struct { KmsKeyId *string `locationName:"kmsKeyId" type:"string"` // The ARN of the Outpost on which the snapshot is stored. For more information, - // see Amazon EBS local snapshots on Outposts (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/snapshots-outposts.html) - // in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. + // see Amazon EBS local snapshots on Outposts (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/snapshots-outposts.html) + // in the Amazon EBS User Guide. OutpostArn *string `locationName:"outpostArn" type:"string"` // The Amazon Web Services owner alias, from an Amazon-maintained list (amazon). @@ -174874,8 +174879,8 @@ type SnapshotInfo struct { Encrypted *bool `locationName:"encrypted" type:"boolean"` // The ARN of the Outpost on which the snapshot is stored. For more information, - // see Amazon EBS local snapshots on Outposts (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/snapshots-outposts.html) - // in the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud User Guide. + // see Amazon EBS local snapshots on Outposts (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/latest/userguide/snapshots-outposts.html) + // in the Amazon EBS User Guide. OutpostArn *string `locationName:"outpostArn" type:"string"` // Account id used when creating this snapshot. @@ -177294,11 +177299,11 @@ func (s *SpotPrice) SetTimestamp(v time.Time) *SpotPrice { type StaleIpPermission struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` - // The start of the port range for the TCP and UDP protocols, or an ICMP type - // number. A value of -1 indicates all ICMP types. + // If the protocol is TCP or UDP, this is the start of the port range. If the + // protocol is ICMP or ICMPv6, this is the ICMP type or -1 (all ICMP types). FromPort *int64 `locationName:"fromPort" type:"integer"` - // The IP protocol name (for tcp, udp, and icmp) or number (see Protocol Numbers) + // The IP protocol name (tcp, udp, icmp, icmpv6) or number (see Protocol Numbers) // (http://www.iana.org/assignments/protocol-numbers/protocol-numbers.xhtml). IpProtocol *string `locationName:"ipProtocol" type:"string"` @@ -177308,8 +177313,8 @@ type StaleIpPermission struct { // The prefix list IDs. Not applicable for stale security group rules. PrefixListIds []*string `locationName:"prefixListIds" locationNameList:"item" type:"list"` - // The end of the port range for the TCP and UDP protocols, or an ICMP type - // number. A value of -1 indicates all ICMP types. + // If the protocol is TCP or UDP, this is the end of the port range. If the + // protocol is ICMP or ICMPv6, this is the ICMP code or -1 (all ICMP codes). ToPort *int64 `locationName:"toPort" type:"integer"` // The security group pairs. Returns the ID of the referenced security group @@ -178275,10 +178280,10 @@ type Subnet struct { // Indicates whether instances launched in this subnet receive a public IPv4 // address. // - // Starting on February 1, 2024, Amazon Web Services will charge for all public - // IPv4 addresses, including public IPv4 addresses associated with running instances - // and Elastic IP addresses. For more information, see the Public IPv4 Address - // tab on the Amazon VPC pricing page (http://aws.amazon.com/vpc/pricing/). + // Amazon Web Services charges for all public IPv4 addresses, including public + // IPv4 addresses associated with running instances and Elastic IP addresses. + // For more information, see the Public IPv4 Address tab on the Amazon VPC pricing + // page (http://aws.amazon.com/vpc/pricing/). MapPublicIpOnLaunch *bool `locationName:"mapPublicIpOnLaunch" type:"boolean"` // The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the Outpost. @@ -181798,18 +181803,16 @@ type TransitGatewayOptions struct { // The ID of the default propagation route table. PropagationDefaultRouteTableId *string `locationName:"propagationDefaultRouteTableId" type:"string"` + // + // This parameter is in preview and may not be available for your account. + // // Enables you to reference a security group across VPCs attached to a transit - // gateway (TGW). Use this option to simplify security group management and - // control of instance-to-instance traffic across VPCs that are connected by - // transit gateway. You can also use this option to migrate from VPC peering - // (which was the only option that supported security group referencing) to - // transit gateways (which now also support security group referencing). This - // option is disabled by default and there are no additional costs to use this - // feature. - // - // For important information about this feature, see Create a transit gateway - // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/tgw/tgw-transit-gateways.html#create-tgw) - // in the Amazon Web Services Transit Gateway Guide. + // gateway. Use this option to simplify security group management and control + // of instance-to-instance traffic across VPCs that are connected by transit + // gateway. You can also use this option to migrate from VPC peering (which + // was the only option that supported security group referencing) to transit + // gateways (which now also support security group referencing). This option + // is disabled by default and there are no additional costs to use this feature. SecurityGroupReferencingSupport *string `locationName:"securityGroupReferencingSupport" type:"string" enum:"SecurityGroupReferencingSupportValue"` // The transit gateway CIDR blocks. @@ -182578,18 +182581,16 @@ type TransitGatewayRequestOptions struct { // Indicates whether multicast is enabled on the transit gateway MulticastSupport *string `type:"string" enum:"MulticastSupportValue"` + // + // This parameter is in preview and may not be available for your account. + // // Enables you to reference a security group across VPCs attached to a transit - // gateway (TGW). Use this option to simplify security group management and - // control of instance-to-instance traffic across VPCs that are connected by - // transit gateway. You can also use this option to migrate from VPC peering - // (which was the only option that supported security group referencing) to - // transit gateways (which now also support security group referencing). This - // option is disabled by default and there are no additional costs to use this - // feature. - // - // For important information about this feature, see Create a transit gateway - // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/tgw/tgw-transit-gateways.html#create-tgw) - // in the Amazon Web Services Transit Gateway Guide. + // gateway. Use this option to simplify security group management and control + // of instance-to-instance traffic across VPCs that are connected by transit + // gateway. You can also use this option to migrate from VPC peering (which + // was the only option that supported security group referencing) to transit + // gateways (which now also support security group referencing). This option + // is disabled by default and there are no additional costs to use this feature. SecurityGroupReferencingSupport *string `type:"string" enum:"SecurityGroupReferencingSupportValue"` // One or more IPv4 or IPv6 CIDR blocks for the transit gateway. Must be a size @@ -183345,9 +183346,16 @@ type TransitGatewayVpcAttachmentOptions struct { // Indicates whether IPv6 support is disabled. Ipv6Support *string `locationName:"ipv6Support" type:"string" enum:"Ipv6SupportValue"` - // For important information about this feature, see Create a transit gateway - // attachment to a VPC (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/latest/tgw/tgw-vpc-attachments.html#create-vpc-attachment) - // in the Amazon Web Services Transit Gateway Guide. + // + // This parameter is in preview and may not be available for your account. + // + // Enables you to reference a security group across VPCs attached to a transit + // gateway. Use this option to simplify security group management and control + // of instance-to-instance traffic across VPCs that are connected by transit + // gateway. You can also use this option to migrate from VPC peering (which + // was the only option that supported security group referencing) to transit + // gateways (which now also support security group referencing). This option + // is disabled by default and there are no additional costs to use this feature. SecurityGroupReferencingSupport *string `locationName:"securityGroupReferencingSupport" type:"string" enum:"SecurityGroupReferencingSupportValue"` } diff --git a/service/ec2/doc.go b/service/ec2/doc.go index 770e43bd81c..7cd3917611c 100644 --- a/service/ec2/doc.go +++ b/service/ec2/doc.go @@ -3,30 +3,9 @@ // Package ec2 provides the client and types for making API // requests to Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud. // -// Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud (Amazon EC2) provides secure and resizable computing -// capacity in the Amazon Web Services Cloud. Using Amazon EC2 eliminates the -// need to invest in hardware up front, so you can develop and deploy applications -// faster. Amazon Virtual Private Cloud (Amazon VPC) enables you to provision -// a logically isolated section of the Amazon Web Services Cloud where you can -// launch Amazon Web Services resources in a virtual network that you've defined. -// Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS) provides block level storage volumes -// for use with EC2 instances. EBS volumes are highly available and reliable -// storage volumes that can be attached to any running instance and used like -// a hard drive. -// -// To learn more, see the following resources: -// -// - Amazon EC2: Amazon EC2 product page (http://aws.amazon.com/ec2), Amazon -// EC2 documentation (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ec2/index.html) -// -// - Amazon EBS: Amazon EBS product page (http://aws.amazon.com/ebs), Amazon -// EBS documentation (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ebs/index.html) -// -// - Amazon VPC: Amazon VPC product page (http://aws.amazon.com/vpc), Amazon -// VPC documentation (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpc/index.html) -// -// - VPN: VPN product page (http://aws.amazon.com/vpn), VPN documentation -// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/vpn/index.html) +// You can access the features of Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud (Amazon EC2) +// programmatically. For more information, see the Amazon EC2 Developer Guide +// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/ec2/latest/devguide). // // See https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ec2-2016-11-15 for more information on this service. // diff --git a/service/kafka/api.go b/service/kafka/api.go index 67370a286f7..2636c7e7b58 100644 --- a/service/kafka/api.go +++ b/service/kafka/api.go @@ -14024,6 +14024,39 @@ func (s *ReplicationInfoSummary) SetTargetKafkaClusterAlias(v string) *Replicati return s } +// Configuration for specifying the position in the topics to start replicating +// from. +type ReplicationStartingPosition struct { + _ struct{} `type:"structure"` + + // The type of replication starting position. + Type *string `locationName:"type" type:"string" enum:"ReplicationStartingPositionType"` +} + +// String returns the string representation. +// +// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not +// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the +// value will be replaced with "sensitive". +func (s ReplicationStartingPosition) String() string { + return awsutil.Prettify(s) +} + +// GoString returns the string representation. +// +// API parameter values that are decorated as "sensitive" in the API will not +// be included in the string output. The member name will be present, but the +// value will be replaced with "sensitive". +func (s ReplicationStartingPosition) GoString() string { + return s.String() +} + +// SetType sets the Type field's value. +func (s *ReplicationStartingPosition) SetType(v string) *ReplicationStartingPosition { + s.Type = &v + return s +} + // Details about the state of a replicator type ReplicationStateInfo struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -14838,6 +14871,10 @@ type TopicReplication struct { // Whether to periodically check for new topics and partitions. DetectAndCopyNewTopics *bool `locationName:"detectAndCopyNewTopics" type:"boolean"` + // Configuration for specifying the position in the topics to start replicating + // from. + StartingPosition *ReplicationStartingPosition `locationName:"startingPosition" type:"structure"` + // List of regular expression patterns indicating the topics that should not // be replicated. TopicsToExclude []*string `locationName:"topicsToExclude" type:"list"` @@ -14897,6 +14934,12 @@ func (s *TopicReplication) SetDetectAndCopyNewTopics(v bool) *TopicReplication { return s } +// SetStartingPosition sets the StartingPosition field's value. +func (s *TopicReplication) SetStartingPosition(v *ReplicationStartingPosition) *TopicReplication { + s.StartingPosition = v + return s +} + // SetTopicsToExclude sets the TopicsToExclude field's value. func (s *TopicReplication) SetTopicsToExclude(v []*string) *TopicReplication { s.TopicsToExclude = v @@ -17408,6 +17451,23 @@ func NodeType_Values() []string { } } +// The type of replication starting position. +const ( + // ReplicationStartingPositionTypeLatest is a ReplicationStartingPositionType enum value + ReplicationStartingPositionTypeLatest = "LATEST" + + // ReplicationStartingPositionTypeEarliest is a ReplicationStartingPositionType enum value + ReplicationStartingPositionTypeEarliest = "EARLIEST" +) + +// ReplicationStartingPositionType_Values returns all elements of the ReplicationStartingPositionType enum +func ReplicationStartingPositionType_Values() []string { + return []string{ + ReplicationStartingPositionTypeLatest, + ReplicationStartingPositionTypeEarliest, + } +} + // The state of a replicator. const ( // ReplicatorStateRunning is a ReplicatorState enum value diff --git a/service/ssm/api.go b/service/ssm/api.go index d3f42527c43..5970b13555b 100644 --- a/service/ssm/api.go +++ b/service/ssm/api.go @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ func (c *SSM) AddTagsToResourceRequest(input *AddTagsToResourceInput) (req *requ // strictly as a string of characters. // // For more information about using tags with Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud (Amazon -// EC2) instances, see Tagging your Amazon EC2 resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Using_Tags.html) +// EC2) instances, see Tag your Amazon EC2 resources (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/UserGuide/Using_Tags.html) // in the Amazon EC2 User Guide. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions @@ -306,14 +306,15 @@ func (c *SSM) CancelCommandRequest(input *CancelCommandInput) (req *request.Requ // // - You don't have permission to access the managed node. // -// - Amazon Web Services Systems Manager Agent(SSM Agent) isn't running. +// - Amazon Web Services Systems Manager Agent (SSM Agent) isn't running. // Verify that SSM Agent is running. // // - SSM Agent isn't registered with the SSM endpoint. Try reinstalling SSM // Agent. // -// - The managed node isn't in valid state. Valid states are: Running, Pending, -// Stopped, and Stopping. Invalid states are: Shutting-down and Terminated. +// - The managed node isn't in a valid state. Valid states are: Running, +// Pending, Stopped, and Stopping. Invalid states are: Shutting-down and +// Terminated. // // - DuplicateInstanceId // You can't specify a managed node ID in more than one association. @@ -479,7 +480,7 @@ func (c *SSM) CreateActivationRequest(input *CreateActivationInput) (req *reques // use the activation code and ID when installing SSM Agent on machines in your // hybrid environment. For more information about requirements for managing // on-premises machines using Systems Manager, see Setting up Amazon Web Services -// Systems Manager for hybrid environments (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/systems-manager-managedinstances.html) +// Systems Manager for hybrid and multicloud environments (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/systems-manager-managedinstances.html) // in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. // // Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud (Amazon EC2) instances, edge devices, and on-premises @@ -611,19 +612,20 @@ func (c *SSM) CreateAssociationRequest(input *CreateAssociationInput) (req *requ // // - You don't have permission to access the managed node. // -// - Amazon Web Services Systems Manager Agent(SSM Agent) isn't running. +// - Amazon Web Services Systems Manager Agent (SSM Agent) isn't running. // Verify that SSM Agent is running. // // - SSM Agent isn't registered with the SSM endpoint. Try reinstalling SSM // Agent. // -// - The managed node isn't in valid state. Valid states are: Running, Pending, -// Stopped, and Stopping. Invalid states are: Shutting-down and Terminated. +// - The managed node isn't in a valid state. Valid states are: Running, +// Pending, Stopped, and Stopping. Invalid states are: Shutting-down and +// Terminated. // // - UnsupportedPlatformType // The document doesn't support the platform type of the given managed node -// ID(s). For example, you sent an document for a Windows managed node to a -// Linux node. +// IDs. For example, you sent an document for a Windows managed node to a Linux +// node. // // - InvalidOutputLocation // The output location isn't valid or doesn't exist. @@ -744,14 +746,15 @@ func (c *SSM) CreateAssociationBatchRequest(input *CreateAssociationBatchInput) // // - You don't have permission to access the managed node. // -// - Amazon Web Services Systems Manager Agent(SSM Agent) isn't running. +// - Amazon Web Services Systems Manager Agent (SSM Agent) isn't running. // Verify that SSM Agent is running. // // - SSM Agent isn't registered with the SSM endpoint. Try reinstalling SSM // Agent. // -// - The managed node isn't in valid state. Valid states are: Running, Pending, -// Stopped, and Stopping. Invalid states are: Shutting-down and Terminated. +// - The managed node isn't in a valid state. Valid states are: Running, +// Pending, Stopped, and Stopping. Invalid states are: Shutting-down and +// Terminated. // // - InvalidParameters // You must specify values for all required parameters in the Amazon Web Services @@ -766,8 +769,8 @@ func (c *SSM) CreateAssociationBatchRequest(input *CreateAssociationBatchInput) // // - UnsupportedPlatformType // The document doesn't support the platform type of the given managed node -// ID(s). For example, you sent an document for a Windows managed node to a -// Linux node. +// IDs. For example, you sent an document for a Windows managed node to a Linux +// node. // // - InvalidOutputLocation // The output location isn't valid or doesn't exist. @@ -1581,14 +1584,15 @@ func (c *SSM) DeleteAssociationRequest(input *DeleteAssociationInput) (req *requ // // - You don't have permission to access the managed node. // -// - Amazon Web Services Systems Manager Agent(SSM Agent) isn't running. +// - Amazon Web Services Systems Manager Agent (SSM Agent) isn't running. // Verify that SSM Agent is running. // // - SSM Agent isn't registered with the SSM endpoint. Try reinstalling SSM // Agent. // -// - The managed node isn't in valid state. Valid states are: Running, Pending, -// Stopped, and Stopping. Invalid states are: Shutting-down and Terminated. +// - The managed node isn't in a valid state. Valid states are: Running, +// Pending, Stopped, and Stopping. Invalid states are: Shutting-down and +// Terminated. // // - TooManyUpdates // There are concurrent updates for a resource that supports one update at a @@ -2466,7 +2470,7 @@ func (c *SSM) DeleteResourcePolicyRequest(input *DeleteResourcePolicyInput) (req // - Parameter - The resource policy is used to share a parameter with other // accounts using Resource Access Manager (RAM). For more information about // cross-account sharing of parameters, see Working with shared parameters -// (systems-manager/latest/userguide/parameter-store-shared-parameters.html) +// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/parameter-store-shared-parameters.html) // in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions @@ -2584,14 +2588,15 @@ func (c *SSM) DeregisterManagedInstanceRequest(input *DeregisterManagedInstanceI // // - You don't have permission to access the managed node. // -// - Amazon Web Services Systems Manager Agent(SSM Agent) isn't running. +// - Amazon Web Services Systems Manager Agent (SSM Agent) isn't running. // Verify that SSM Agent is running. // // - SSM Agent isn't registered with the SSM endpoint. Try reinstalling SSM // Agent. // -// - The managed node isn't in valid state. Valid states are: Running, Pending, -// Stopped, and Stopping. Invalid states are: Shutting-down and Terminated. +// - The managed node isn't in a valid state. Valid states are: Running, +// Pending, Stopped, and Stopping. Invalid states are: Shutting-down and +// Terminated. // // - InternalServerError // An error occurred on the server side. @@ -3100,14 +3105,15 @@ func (c *SSM) DescribeAssociationRequest(input *DescribeAssociationInput) (req * // // - You don't have permission to access the managed node. // -// - Amazon Web Services Systems Manager Agent(SSM Agent) isn't running. +// - Amazon Web Services Systems Manager Agent (SSM Agent) isn't running. // Verify that SSM Agent is running. // // - SSM Agent isn't registered with the SSM endpoint. Try reinstalling SSM // Agent. // -// - The managed node isn't in valid state. Valid states are: Running, Pending, -// Stopped, and Stopping. Invalid states are: Shutting-down and Terminated. +// - The managed node isn't in a valid state. Valid states are: Running, +// Pending, Stopped, and Stopping. Invalid states are: Shutting-down and +// Terminated. // // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ssm-2014-11-06/DescribeAssociation func (c *SSM) DescribeAssociation(input *DescribeAssociationInput) (*DescribeAssociationOutput, error) { @@ -4082,7 +4088,7 @@ func (c *SSM) DescribeEffectiveInstanceAssociationsRequest(input *DescribeEffect // DescribeEffectiveInstanceAssociations API operation for Amazon Simple Systems Manager (SSM). // -// All associations for the managed node(s). +// All associations for the managed nodes. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -4101,14 +4107,15 @@ func (c *SSM) DescribeEffectiveInstanceAssociationsRequest(input *DescribeEffect // // - You don't have permission to access the managed node. // -// - Amazon Web Services Systems Manager Agent(SSM Agent) isn't running. +// - Amazon Web Services Systems Manager Agent (SSM Agent) isn't running. // Verify that SSM Agent is running. // // - SSM Agent isn't registered with the SSM endpoint. Try reinstalling SSM // Agent. // -// - The managed node isn't in valid state. Valid states are: Running, Pending, -// Stopped, and Stopping. Invalid states are: Shutting-down and Terminated. +// - The managed node isn't in a valid state. Valid states are: Running, +// Pending, Stopped, and Stopping. Invalid states are: Shutting-down and +// Terminated. // // - InvalidNextToken // The specified token isn't valid. @@ -4389,7 +4396,7 @@ func (c *SSM) DescribeInstanceAssociationsStatusRequest(input *DescribeInstanceA // DescribeInstanceAssociationsStatus API operation for Amazon Simple Systems Manager (SSM). // -// The status of the associations for the managed node(s). +// The status of the associations for the managed nodes. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions // with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about @@ -4408,14 +4415,15 @@ func (c *SSM) DescribeInstanceAssociationsStatusRequest(input *DescribeInstanceA // // - You don't have permission to access the managed node. // -// - Amazon Web Services Systems Manager Agent(SSM Agent) isn't running. +// - Amazon Web Services Systems Manager Agent (SSM Agent) isn't running. // Verify that SSM Agent is running. // // - SSM Agent isn't registered with the SSM endpoint. Try reinstalling SSM // Agent. // -// - The managed node isn't in valid state. Valid states are: Running, Pending, -// Stopped, and Stopping. Invalid states are: Shutting-down and Terminated. +// - The managed node isn't in a valid state. Valid states are: Running, +// Pending, Stopped, and Stopping. Invalid states are: Shutting-down and +// Terminated. // // - InvalidNextToken // The specified token isn't valid. @@ -4573,14 +4581,15 @@ func (c *SSM) DescribeInstanceInformationRequest(input *DescribeInstanceInformat // // - You don't have permission to access the managed node. // -// - Amazon Web Services Systems Manager Agent(SSM Agent) isn't running. +// - Amazon Web Services Systems Manager Agent (SSM Agent) isn't running. // Verify that SSM Agent is running. // // - SSM Agent isn't registered with the SSM endpoint. Try reinstalling SSM // Agent. // -// - The managed node isn't in valid state. Valid states are: Running, Pending, -// Stopped, and Stopping. Invalid states are: Shutting-down and Terminated. +// - The managed node isn't in a valid state. Valid states are: Running, +// Pending, Stopped, and Stopping. Invalid states are: Shutting-down and +// Terminated. // // - InvalidNextToken // The specified token isn't valid. @@ -5016,14 +5025,15 @@ func (c *SSM) DescribeInstancePatchesRequest(input *DescribeInstancePatchesInput // // - You don't have permission to access the managed node. // -// - Amazon Web Services Systems Manager Agent(SSM Agent) isn't running. +// - Amazon Web Services Systems Manager Agent (SSM Agent) isn't running. // Verify that SSM Agent is running. // // - SSM Agent isn't registered with the SSM endpoint. Try reinstalling SSM // Agent. // -// - The managed node isn't in valid state. Valid states are: Running, Pending, -// Stopped, and Stopping. Invalid states are: Shutting-down and Terminated. +// - The managed node isn't in a valid state. Valid states are: Running, +// Pending, Stopped, and Stopping. Invalid states are: Shutting-down and +// Terminated. // // - InvalidFilter // The filter name isn't valid. Verify the you entered the correct name and @@ -6439,7 +6449,7 @@ func (c *SSM) DescribeOpsItemsRequest(input *DescribeOpsItemsInput) (req *reques // Operations engineers and IT professionals use Amazon Web Services Systems // Manager OpsCenter to view, investigate, and remediate operational issues // impacting the performance and health of their Amazon Web Services resources. -// For more information, see OpsCenter (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/OpsCenter.html) +// For more information, see Amazon Web Services Systems Manager OpsCenter (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/OpsCenter.html) // in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions @@ -7720,14 +7730,15 @@ func (c *SSM) GetCommandInvocationRequest(input *GetCommandInvocationInput) (req // // - You don't have permission to access the managed node. // -// - Amazon Web Services Systems Manager Agent(SSM Agent) isn't running. +// - Amazon Web Services Systems Manager Agent (SSM Agent) isn't running. // Verify that SSM Agent is running. // // - SSM Agent isn't registered with the SSM endpoint. Try reinstalling SSM // Agent. // -// - The managed node isn't in valid state. Valid states are: Running, Pending, -// Stopped, and Stopping. Invalid states are: Shutting-down and Terminated. +// - The managed node isn't in a valid state. Valid states are: Running, +// Pending, Stopped, and Stopping. Invalid states are: Shutting-down and +// Terminated. // // - InvalidPluginName // The plugin name isn't valid. @@ -7995,7 +8006,7 @@ func (c *SSM) GetDeployablePatchSnapshotForInstanceRequest(input *GetDeployableP // Patching for applications released by Microsoft is only available on EC2 // instances and advanced instances. To patch applications released by Microsoft // on on-premises servers and VMs, you must enable advanced instances. For more -// information, see Enabling the advanced-instances tier (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/systems-manager-managedinstances-advanced.html) +// information, see Turning on the advanced-instances tier (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/systems-manager-managedinstances-advanced.html) // in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. // // See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/ssm-2014-11-06/GetDeployablePatchSnapshotForInstance @@ -8901,7 +8912,7 @@ func (c *SSM) GetOpsItemRequest(input *GetOpsItemInput) (req *request.Request, o // Operations engineers and IT professionals use Amazon Web Services Systems // Manager OpsCenter to view, investigate, and remediate operational issues // impacting the performance and health of their Amazon Web Services resources. -// For more information, see OpsCenter (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/OpsCenter.html) +// For more information, see Amazon Web Services Systems Manager OpsCenter (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/OpsCenter.html) // in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions @@ -10569,14 +10580,15 @@ func (c *SSM) ListCommandInvocationsRequest(input *ListCommandInvocationsInput) // // - You don't have permission to access the managed node. // -// - Amazon Web Services Systems Manager Agent(SSM Agent) isn't running. +// - Amazon Web Services Systems Manager Agent (SSM Agent) isn't running. // Verify that SSM Agent is running. // // - SSM Agent isn't registered with the SSM endpoint. Try reinstalling SSM // Agent. // -// - The managed node isn't in valid state. Valid states are: Running, Pending, -// Stopped, and Stopping. Invalid states are: Shutting-down and Terminated. +// - The managed node isn't in a valid state. Valid states are: Running, +// Pending, Stopped, and Stopping. Invalid states are: Shutting-down and +// Terminated. // // - InvalidFilterKey // The specified key isn't valid. @@ -10728,14 +10740,15 @@ func (c *SSM) ListCommandsRequest(input *ListCommandsInput) (req *request.Reques // // - You don't have permission to access the managed node. // -// - Amazon Web Services Systems Manager Agent(SSM Agent) isn't running. +// - Amazon Web Services Systems Manager Agent (SSM Agent) isn't running. // Verify that SSM Agent is running. // // - SSM Agent isn't registered with the SSM endpoint. Try reinstalling SSM // Agent. // -// - The managed node isn't in valid state. Valid states are: Running, Pending, -// Stopped, and Stopping. Invalid states are: Shutting-down and Terminated. +// - The managed node isn't in a valid state. Valid states are: Running, +// Pending, Stopped, and Stopping. Invalid states are: Shutting-down and +// Terminated. // // - InvalidFilterKey // The specified key isn't valid. @@ -11552,14 +11565,15 @@ func (c *SSM) ListInventoryEntriesRequest(input *ListInventoryEntriesInput) (req // // - You don't have permission to access the managed node. // -// - Amazon Web Services Systems Manager Agent(SSM Agent) isn't running. +// - Amazon Web Services Systems Manager Agent (SSM Agent) isn't running. // Verify that SSM Agent is running. // // - SSM Agent isn't registered with the SSM endpoint. Try reinstalling SSM // Agent. // -// - The managed node isn't in valid state. Valid states are: Running, Pending, -// Stopped, and Stopping. Invalid states are: Shutting-down and Terminated. +// - The managed node isn't in a valid state. Valid states are: Running, +// Pending, Stopped, and Stopping. Invalid states are: Shutting-down and +// Terminated. // // - InvalidTypeNameException // The parameter type name isn't valid. @@ -12718,14 +12732,15 @@ func (c *SSM) PutInventoryRequest(input *PutInventoryInput) (req *request.Reques // // - You don't have permission to access the managed node. // -// - Amazon Web Services Systems Manager Agent(SSM Agent) isn't running. +// - Amazon Web Services Systems Manager Agent (SSM Agent) isn't running. // Verify that SSM Agent is running. // // - SSM Agent isn't registered with the SSM endpoint. Try reinstalling SSM // Agent. // -// - The managed node isn't in valid state. Valid states are: Running, Pending, -// Stopped, and Stopping. Invalid states are: Shutting-down and Terminated. +// - The managed node isn't in a valid state. Valid states are: Running, +// Pending, Stopped, and Stopping. Invalid states are: Shutting-down and +// Terminated. // // - InvalidTypeNameException // The parameter type name isn't valid. @@ -12989,16 +13004,16 @@ func (c *SSM) PutResourcePolicyRequest(input *PutResourcePolicyInput) (req *requ // - Parameter - The resource policy is used to share a parameter with other // accounts using Resource Access Manager (RAM). To share a parameter, it // must be in the advanced parameter tier. For information about parameter -// tiers, see Managing parameter tiers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/parameter-store- -// advanced-parameters.html). For information about changing an existing -// standard parameter to an advanced parameter, see Changing a standard parameter -// to an advanced parameter (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/parameter-store-advanced-parameters.html#parameter- -// store-advanced-parameters-enabling). To share a SecureString parameter, -// it must be encrypted with a customer managed key, and you must share the -// key separately through Key Management Service. Amazon Web Services managed -// keys cannot be shared. Parameters encrypted with the default Amazon Web -// Services managed key can be updated to use a customer managed key instead. -// For KMS key definitions, see KMS concepts (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html#key-mgmt) +// tiers, see Managing parameter tiers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/parameter-store-advanced-parameters.html). +// For information about changing an existing standard parameter to an advanced +// parameter, see Changing a standard parameter to an advanced parameter +// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/parameter-store-advanced-parameters.html#parameter-store-advanced-parameters-enabling). +// To share a SecureString parameter, it must be encrypted with a customer +// managed key, and you must share the key separately through Key Management +// Service. Amazon Web Services managed keys cannot be shared. Parameters +// encrypted with the default Amazon Web Services managed key can be updated +// to use a customer managed key instead. For KMS key definitions, see KMS +// concepts (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/kms/latest/developerguide/concepts.html) // in the Key Management Service Developer Guide. While you can share a parameter // using the Systems Manager PutResourcePolicy operation, we recommend using // Resource Access Manager (RAM) instead. This is because using PutResourcePolicy @@ -13912,14 +13927,15 @@ func (c *SSM) SendCommandRequest(input *SendCommandInput) (req *request.Request, // // - You don't have permission to access the managed node. // -// - Amazon Web Services Systems Manager Agent(SSM Agent) isn't running. +// - Amazon Web Services Systems Manager Agent (SSM Agent) isn't running. // Verify that SSM Agent is running. // // - SSM Agent isn't registered with the SSM endpoint. Try reinstalling SSM // Agent. // -// - The managed node isn't in valid state. Valid states are: Running, Pending, -// Stopped, and Stopping. Invalid states are: Shutting-down and Terminated. +// - The managed node isn't in a valid state. Valid states are: Running, +// Pending, Stopped, and Stopping. Invalid states are: Shutting-down and +// Terminated. // // - InvalidDocument // The specified SSM document doesn't exist. @@ -13937,8 +13953,8 @@ func (c *SSM) SendCommandRequest(input *SendCommandInput) (req *request.Request, // // - UnsupportedPlatformType // The document doesn't support the platform type of the given managed node -// ID(s). For example, you sent an document for a Windows managed node to a -// Linux node. +// IDs. For example, you sent an document for a Windows managed node to a Linux +// node. // // - MaxDocumentSizeExceeded // The size limit of a document is 64 KB. @@ -13947,7 +13963,8 @@ func (c *SSM) SendCommandRequest(input *SendCommandInput) (req *request.Request, // The role name can't contain invalid characters. Also verify that you specified // an IAM role for notifications that includes the required trust policy. For // information about configuring the IAM role for Run Command notifications, -// see Configuring Amazon SNS Notifications for Run Command (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/rc-sns-notifications.html) +// see Monitoring Systems Manager status changes using Amazon SNS notifications +// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/monitoring-sns-notifications.html) // in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. // // - InvalidNotificationConfig @@ -14832,14 +14849,15 @@ func (c *SSM) UpdateAssociationStatusRequest(input *UpdateAssociationStatusInput // // - You don't have permission to access the managed node. // -// - Amazon Web Services Systems Manager Agent(SSM Agent) isn't running. +// - Amazon Web Services Systems Manager Agent (SSM Agent) isn't running. // Verify that SSM Agent is running. // // - SSM Agent isn't registered with the SSM endpoint. Try reinstalling SSM // Agent. // -// - The managed node isn't in valid state. Valid states are: Running, Pending, -// Stopped, and Stopping. Invalid states are: Shutting-down and Terminated. +// - The managed node isn't in a valid state. Valid states are: Running, +// Pending, Stopped, and Stopping. Invalid states are: Shutting-down and +// Terminated. // // - InvalidDocument // The specified SSM document doesn't exist. @@ -15552,14 +15570,15 @@ func (c *SSM) UpdateManagedInstanceRoleRequest(input *UpdateManagedInstanceRoleI // // - You don't have permission to access the managed node. // -// - Amazon Web Services Systems Manager Agent(SSM Agent) isn't running. +// - Amazon Web Services Systems Manager Agent (SSM Agent) isn't running. // Verify that SSM Agent is running. // // - SSM Agent isn't registered with the SSM endpoint. Try reinstalling SSM // Agent. // -// - The managed node isn't in valid state. Valid states are: Running, Pending, -// Stopped, and Stopping. Invalid states are: Shutting-down and Terminated. +// - The managed node isn't in a valid state. Valid states are: Running, +// Pending, Stopped, and Stopping. Invalid states are: Shutting-down and +// Terminated. // // - InternalServerError // An error occurred on the server side. @@ -15638,7 +15657,7 @@ func (c *SSM) UpdateOpsItemRequest(input *UpdateOpsItemInput) (req *request.Requ // Operations engineers and IT professionals use Amazon Web Services Systems // Manager OpsCenter to view, investigate, and remediate operational issues // impacting the performance and health of their Amazon Web Services resources. -// For more information, see OpsCenter (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/OpsCenter.html) +// For more information, see Amazon Web Services Systems Manager OpsCenter (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/OpsCenter.html) // in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. // // Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions @@ -20138,7 +20157,7 @@ type Command struct { // The maximum number of managed nodes that are allowed to run the command at // the same time. You can specify a number of managed nodes, such as 10, or // a percentage of nodes, such as 10%. The default value is 50. For more information - // about how to use MaxConcurrency, see Running commands using Systems Manager + // about how to use MaxConcurrency, see Amazon Web Services Systems Manager // Run Command (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/run-command.html) // in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. MaxConcurrency *string `min:"1" type:"string"` @@ -20146,8 +20165,8 @@ type Command struct { // The maximum number of errors allowed before the system stops sending the // command to additional targets. You can specify a number of errors, such as // 10, or a percentage or errors, such as 10%. The default value is 0. For more - // information about how to use MaxErrors, see Running commands using Systems - // Manager Run Command (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/run-command.html) + // information about how to use MaxErrors, see Amazon Web Services Systems Manager + // Run Command (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/run-command.html) // in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. MaxErrors *string `min:"1" type:"string"` @@ -20951,7 +20970,7 @@ func (s *CommandPlugin) SetStatusDetails(v string) *CommandPlugin { // A summary of the call execution that includes an execution ID, the type of // execution (for example, Command), and the date/time of the execution using -// a datetime object that is saved in the following format: yyyy-MM-dd'T'HH:mm:ss'Z'. +// a datetime object that is saved in the following format: yyyy-MM-dd'T'HH:mm:ss'Z' type ComplianceExecutionSummary struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -20960,7 +20979,7 @@ type ComplianceExecutionSummary struct { ExecutionId *string `type:"string"` // The time the execution ran as a datetime object that is saved in the following - // format: yyyy-MM-dd'T'HH:mm:ss'Z'. + // format: yyyy-MM-dd'T'HH:mm:ss'Z' // // ExecutionTime is a required field ExecutionTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp" required:"true"` @@ -21474,8 +21493,8 @@ type CreateActivationInput struct { // The name of the Identity and Access Management (IAM) role that you want to // assign to the managed node. This IAM role must provide AssumeRole permissions // for the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager service principal ssm.amazonaws.com. - // For more information, see Create an IAM service role for a hybrid environment - // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/sysman-service-role.html) + // For more information, see Create an IAM service role for a hybrid and multicloud + // environment (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/sysman-service-role.html) // in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. // // You can't specify an IAM service-linked role for this parameter. You must @@ -22139,7 +22158,7 @@ type CreateAssociationInput struct { // The severity level to assign to the association. ComplianceSeverity *string `type:"string" enum:"AssociationComplianceSeverity"` - // The document version you want to associate with the target(s). Can be a specific + // The document version you want to associate with the targets. Can be a specific // version or the default version. // // State Manager doesn't support running associations that use a new version @@ -22237,7 +22256,7 @@ type CreateAssociationInput struct { // String and GoString methods. Parameters map[string][]*string `type:"map" sensitive:"true"` - // A cron expression when the association will be applied to the target(s). + // A cron expression when the association will be applied to the targets. ScheduleExpression *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // Number of days to wait after the scheduled day to run an association. For @@ -22287,7 +22306,7 @@ type CreateAssociationInput struct { // account, or individual managed node IDs. You can target all managed nodes // in an Amazon Web Services account by specifying the InstanceIds key with // a value of *. For more information about choosing targets for an association, - // see Using targets and rate controls with State Manager associations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/systems-manager-state-manager-targets-and-rate-controls.html) + // see About targets and rate controls in State Manager associations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/systems-manager-state-manager-targets-and-rate-controls.html) // in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. Targets []*Target `type:"list"` } @@ -22556,11 +22575,11 @@ type CreateDocumentInput struct { // For examples, see the following topics in the Amazon Web Services Systems // Manager User Guide. // - // * Create an SSM document (Amazon Web Services API) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/create-ssm-document-api.html) + // * Create an SSM document (console) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/documents-using.html#create-ssm-console) // - // * Create an SSM document (Amazon Web Services CLI) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/create-ssm-document-cli.html) + // * Create an SSM document (command line) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/documents-using.html#create-ssm-document-cli) // - // * Create an SSM document (API) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/create-ssm-document-api.html) + // * Create an SSM document (API) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/documents-using.html#create-ssm-document-api) // // Content is a required field Content *string `min:"1" type:"string" required:"true"` @@ -23109,7 +23128,7 @@ type CreateOpsItemInput struct { // Use the /aws/resources key in OperationalData to specify a related resource // in the request. Use the /aws/automations key in OperationalData to associate // an Automation runbook with the OpsItem. To view Amazon Web Services CLI example - // commands that use these keys, see Creating OpsItems manually (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/OpsCenter-manually-create-OpsItems.html) + // commands that use these keys, see Create OpsItems manually (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/OpsCenter-manually-create-OpsItems.html) // in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. OperationalData map[string]*OpsItemDataValue `type:"map"` @@ -23570,11 +23589,11 @@ type CreatePatchBaselineInput struct { // with the patch baseline, and its status is reported as InstalledOther. // This is the default action if no option is specified. // - // * BLOCK : Packages in the RejectedPatches list, and packages that include - // them as dependencies, aren't installed under any circumstances. If a package - // was installed before it was added to the Rejected patches list, it is - // considered non-compliant with the patch baseline, and its status is reported - // as InstalledRejected. + // * BLOCK: Packages in the Rejected patches list, and packages that include + // them as dependencies, aren't installed by Patch Manager under any circumstances. + // If a package was installed before it was added to the Rejected patches + // list, or is installed outside of Patch Manager afterward, it's considered + // noncompliant with the patch baseline and its status is reported as InstalledRejected. RejectedPatchesAction *string `type:"string" enum:"PatchAction"` // Information about the patches to use to update the managed nodes, including @@ -24308,7 +24327,7 @@ type DeleteInventoryOutput struct { DeletionId *string `type:"string"` // A summary of the delete operation. For more information about this summary, - // see Deleting custom inventory (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/sysman-inventory-custom.html#sysman-inventory-delete-summary) + // see Understanding the delete inventory summary (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/sysman-inventory-custom.html#sysman-inventory-delete-summary) // in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. DeletionSummary *InventoryDeletionSummary `type:"structure"` @@ -28876,7 +28895,7 @@ type DescribeParametersInput struct { // API operation. // // For more information about sharing parameters, see Working with shared parameters - // (systems-manager/latest/userguide/parameter-store-shared-parameters.html) + // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/parameter-store-shared-parameters.html) // in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. Shared *bool `type:"boolean"` } @@ -34969,7 +34988,7 @@ type GetParametersInput struct { // version, use "Name": "name:version". // // For more information about shared parameters, see Working with shared parameters - // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/sharing.html) + // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/parameter-store-shared-parameters.html) // in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. // // Names is a required field @@ -35672,8 +35691,8 @@ type HierarchyLevelLimitExceededException struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` RespMetadata protocol.ResponseMetadata `json:"-" xml:"-"` - // A hierarchy can have a maximum of 15 levels. For more information, see Requirements - // and constraints for parameter names (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/sysman-parameter-name-constraints.html) + // A hierarchy can have a maximum of 15 levels. For more information, see About + // requirements and constraints for parameter names (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/sysman-paramstore-su-create.html#sysman-parameter-name-constraints) // in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. Message_ *string `locationName:"message" type:"string"` } @@ -35941,7 +35960,7 @@ type InstanceAggregatedAssociationOverview struct { // Detailed status information about the aggregated associations. DetailedStatus *string `type:"string"` - // The number of associations for the managed node(s). + // The number of associations for the managed nodes. InstanceAssociationStatusAggregatedCount map[string]*int64 `type:"map"` } @@ -35985,7 +36004,7 @@ type InstanceAssociation struct { // Version information for the association on the managed node. AssociationVersion *string `type:"string"` - // The content of the association document for the managed node(s). + // The content of the association document for the managed nodes. Content *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // The managed node ID. @@ -36037,7 +36056,7 @@ func (s *InstanceAssociation) SetInstanceId(v string) *InstanceAssociation { // An S3 bucket where you want to store the results of this request. // // For the minimal permissions required to enable Amazon S3 output for an association, -// see Creating associations (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/sysman-state-assoc.html) +// see Create an association (console) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/state-manager-associations-creating.html#state-manager-associations-console) // in the Systems Manager User Guide. type InstanceAssociationOutputLocation struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -36303,8 +36322,8 @@ type InstanceInformation struct { // specified as the DefaultInstanceName property using the CreateActivation // command. It is applied to the managed node by specifying the Activation Code // and Activation ID when you install SSM Agent on the node, as explained in - // Install SSM Agent for a hybrid environment (Linux) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/sysman-install-managed-linux.html) - // and Install SSM Agent for a hybrid environment (Windows) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/sysman-install-managed-win.html). + // Install SSM Agent for a hybrid and multicloud environment (Linux) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/sysman-install-managed-linux.html) + // and Install SSM Agent for a hybrid and multicloud environment (Windows) (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/sysman-install-managed-win.html). // To retrieve the Name tag of an EC2 instance, use the Amazon EC2 DescribeInstances // operation. For information, see DescribeInstances (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/AWSEC2/latest/APIReference/API_DescribeInstances.html) // in the Amazon EC2 API Reference or describe-instances (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/cli/latest/reference/ec2/describe-instances.html) @@ -36669,8 +36688,8 @@ type InstancePatchState struct { // baseline. // // For more information about the InstallOverrideList parameter, see About the - // AWS-RunPatchBaseline (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/patch-manager-about-aws-runpatchbaseline.html) - // SSM document in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. + // AWS-RunPatchBaseline SSM document (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/patch-manager-about-aws-runpatchbaseline.html) + // in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. InstallOverrideList *string `min:"1" type:"string"` // The number of patches from the patch baseline that are installed on the managed @@ -38533,14 +38552,15 @@ func (s *InvalidFilterValue) RequestID() string { // // - You don't have permission to access the managed node. // -// - Amazon Web Services Systems Manager Agent(SSM Agent) isn't running. +// - Amazon Web Services Systems Manager Agent (SSM Agent) isn't running. // Verify that SSM Agent is running. // // - SSM Agent isn't registered with the SSM endpoint. Try reinstalling SSM // Agent. // -// - The managed node isn't in valid state. Valid states are: Running, Pending, -// Stopped, and Stopping. Invalid states are: Shutting-down and Terminated. +// - The managed node isn't in a valid state. Valid states are: Running, +// Pending, Stopped, and Stopping. Invalid states are: Shutting-down and +// Terminated. type InvalidInstanceId struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` RespMetadata protocol.ResponseMetadata `json:"-" xml:"-"` @@ -39834,7 +39854,8 @@ func (s *InvalidResultAttributeException) RequestID() string { // The role name can't contain invalid characters. Also verify that you specified // an IAM role for notifications that includes the required trust policy. For // information about configuring the IAM role for Run Command notifications, -// see Configuring Amazon SNS Notifications for Run Command (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/rc-sns-notifications.html) +// see Monitoring Systems Manager status changes using Amazon SNS notifications +// (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/monitoring-sns-notifications.html) // in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. type InvalidRole struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -41358,7 +41379,7 @@ type LabelParameterVersionOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` // The label doesn't meet the requirements. For information about parameter - // label requirements, see Labeling parameters (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/sysman-paramstore-labels.html) + // label requirements, see Working with parameter labels (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/sysman-paramstore-labels.html) // in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. InvalidLabels []*string `min:"1" type:"list"` @@ -42720,10 +42741,10 @@ func (s *ListInventoryEntriesInput) SetTypeName(v string) *ListInventoryEntriesI type ListInventoryEntriesOutput struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` - // The time that inventory information was collected for the managed node(s). + // The time that inventory information was collected for the managed nodes. CaptureTime *string `type:"string"` - // A list of inventory items on the managed node(s). + // A list of inventory items on the managed nodes. Entries []map[string]*string `type:"list"` // The managed node ID targeted by the request to query inventory information. @@ -42733,7 +42754,7 @@ type ListInventoryEntriesOutput struct { // items to return, the string is empty. NextToken *string `type:"string"` - // The inventory schema version used by the managed node(s). + // The inventory schema version used by the managed nodes. SchemaVersion *string `type:"string"` // The type of inventory item returned by the request. @@ -45682,7 +45703,7 @@ func (s *OpsFilter) SetValues(v []*string) *OpsFilter { // timeline graph. For the Amazon Web Services resource, OpsCenter aggregates // information from Config, CloudTrail logs, and EventBridge, so you don't have // to navigate across multiple console pages during your investigation. For -// more information, see OpsCenter (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/OpsCenter.html) +// more information, see Amazon Web Services Systems Manager OpsCenter (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/OpsCenter.html) // in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. type OpsItem struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -50111,7 +50132,7 @@ type PutComplianceItemsInput struct { // A summary of the call execution that includes an execution ID, the type of // execution (for example, Command), and the date/time of the execution using - // a datetime object that is saved in the following format: yyyy-MM-dd'T'HH:mm:ss'Z'. + // a datetime object that is saved in the following format: yyyy-MM-dd'T'HH:mm:ss'Z' // // ExecutionSummary is a required field ExecutionSummary *ComplianceExecutionSummary `type:"structure" required:"true"` @@ -50423,7 +50444,7 @@ type PutParameterInput struct { // successfully, see Setting up notifications or trigger actions based on Parameter // Store events (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/sysman-paramstore-cwe.html). // For more information about AMI format validation , see Native parameter support - // for Amazon Machine Image (AMI) IDs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/parameter-store-ec2-aliases.html). + // for Amazon Machine Image IDs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/parameter-store-ec2-aliases.html). DataType *string `type:"string"` // Information about the parameter that you want to add to the system. Optional @@ -50538,8 +50559,7 @@ type PutParameterInput struct { // Advanced parameters have a content size limit of 8 KB and can be configured // to use parameter policies. You can create a maximum of 100,000 advanced parameters // for each Region in an Amazon Web Services account. Advanced parameters incur - // a charge. For more information, see Standard and advanced parameter tiers - // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/parameter-store-advanced-parameters.html) + // a charge. For more information, see Managing parameter tiers (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/parameter-store-advanced-parameters.html) // in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. // // You can change a standard parameter to an advanced parameter any time. But @@ -50587,7 +50607,7 @@ type PutParameterInput struct { // account in the current Amazon Web Services Region. // // For more information about configuring the default tier option, see Specifying - // a default parameter tier (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/ps-default-tier.html) + // a default parameter tier (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/parameter-store-advanced-parameters.html#ps-default-tier) // in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. Tier *string `type:"string" enum:"ParameterTier"` @@ -51382,13 +51402,9 @@ type RegisterTaskWithMaintenanceWindowInput struct { // role. If no service-linked role for Systems Manager exists in your account, // it is created when you run RegisterTaskWithMaintenanceWindow. // - // For more information, see the following topics in the in the Amazon Web Services - // Systems Manager User Guide: - // - // * Using service-linked roles for Systems Manager (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/using-service-linked-roles.html#slr-permissions) - // - // * Should I use a service-linked role or a custom service role to run maintenance - // window tasks? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/sysman-maintenance-permissions.html#maintenance-window-tasks-service-role) + // For more information, see Using service-linked roles for Systems Manager + // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/using-service-linked-roles.html#slr-permissions) + // in the in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide: ServiceRoleArn *string `type:"string"` // The targets (either managed nodes or maintenance window targets). @@ -52874,7 +52890,8 @@ type ResourceDataSyncSource struct { // options, then Systems Manager automatically enables all OpsData sources in // the selected Amazon Web Services Regions for all Amazon Web Services accounts // in your organization (or in the selected organization units). For more information, - // see About multiple account and Region resource data syncs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/Explorer-resouce-data-sync-multiple-accounts-and-regions.html) + // see Setting up Systems Manager Explorer to display data from multiple accounts + // and Regions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/Explorer-resource-data-sync.html) // in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. EnableAllOpsDataSources *bool `type:"boolean"` @@ -52992,7 +53009,8 @@ type ResourceDataSyncSourceWithState struct { // options, then Systems Manager automatically enables all OpsData sources in // the selected Amazon Web Services Regions for all Amazon Web Services accounts // in your organization (or in the selected organization units). For more information, - // see About multiple account and Region resource data syncs (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/Explorer-resouce-data-sync-multiple-accounts-and-regions.html) + // see Setting up Systems Manager Explorer to display data from multiple accounts + // and Regions (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/Explorer-resource-data-sync.html) // in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. EnableAllOpsDataSources *bool `type:"boolean"` @@ -54211,8 +54229,8 @@ type SendCommandInput struct { // The name of the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager document (SSM document) // to run. This can be a public document or a custom document. To run a shared // document belonging to another account, specify the document Amazon Resource - // Name (ARN). For more information about how to use shared documents, see Using - // shared SSM documents (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/ssm-using-shared.html) + // Name (ARN). For more information about how to use shared documents, see Sharing + // SSM documents (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/ssm-using-shared.html) // in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. // // If you specify a document name or ARN that hasn't been shared with your account, @@ -54244,8 +54262,8 @@ type SendCommandInput struct { // to send commands to, you can a send command to tens, hundreds, or thousands // of nodes at once. // - // For more information about how to use targets, see Using targets and rate - // controls to send commands to a fleet (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/send-commands-multiple.html) + // For more information about how to use targets, see Run commands at scale + // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/send-commands-multiple.html) // in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. InstanceIds []*string `type:"list"` @@ -54305,8 +54323,8 @@ type SendCommandInput struct { // To send a command to a smaller number of managed nodes, you can use the InstanceIds // option instead. // - // For more information about how to use targets, see Sending commands to a - // fleet (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/send-commands-multiple.html) + // For more information about how to use targets, see Run commands at scale + // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/send-commands-multiple.html) // in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. Targets []*Target `type:"list"` @@ -55112,7 +55130,7 @@ type StartAutomationExecutionInput struct { // The name of the SSM document to run. This can be a public document or a custom // document. To run a shared document belonging to another account, specify // the document ARN. For more information about how to use shared documents, - // see Using shared SSM documents (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/ssm-using-shared.html) + // see Sharing SSM documents (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/documents-ssm-sharing.html) // in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. // // DocumentName is a required field @@ -56405,7 +56423,7 @@ func (s *Tag) SetValue(v string) *Tag { // Web Services Region where the association was created. // // For more information about how to send commands that target managed nodes -// using Key,Value parameters, see Targeting multiple instances (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/send-commands-multiple.html#send-commands-targeting) +// using Key,Value parameters, see Targeting multiple managed nodes (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/send-commands-multiple.html#send-commands-targeting) // in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. type Target struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -57177,7 +57195,7 @@ func (s *UnsupportedCalendarException) RequestID() string { // Patching for applications released by Microsoft is only available on EC2 // instances and advanced instances. To patch applications released by Microsoft // on on-premises servers and VMs, you must enable advanced instances. For more -// information, see Enabling the advanced-instances tier (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/systems-manager-managedinstances-advanced.html) +// information, see Turning on the advanced-instances tier (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/systems-manager-managedinstances-advanced.html) // in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. type UnsupportedFeatureRequiredException struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` @@ -57506,8 +57524,8 @@ func (s *UnsupportedParameterType) RequestID() string { } // The document doesn't support the platform type of the given managed node -// ID(s). For example, you sent an document for a Windows managed node to a -// Linux node. +// IDs. For example, you sent an document for a Windows managed node to a Linux +// node. type UnsupportedPlatformType struct { _ struct{} `type:"structure"` RespMetadata protocol.ResponseMetadata `json:"-" xml:"-"` @@ -59105,13 +59123,9 @@ type UpdateMaintenanceWindowTaskInput struct { // role. If no service-linked role for Systems Manager exists in your account, // it is created when you run RegisterTaskWithMaintenanceWindow. // - // For more information, see the following topics in the in the Amazon Web Services - // Systems Manager User Guide: - // - // * Using service-linked roles for Systems Manager (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/using-service-linked-roles.html#slr-permissions) - // - // * Should I use a service-linked role or a custom service role to run maintenance - // window tasks? (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/sysman-maintenance-permissions.html#maintenance-window-tasks-service-role) + // For more information, see Using service-linked roles for Systems Manager + // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/using-service-linked-roles.html#slr-permissions) + // in the in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide: ServiceRoleArn *string `type:"string"` // The targets (either managed nodes or tags) to modify. Managed nodes are specified @@ -59532,8 +59546,8 @@ type UpdateManagedInstanceRoleInput struct { // The name of the Identity and Access Management (IAM) role that you want to // assign to the managed node. This IAM role must provide AssumeRole permissions // for the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager service principal ssm.amazonaws.com. - // For more information, see Create an IAM service role for a hybrid environment - // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/sysman-service-role.html) + // For more information, see Create an IAM service role for a hybrid and multicloud + // environment (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/sysman-service-role.html) // in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. // // You can't specify an IAM service-linked role for this parameter. You must @@ -60050,11 +60064,11 @@ type UpdatePatchBaselineInput struct { // with the patch baseline, and its status is reported as InstalledOther. // This is the default action if no option is specified. // - // * BLOCK : Packages in the RejectedPatches list, and packages that include - // them as dependencies, aren't installed under any circumstances. If a package - // was installed before it was added to the Rejected patches list, it is - // considered non-compliant with the patch baseline, and its status is reported - // as InstalledRejected. + // * BLOCK: Packages in the Rejected patches list, and packages that include + // them as dependencies, aren't installed by Patch Manager under any circumstances. + // If a package was installed before it was added to the Rejected patches + // list, or is installed outside of Patch Manager afterward, it's considered + // noncompliant with the patch baseline and its status is reported as InstalledRejected. RejectedPatchesAction *string `type:"string" enum:"PatchAction"` // If True, then all fields that are required by the CreatePatchBaseline operation diff --git a/service/ssm/errors.go b/service/ssm/errors.go index 8ebfcdc9f76..7029a44239c 100644 --- a/service/ssm/errors.go +++ b/service/ssm/errors.go @@ -367,14 +367,15 @@ const ( // // * You don't have permission to access the managed node. // - // * Amazon Web Services Systems Manager Agent(SSM Agent) isn't running. + // * Amazon Web Services Systems Manager Agent (SSM Agent) isn't running. // Verify that SSM Agent is running. // // * SSM Agent isn't registered with the SSM endpoint. Try reinstalling SSM // Agent. // - // * The managed node isn't in valid state. Valid states are: Running, Pending, - // Stopped, and Stopping. Invalid states are: Shutting-down and Terminated. + // * The managed node isn't in a valid state. Valid states are: Running, + // Pending, Stopped, and Stopping. Invalid states are: Shutting-down and + // Terminated. ErrCodeInvalidInstanceId = "InvalidInstanceId" // ErrCodeInvalidInstanceInformationFilterValue for service response error code @@ -506,7 +507,8 @@ const ( // The role name can't contain invalid characters. Also verify that you specified // an IAM role for notifications that includes the required trust policy. For // information about configuring the IAM role for Run Command notifications, - // see Configuring Amazon SNS Notifications for Run Command (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/rc-sns-notifications.html) + // see Monitoring Systems Manager status changes using Amazon SNS notifications + // (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/monitoring-sns-notifications.html) // in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. ErrCodeInvalidRole = "InvalidRole" @@ -893,7 +895,7 @@ const ( // Patching for applications released by Microsoft is only available on EC2 // instances and advanced instances. To patch applications released by Microsoft // on on-premises servers and VMs, you must enable advanced instances. For more - // information, see Enabling the advanced-instances tier (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/systems-manager-managedinstances-advanced.html) + // information, see Turning on the advanced-instances tier (https://docs.aws.amazon.com/systems-manager/latest/userguide/systems-manager-managedinstances-advanced.html) // in the Amazon Web Services Systems Manager User Guide. ErrCodeUnsupportedFeatureRequiredException = "UnsupportedFeatureRequiredException" @@ -930,8 +932,8 @@ const ( // "UnsupportedPlatformType". // // The document doesn't support the platform type of the given managed node - // ID(s). For example, you sent an document for a Windows managed node to a - // Linux node. + // IDs. For example, you sent an document for a Windows managed node to a Linux + // node. ErrCodeUnsupportedPlatformType = "UnsupportedPlatformType" )